Kia Sedona Grand Carnival Owner's Manual

Kia, THE COMPANY
Thank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle.

As a global car manufacturer focused on building high-quality vehi-
cles with exceptional value, Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you
with a customer service experience that exceeds your expectations.
All information contained in this Owner’s Manual was accurate at the

time of publication. However, Kia reserves the right to make changes
at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement can
be carried out.
This manual applies to all trims of this vehicle and includes images,
descriptions, and explanations of optional as well as standard equip-
ment. As a result, some material in this manual may not be applicable
to your specific Kia vehicle. Some images are shown for illustration
only and may show features that differ from those on your vehicle.
Drive safely and enjoy your Kia!
Foreword
Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle. The information and specifications provided in this manual
When you require service, remember that your Kia dealer were accurate at the time of printing. Kia reserves the right to
knows your vehicle best. Your dealer has factory-trained tech- discontinue or change specifications or design at any time
nicians, recommended special tools and genuine Kia replace- without notice and without incurring any obligation. If you
ment parts. It is dedicated to your complete customer satisfac- have questions, always check with your Kia dealer.
tion. We assure you of our continuing interest in your motoring
Because subsequent owners require this important information pleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle.
as well, this publication should remain with the vehicle if it is
sold.
This manual will familiarize you with operational, mainte-
nance and safety information about your new vehicle. It is sup-
plemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manual
that provides important information on all warranties regarding
your vehicle.
We urge you to read these publications carefully and follow the © 2018 Kia Canada Inc.
recommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operation All rights reserved. Reproduction by any means, electronic or
of your new vehicle. mechanical, including photocopying, recording, or by any
Kia offers a great variety of options, components and features information storage and retrieval system or translation in
for its various models. Therefore, some of the equipment whole or part is not permitted without written authorization
described in this manual, along with the various illustrations, from Kia Canada Inc..
may not be applicable to your particular vehicle. Printed in Korea
i
Introduction 1
Your vehicle at a glance 2
Safety features of your vehicle 3
Features of your vehicle 4
table of contents Driving your vehicle 5
What to do in an emergency 6
Maintenance 7
Specifications & Consumer information 8
Index I
ii
Introduction
How to use this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 1

Fuel requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
• Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol . . . . . . . . . 1-3
• Do not use methanol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
• Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
• Operation in foreign countries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Vehicle handling instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Vehicle break-in process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Vehicle data collection and event data recorders . 1-7
Introduction
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL FUEL REQUIREMENTS

We want to help you get the greatest You will find various WARNINGs, Your new vehicle is designed to use
possible driving pleasure from your CAUTIONs, and NOTICEs in this only unleaded fuel having a pump
vehicle. Your Owner’s Manual can manual. These WARNINGs were pre- octane number ((R+M)/2) of 87
assist you in many ways. We strong- pared to enhance your personal safe- (Research Octane Number 91) or
ly recommend that you read the ty.You should carefully read and follow higher. (Do not use methanol blend-
entire manual. In order to minimize ALL procedures and recommenda- ed fuels.)
the chance of death or injury, you tions provided in these WARNINGs,
must read the WARNING and CAU- CAUTIONs and NOTICEs.
TION sections in the manual. Your new vehicle is designed to
obtain maximum performance with
Illustrations complement the words UNLEADED FUEL, as well as mini-
in this manual to best explain how to WARNING
A WARNING indicates a situa- mize exhaust emissions and spark
enjoy your vehicle. By reading your plug fouling.
manual, you will learn about fea- tion in which harm, serious bod-
tures, important safety information, ily injury or death could result if Never add any fuel system cleaning
and driving tips under various road the warning is ignored. agents to the fuel tank other than
conditions. what has been specified. (Consult an
authorized Kia dealer for details.)
The general layout of the manual is
provided in the Table of Contents. • Tighten the cap until it clicks one
Use the index when looking for a
CAUTION time, otherwise the Check Engine
specific area or subject; it has an A CAUTION indicates a situation light will illuminate.
alphabetical listing of all information in which damage to your vehicle
in your manual. could result if the caution is
ignored.
Sections: This manual has eight sec-
tions plus an index. Each section
begins with a brief list of contents so ✽ NOTICE
you can tell at a glance if that section A NOTICE indicates interesting or
has the information you want. helpful information is being provided.
1 2
Introduction
Pursuant to EPA regulations, ethanol "E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com-

WARNING - Refueling may be used in your vehicle. prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15
• Do not "top off" after the noz- Do not use gasohol containing more percent gasoline, and is manufac-
zle automatically shuts off. than 15 percent ethanol, and do not tured exclusively for use in Flexible
Attempts to force more fuel use gasoline or gasohol containing Fuel Vehicles. “E85” is not compati-
into the tank can cause fuel any methanol. Ethanol provides less ble with your vehicle. Use of “E85”
overflow onto you and the energy than gasoline and it attracts may result in poor engine perform-
ground causing a risk of fire. water, and it is thus likely to reduce ance and damage to your vehicle's
your fuel efficiency and could lower engine and fuel system. Kia recom-
• Always check that the fuel cap
your MPG results. mends that customers do not use
is installed securely to pre-
fuel with an ethanol content exceed-
vent fuel spillage, especially Methanol may cause drivability prob- ing 15 percent.
in the event of an accident. lems and damage to the fuel system,
engine control system and emission
control system. ✽ NOTICE
Gasoline containing alcohol and Discontinue using gasohol of any Your New Vehicle Limited
methanol kind if drivability problems occur. Warranty does not cover damage to
Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and Vehicle damage or drivability prob- the fuel system or any performance
ethanol (also known as grain alco- lems may not be covered by the problems caused by the use of “E85”
hol), and gasoline or gasohol con- manufacturer’s warranty if they result fuel.
taining methanol (also known as from the use of:
wood alcohol) are being marketed
along with or instead of leaded or
1. Gasoline or gasohol containing ✽ NOTICE
methanol. Never use gasohol which contains
unleaded gasoline.
2. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol. methanol. Discontinue use of any
3. Gasohol containing more than gasohol product which impairs dri-
15% ethanol. vability.
1 3
Introduction
Other fuels Use of MTBE Gasoline containing MMT

Using fuels that contain Silicone (Si), Kia recommends avoiding fuels con- Some gasoline contains harmful man-
MMT (Manganese, Mn), Ferrocene taining MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl ganese-based fuel additives Such as
(Fe), and Other metalic additives, Ether) over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen MMT (Methylcyclopentadienyl
may cause vehicle and engine dam- Content 2.7% weight) in your vehicle. Manganese Tricarbonyl).
age or cause misfiring, poor acceler- Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0% Kia does not recommend the use of
ation, engine stalling, catalyst melt- vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) gasoline containing MMT. This type
ing, clogging, abnormal corrosion, may reduce vehicle performance and of fuel can reduce vehicle perform-
life cycle reduction, etc. produce vapor lock or hard starting. ance and affect your emission con-
Also, the Malfunction Indicator Lamp trol system. The malfunction indica-
(MIL) may illuminate. tor lamp on the cluster may come on.
✽ NOTICE
Your New Vehicle Limited
✽ NOTICE Warranty may not cover damage to Do not use methanol
Damage to the fuel system or per- the fuel system and any perform- Fuels containing methanol (wood
formance problem caused by the use ance problems that are caused by alcohol) should not be used in your
of these fuels may not be covered by the use of fuels containing methanol vehicle. This type of fuel can reduce
your New Vehicle Limited or fuels containing MTBE (Methyl vehicle performance and damage
Warranty. Tertiary Butyl Ether) over 15.0% components of the fuel system,
vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight.) engine control system and emission
control system.
✽ NOTICE
Your New Vehicle Limited
Warranty may not cover damage to
the fuel system and any perform-
ance problems that are caused by
the use of fuels containing methanol.
1 4
Introduction
Fuel Additives Operation in foreign countries

Kia recommends that you use good If you are going to drive your vehicle
quality gasolines treated with deter- in another country, be sure to:
gent additives such as TOP TIER • Observe all regulations regarding
Detergent Gasoline, which help pre- registration and insurance.
vent deposit formation in the engine.
These gasolines will help the engine • Determine that acceptable fuel is
run cleaner and enhance perform- available.
ance of the Emission Control System.
For more information on TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline, please go to the
website (www.toptiergas.com)
For customers who do not use TOP
TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly,
and have problems starting or the
engine does not run smoothly, addi-
tives that you can buy separately
may be added to the gasoline.
If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is
not available, one bottle of additive
should be added to the fuel tank at
every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or
every engine oil change is recom-
mended. Additives are available from
your authorized Kia dealer along with
information on how to use them. Do
not mix other additives.
1 5
Introduction
VEHICLE HANDLING VEHICLE BREAK-IN

INSTRUCTIONS PROCESS
As with other vehicles of this type, No special break-in period is need-
failure to operate this vehicle correct- ed. By following a few simple precau-
ly may result in loss of control, an tions for the first 1,000 km (600
accident or vehicle rollover. miles) you may add to the perform-
Specific design characteristics (high- ance, economy and life of your vehi-
er ground clearance, track, etc.) give cle.
this vehicle a higher center of gravity • Do not race the engine.
than other types of vehicles. In other • While driving, keep your engine
words they are not designed for cor- speed (rpm, or revolutions per
nering at the same speeds as con- minute) between 2,000 rpm and
ventional 2-wheel drive vehicles. 4,000 rpm.
Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneu- • Do not maintain a single speed for
vers. Again, failure to operate this long periods of time, either fast or
vehicle correctly may result in loss of slow. Varying engine speed is
control, an accident or vehicle needed to properly break-in the
rollover. Be sure to read the engine.
“Reducing the risk of a rollover”
driving guidelines, in section 5 of • Avoid hard stops, except in emer-
this manual. gencies, to allow the brakes to seat
properly.
• Don't tow a trailer during the first
2,000 km (1,200 miles) of opera-
tion.
1 6
Introduction
VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS

This vehicle is equipped with an These data can help provide a bet- To read data recorded by an EDR,
event data recorder (EDR). The ter understanding of the circum- special equipment is required, and
main purpose of an EDR is to stances in which crashes and access to the vehicle or the EDR is
record, in certain crash or near injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data needed. In addition to the vehicle
crash-like situations, such as an are recorded by your vehicle only manufacturer, other parties, such
air bag deployment or hitting a if a non-trivial crash situation as law enforcement, that have the
road obstacle, data that will assist occurs; no data are recorded by special equipment, can read the
in understanding how a vehicle's the EDR under normal driving information if they have access to
systems performed. The EDR is conditions and no personal data the vehicle or the EDR.
designed to record data related to (e.g., name, gender, age, and
vehicle dynamics and safety sys- crash location) are recorded.
tems for a short period of time, However, other parties, such as
typically 30 seconds or less. The law enforcement, could combine
EDR in this vehicle is designed to the EDR data with the type of per-
record such data as: sonally identifying data routinely
• How various systems in your acquired during a crash investiga-
vehicle were operating; tion.
• Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator
and/or brake pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was travel-
ing.
1 7
Your vehicle at a glance
Exterior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Interior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Instrument panel overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 2
EXTERIOR OVERVIEW
■ Front view
1. Hood......................................................4-57
2. Head lamp..................................4-136, 7-65
3. Fog lamp ....................................4-143, 7-65
4. Wheel and tire................................7-39, 8-4
5. Outside rearview mirror.........................4-84
6. Sunroof..................................................4-64
7. Front windshield wiper blades....4-140, 7-32
8. Windows ................................................4-52
9. Parking distance warning ....................4-125
❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OYP018001N
2 2
■ Rear view
1. Door locks (for front door) .....................4-25

2. Fuel filler lid ...........................................4-60
3. Rear combination lamp .........................7-65
4. High mounted stop lamp .......................7-65
5. Rear window wiper blade...........4-147, 7-32
6. Liftgate .........................................4-31, 4-34
7. Antenna ...............................................4-210
8. Rear view monitor ...............................4-133
9. Parking distance warning-reverse,
Parking distance warning.........4-125, 4-129
10. Door Locks (for sliding door) ...............4-34
❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OYP018002N
2 3
INTERIOR OVERVIEW
1. Inside door handle.................................4-27

2. Power window switch ............................4-52
3. Central door lock switch ........................4-28
4. Power window and rear sunroof
lock button .............................................4-55
5. Outside rearview mirror control .............4-85
6. Outside rearview mirror folding switch ..4-86
7. Fuel filler lid open switch .......................4-60
8. Instrument panel illumination
control switch.........................................4-90
9. BCW ON/OFF button ............................5-86
10. LDW ON/OFF button...........................5-98
11. AC inverter button .............................4-199
12. ESC OFF button..................................5-35
13. Steering wheel ....................................4-70
14. Tilt and telescopic steering
control lever .........................................4-71
15. Inner panel fuse panel. .......................7-55
16. Brake pedal .........................................5-21
17. Hood release lever ..............................4-57
18. Seat .......................................................3-2
❈ The actual interior in the vehicle may differ from the illustration
OYP018003N
2 4
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

1. Electronic parking brake (EPB)
ON/OFF button ....................................5-24
2. Driver’s front air bag ............................3-75
3. Horn.....................................................4-73
4. Instrument cluster................................4-89
5. Wiper and washer control lever .........4-145
6. Ignition switch ........................................5-7
Engine start/stop button ......................5-10
7. Cruise control button ...........................5-59
Smart cruise control button .................5-63
8. Audio .................................................4-210
9. Hazard warning flasher .........................6-2
10. Climate control system.........4-152, 4-168
11. Shift lever...........................................5-14
12. Seat warmer ....................................4-196
Air ventilation seat ...........................4-197
13. Steering wheel warmer
ON/OFF button ..................................4-72
14. Active ECO button .............................5-82
Drive mode button .............................5-83
15. Parking distance warning
ON/OFF button ................................4-129
16. 360° camera monitoring system......4-134
17. Center console storage box ............4-193
18. Sunglasses holder...........................4-194
19. USB charger....................................4-201
20. Power outlet.....................................4-198
21. AC inverter ......................................4-199
22. Glove box ........................................4-193
23. Passenger's front air bag ..................3-75
❈ The actual instrument panel in the vehicle may differ from the illustration 24. Auto hold ON/OFF button..................5-30
OYP018004N
2 5
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
■ Gasoline Engine (Lambda 3.3L)
1. Engine coolant reservoir ...................7-22

2. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-20
3. Brake fluid reservoir..........................7-25
4. Air cleaner.........................................7-28
5. Fuse box ...........................................7-53
6. Positive battery terminal ...................7-36
7. Negative battery terminal..................7-36
8. Engine oil dipstick .............................7-20
9. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....7-27
10. Radiator cap ...................................7-24
11. Power steering reservoir
(if equipped)....................................7-26
❈ The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OYP078001N
2 6
Safety features of your vehicle
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint

• Front seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-61
• 2nd/3rd row seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 • How does the air bag system operate . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-62
• Front seat (For SXL). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 • Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64
• 2nd/3rd row seat (For SXL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 • SRS components and functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65
• Front seat adjustment - manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 • Occupant Detection System(ODS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68
• Front seat adjustment - power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 • Driver's and passenger's front air bag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-75 3
• Driver position memory system (for power seat). . . 3-11 • Side air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-78
• Headrest (for front seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13 • Curtain air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-80
• Seatback pocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 • SRS Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-87
• Rear seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 • Adding equipment to or modifying your
• Headrest (for rear seat). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31 air bag-equipped vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-88
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35 • Air bag warning label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-88
• Seat belt restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
• Pre-tensioner seat belt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
• Seat belt precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
• Care of seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51
Child restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
• Using a child restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
SEATS
Front seat
(1) Forward and backward
(2) Seatback angle
(3) Seat cushion height
(4) Lumbar support (Driver’s seat)
(5) Driver position memory
(6) Headrest
Manual seat (7) Walk-in switch
2nd / 3rd row seat

(9) Seatback angle and folding
Power seat (10) Walk-in
(11) Headrest
(12) Armrest
(14) Seat sinking
(15) Headrest
OYP037322N
3 2
■ For SXL package Front seat

(2) Seatback angle
(3) Seat cushion height
(4) Lumbar support (Driver’s seat)
(5) Driver position memory
(6) Headrest
(7) Walk-in switch
2nd / 3rd row seat

(9) Left and right
(11) Leg support
(12) Walk-in
(13) Headrest
(14) Armrest
(16) Seat sinking
(17) Headrest
OYP036297N
3 3
WARNING - Loose WARNING - Driver respon- WARNING - Seat cushion

objects sibility for passengers Occupants should never sit on
Do not place anything in the dri- aftermarket seat cushions or sit-
ver's foot well or under the front ting cushions.
seats. Loose objects in the dri- The passenger's hips may slide
ver's foot area could interfere under the lap portion of the seat
with the operation of the foot belt during an accident or a sud-
pedals. den stop.
WARNING - Uprighting
seat
1KMN3662
Do not press the release lever
on a manual seatback without The driver must advise the pas-
holding and controlling the senger to keep the seatback in
seatback. The seatback will an upright position whenever
spring upright possibly impact- the vehicle is in motion. If a seat
ing you or other passengers. is reclined during an accident,
the occupant's hips may slide
under the lap portion of the seat
belt, applying great force to the
unprotected abdomen.
3 4
WARNING - Driver’s seat WARNING - Rear seatbacks WARNING - Cargo Area

• Never attempt to adjust the Always lock the rear seatback Do not allow passengers to ride
seat while the vehicle is mov- before driving. Failure to do so in the cargo area under any cir-
ing. This could result in loss could result in passengers or cumstance. The cargo area is
of control of your vehicle. objects being thrown forward solely for the purpose of trans-
• Do not allow anything to inter- injuring vehicle occupants. porting luggage or cargo.
fere with the normal position
of the seatback and seatback
adjustment. WARNING - Unexpected
WARNING - Luggage and
• Sit as far back as possible from Cargo Seat Movement
the steering wheel while still After adjusting a manual seat,
maintaining comfortable con- Do not stack pile or stack lug-
gage or cargo higher than the always check that it is locked by
trol of the your vehicle. A dis- shifting your weight to the front
tance of at least 25 cm (10 in.) seatback in the cargo area. In an
accident the cargo could strike and back. Sudden or unexpect-
from your chest to the steering ed movement of the driver's
wheel is recommended. Failure and injury a passenger. If
objects are large, heavy or must seat could cause you to lose
to do so can result in air bag control of the vehicle.
inflation injuries to the driver. be piled, they must be secured
in the cargo area.
3 5
Feature of Seat Leather

WARNING - Seat • Leather is made from the outer CAUTION
adjustment skin of an animal, which goes • Wrinkles or abrasions which
• Do not adjust the seat while through a special process to be appear naturally from usage
wearing seat belts. Moving the available for use. Since it is a nat- are not covered by warranty.
seat forward will cause strong ural substance, each part differs in • Belts with metallic acces-
pressure on the abdomen. thickness or density. sories, zippers or keys inside
• Do not place your hand near Wrinkles may appear as a natural the back pocket may damage
the seat bottom or seat track result of stretching and shrinking the seat fabric.
while adjusting the seat. Your depending on the temperature and • Make sure not to wet the seat.
hand could get caught in the humidity. It may change the nature of
seat mechanism. • The seat is made of stretchable natural leather.
fabric to improve comfort. • Jeans or clothes which could
• The parts contacting the body are bleach may contaminate the
WARNING - Small curved and the side supporting surface of the seat covering
Objects area is high which provides driving fabric.
Use extreme caution when pick- comfort and stability.
ing small objects trapped under • Wrinkles may appear naturally
the seats or between the seat from usage. It is not a fault of the
and the center console. Your product.
hands might be cut or injured
by the sharp edges of the seats
mechanism.
3 6
Front seat adjustment - manual Seatback angle Seat height (for driver’s seat)
Forward and backward
OYP034003 OYP034004
OYP034002 To recline the seatback: To change the height of the seat,
1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the push the lever upwards or down-
To move the seat forward or back-
seatback recline lever. wards.
ward:
2. Carefully lean back on the seat • To lower the seat cushion, push the
1. Pull the seat slide adjustment
and adjust the seatback of the lever down several times.
lever up and hold it.
seat to the position you desire. • To raise the seat cushion, pull the
2. Slide the seat to the position you
3. Release the lever and make sure lever up several times.
desire.
the seatback is locked in place.
3. Release the lever and make sure
(The lever MUST return to its orig-
the seat is locked in place.
inal position for the seatback to
Adjust the seat before driving, and lock.)
make sure the seat is locked securely
by trying to move forward and back-
ward without using the lever. If the
seat moves, it is not locked properly.
3 7
Lumbar support (if equipped) Front seat adjustment - power

(if equipped) WARNING - Unattended
children
The front seat can be adjusted by
using the control switches located on Do not leave children unattend-
the outside of the seat cushion. ed in the vehicle. Children might
Before driving, adjust the seat to the operate features of the vehicle
proper position so you can easily con- that could injure them.
trol the steering wheel, pedals and
switches on the instrument panel.
CAUTION - Power seat
adjustments
The power seating controls
OYP034005 function by electronic motor.
The lumbar support can be adjusted Excessive operation may cause
by pressing the lumbar support damage to the electrical equip-
switch on the side of the seat. ment.
1. Press the front portion of the
switch to increase support, or the
rear portion of the switch, to
decrease support.
2. Release the switch once it reach-
es the desired position.
3 8
Forward and backward Seatback angle

CAUTION - Power Seating
Do not operate two or more
power seat control switches at
the same time. Doing so may
damage the power seat motor or
electrical components.
When in operation, the power seat-

consumes a large amount of electri-
cal power. To prevent unnecessary
charging system drain, don’t adjust
the power seat longer than neces- OYP034006N OYP034007N
sary while the engine is not running. Push the control switch forward or Push the control switch forward or
backward to move the seat to the backward to move the seatback to
desired position. Release the switch the desired angle. Release the
once the seat reaches the desired switch once the seat reaches the
position. desired position.
3 9
Seat height (if equipped) Walk-in Seat (for front passenger Lumbar support (for driver’s seat)
seat, if equipped)
■ Type A
OYP038008N OYP038009N
Pull the front portion of the control OUM036096L The lumbar support can be adjusted
switch up to raise or press down to The switch is located on the left side by pressing the lumbar support switch
lower the front part of the seat cush- of the front passenger’s seatback. on the side of the drivers seat.
ion. Pull the rear portion of the con- Type A
trol switch up to raise or press down To adjust the position of front pas-
to lower the rear part of the seat senger’s seat ; 1. Press the front portion of the switch
cushion. Release the switch once the to increase support, or the rear por-
Press the control switch forward (1)
seat reaches the desired position. tion of the switch, to decrease sup-
or rearward (2)to move the seat to
port.
the desired position.
2. Release the switch once it reaches
Press the control switch forward (3)
the desired position.
or rearward (4) to move the seatback
to the desired angle.
Do not use these switches while the
front passenger seat is occupied.
3 10
■ Type B Driver position memory system

(if equipped, for power seat) WARNING
Never attempt to operate the
driver position memory system
while the vehicle is moving.
This could result in loss of con-
trol, and an accident causing
death, serious injury.
OYP034009N
Type B
1. Press the front portion of the OYP034025
switch (1) to increase support, or
the rear portion of the switch (2), A driver position memory system is
to decrease support. provided to store and recall the driv-
er seat and outside rearview mirror
2. Move the support position up and position with a simple button opera-
down by pressing the switch (3) or tion. By saving the desired position
(4). into the system memory, different
3. Release the switch once the seat drivers can reposition the driver seat
reaches the desired position. based upon their driving preference.
If the battery is disconnected, the
desired seat position memory will
need to be re-saved.
3 11
Storing positions into memory ✽ NOTICE Recalling positions from memory

using the buttons on the door When recalling an adjustment mem- 1. Shift the shift lever into P while the
Storing driver’s seat positions ory button while sitting in the vehi- engine start/stop button is ON or
1. Shift the shift lever into P while the cle, you can be surprised by the set- ignition switch ON.
engine start/stop button is ON or ting chosen if the memory has been 2. To recall the position in the memo-
ignition switch ON. adjusted by someone else. If that ry, press the desired memory but-
2. Adjust the driver’s seat and out- occurs, immediately push the seat ton (1 or 2). The system will beep
side rearview mirror comfortable position control knob in the direc- once, then the driver’s seat will
for the driver. tion of the desired position to stop automatically adjust to the stored
further undesired movement. position.
3. Press SET button on the control
panel. The system will beep once. Adjusting the control switch for the
driver’s seat while the system is
4. Press one of the memory buttons recalling the stored position will
(1 or 2) within 4 seconds after cause the movement to stop and
pressing the SET button. The sys- move in the direction that the control
tem will beep twice when memory switch is moved.
has been successfully stored.
3 12
Easy access function Headrest (for front seat) For maximum effectiveness in case
(if equipped) of an accident, the headrest should
The system will move the driver's be adjusted so the middle of the
seat automatically as follows: headrest is at the same height of the
• Without smart key system center of gravity of an occupant's
head. Generally, the center of gravity
- It will move the driver’s seat rear- of most people's head is similar with
ward when the ignition key is the height of the top of their eyes.
removed. Also, adjust the headrest as close to
- It will move the driver’s seat for- your head as possible. For this rea-
ward when the ignition key is son, the use of a cushion that holds
inserted. the body away from the seatback is
• With smart key system not recommended.
OYP034285N
- It will move the driver’s seat rear-
ward when the engine start/stop The driver's and front passenger's
button is changed to the OFF seats are equipped with a headrest
position. for the occupant's safety and comfort.
- It will move the driver’s seat for- The headrest not only provides com-
ward when the engine start/stop fort for the driver and front passenger,
button is changed to the ACC or but also helps protect the head and
START position. neck in the event of a rear collision.
You can activate or deactivate this fea-

ture. Refer to "User settings" in chap-
ter 4.
3 13
Adjusting the height up and down

WARNING - Headrest
removal/adjustment
• Do not operate the vehicle
with the headrests removed.
Headrests can provide critical
neck and head support in a
crash.
• Do not adjust the headrest
height while the vehicle is in
motion. Driver may lose con-
trol of the vehicle. OYFH034205
OYP034010 ✽ NOTICE
To raise the headrest, pull it up to the If you recline the seatback towards
desired position (1). To lower the the front with the headrest and seat
headrest, push and hold the release cushion raised, the headrest may
button (2) on the headrest support come in contact with the sunvisor or
and lower the headrest to the desired other parts of the vehicle.
position (3).
3 14
Removal and reinstallation 3. Press the headrest release button ■ Type A

(3) while pulling the headrest up
■ Type A
(4).
WARNING
NEVER allow anyone to ride in a
seat with the headrest removed.
OYP034014
■ Type B
OYP034012
■ Type B
OYP034015N
OYP034013N To reinstall the headrest :

1. Put the headrest poles (2) into the
To remove the headrest: holes while pressing the release
1. Recline the seatback (2) with the button (1).
recline lever or switch (1). 2. Recline the seatback (4) with the
2. Raise headrest as far as it can go. recline lever or switch (3).
3 15
3. Adjust the headrest to the appro- Seatback pocket

priate height. WARNING - Seatback
pockets
WARNING - Headrest Do not put heavy or sharp
Reinstallation objects in the seatback pockets.
In an accident they could come
To reduce the risk of injury to loose from the pocket and
the head or neck, always make injure vehicle occupants.
sure the headrest is locked into
position and adjusted properly
after reinstalling.
OYP044077K
The seatback pocket is provided on

the back of the front passenger’s and
driver’s seatbacks.
3 16
Rear seat adjustment 2. Slide the seat to the position you Left and Right
desire. (2nd row seat, SXL package)
Forward and backward
(2nd row seat) 3. Release the lever and make sure
Adjust the seat before driving, and
by trying to move forward and back-
ward without using the lever. If the
seat moves, it is not locked properly.
❈ 7-seater SXL Seat

To move the seat inward, first turn
OYP034202N the left/right control lever, and then
move the seat to the farthest back OYP034293N
■ for SXL package
position. To move the seat left side or right
side:
1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever
up and hold it.
2. Slide the seat to the position you
desire.
OYP034291N Adjust the seat before driving, and
To move the seat forward or back- by trying to move left side and right
ward: side without using the lever. If the seat
1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever moves, it is not locked properly.
up and hold it.
3 17
Seatback angle To recline the seatback:

■ 2nd row seat ■ 2nd row seat for SXL package 1. Pull up the seatback recline lever
(for 2nd row outboard seat) or
strap (for 2nd row center or 3rd
row seat).
2. Hold the lever or strap and adjust
the seatback of the seat to the
position you desire.
3. Release the lever or strap and
make sure the seatback is locked
in place. (The lever MUST return
to its original position for the seat-
OYP034204N OYP034292N back to lock.)
■ 2nd row center seat (if equipped) ■ 3rd row seat
OYP034206N OYP034205N
3 18
Walk-in seat (2nd row seat) Walk-in seat

(2nd row seat for SXL package)
OYP034210N
OYP034209N 3.At this time, 2nd row seat position

will be changed to stand up posi- OYP036299N
To get in or out of the 3rd row seat, tion, and the head rest will be fold-
1. Lift the armrest up and lower the ed automatically.
head rest to the lowest position (if After getting in or out, push the 2nd
necessary). row seat to the original position
2. Pull up the walk-in lever (1) or pull until it clicks into place and check
the walk-in strap (2) on the 2nd the head rest position (unfolded
row seat to allow passenger to exit position).
3rd row seat. Make sure that the seat is locked in
place.
OYP036321N
To get in or out of the 3rd row seat,
3 19
1.Lift the armrest up , lower the head- Leg support Folding the rear seat
rests to the lowest position and (2nd row seat for SXL package) The rear seatbacks can be folded to
slide the seat inside. (if necessary). facilitate carrying long items or to
2.Pull the walk-in strap (1) or recline increase the luggage capacity of the
lever (2) on the 2nd row seat when vehicle.
the passenger gets in or out of the
3rd row seat.
WARNING - Folded down
3.Push the 2nd row seat to forward. seatback
After getting out, push the 2nd row Never allow passengers sit on
seat to the original position until it top of the folded down seatback
clicks into place. while the vehicle is moving. This
Make sure that the seat is locked in is not a proper seating position
place. In the walk-in position, the and no seat belts are available
front and back sliding function is OYP034294N for use.
not fixed. This could result in serious
To use the leg support :
1. Pull the leg support lever up and injury or death in case of an
WARNING hold it. accident or sudden stop.
Never attempt to adjust the 2nd 2. Adjust the angle and length of the
row seat while the vehicle is leg support while holding the leg
moving or the seat is occupied support. When using the leg rest,
as the seat may suddenly move move the seat to the inner position,
and cause the passenger on the and then toward the back. If the seat
seat to be injured. is not moved far back, it may come
in contact with the first row seat.
the leg support is locked in place.
3 20
■ 2nd row center seat (for 8 passenger vehicle)

WARNING - Objects
Objects carried on the folded
down seatback should not
extend higher than the top of
the front seatbacks. This could
allow cargo to slide forward and
cause injury or damage during
sudden stops.
OYP034267N OYP034214N
■ 3rd row seat
To fold down the rear seatback
1. Insert the rear seat belt buckle in
the pocket between the rear seat-
back and cushion, and insert the
rear seat belt webbing in the guide
to prevent the seat belt from being
damaged.
2. Set the front seatback to the
upright position and if necessary,
slide the front seat forward.
3. Lower the rear headrests to the
OYP034212N
lowest position.
3 21
■ 2nd row seat ■ 2nd row center seat (for 8 passenger vehicle) Removing the tumble seat
(for 8 passenger vehicle)
OYP034218N OYP034216N
4. Pull on the seatback folding lever OYP034220N
or strap, then fold the seat toward
the front of the vehicle. When you
return the seatback to its upright
position, always be sure it has
locked into position by pushing on
the top of the seatback.
5. To use the rear seat, lift and pull
the seatback backward by pulling
on the folding lever or strap.
Pull the seatback firmly until it
OYP037219N OYP034267N
clicks into place. Make sure the
seatback is locked in place.
6. Return the rear seat belt to the 1. Insert the seat belt in the belt
proper position. assembly cover.
2. Insert the seat belt buckle in the
seat cushion pocket.
3 22
OYP034221N OYP034223N OYP034227N

3. Lower the headrest to the lowest 6. Pull the removal strap and lift the 7. Pull up the catch release lever
position. rear portion of the seat cushion. under the front of the seat cushion
4. Slide the seat to the farthest rear- while reclining the folded seat
ward. rearward slightly to release the
front catches from the anchors.
5. Fold the seat back by pull up the
recline strap. 8. Remove the entire seat from the
floor.
3 23
Installing the tumble seat

(for 8 passenger vehicle)
OYP034225N OYP034232N
3. Lift the rear portion of the seat 4.Make sure the green mark on the
OYP034228N
cushion then push down firmly to rear seat cushion frame is visible
lock the catches into the rear and the catches are locked in posi-
1. Put the front anchor strikers along anchors until an audible “click” is tion by moving the seat forward
the front anchors on the floor. heard. and backward or lifting the front
2. Insert two front anchor strikers into portion of the seat. If the green
the front anchors. mark is invisible and the seat
moves, it is not locked properly.
5.Pull up the seatback recline strap.
6.Lift and push the seatback back-
ward firmly until it clicks into place.
Make sure the seatback is locked
in place.
7.Return the seat belt to the proper
position.
3 24
WARNING - Installing or
removing the tumble seat
OYP034235N OYP034223N
If the rear catches of the seat are Pull the removal strap and lift the
OYP034233N locked into the rear anchors (2) while rear portion of the seat cushion.
the front catches are not locked into Then the rear catches will be released.
Do not install or remove the the front anchors (1), do the follow-
tumble (2nd row center) seat, if ings to release the rear catches from Remove the seat while lifting up the
there are occupants in the 3rd the rear anchors. rear portion of seat cushion and then
row seats, as this may injure reinstalling the tumble seat.
occupants.
3 25
Stowing the rear seat To stow the rear seat:

- 3rd row seat 1. Lower the headrest to the lowest
position. To stow easily, adjust the
seatback to upright position. (if
necessary)
OYP037241
OYP034240N
The rear seat can be folded and

stowed in the luggage compartment
to provide additional cargo space.
OYP034242N
2. Pull up the seat by using the stow-

ing lever.
3. Stow the seat by pushing down
firmly.
3 26
Make sure there is no body or object

around the seat and be careful not to CAUTION - To stow 3rd
injure your hands or body under the row seat
seat or in the moving parts when
stowing or reinstalling the seat.
OYP037286
To use the rear seat:
OYP037304
1. Lift the seat by pulling up the stow-
Do not stow the 3rd row seat ing lever.
when the seat back is folded
down. It may damage the 3rd
seat mechanism.
3 27
OYP037243N OYP034287N OYP037305

2. Release the lever and push the 3. Make sure the catches are locked 4.Pull out and hold the folding strap.
seat forward firmly until it clicks in position by moving the seat for- 5.Hold the seat back when you
into place to insert the catches ward and backward or lifting the adjust the seat back angle until it
into the anchors. front portion of the seat. If the seat clicks into place and then release
moves, it is not locked properly. the folding strap.
✽ NOTICE Make sure the seatback is locked
Do not push down the upper part of in place.
the seatback when pushing the seat 6.Return the rear seat belt to the
forward. Doing so can prevent the proper position.
catches from being locked in posi-
tion.
3 28
When you fold the rear (2nd and/or

WARNING - Cargo 3rd row) seatback, insert the buckle
Do not place heavy objects in in the pocket between the rear seat-
the rear seats, since they can- back and cushion. Doing so can pre-
not be properly secured and vent the buckle from being damaged
may hit vehicle occupants in a by the rear seatback.
frontal collision. When returning the rear (2nd and/or
3rd row) seatbacks to the upright
position, remember to return the rear
shoulder belts to their proper posi-
tion. Routing the seat belt webbing
through the rear seat belt guides will OUN026140
help keep the belts from being
trapped behind or under the seats.
WARNING - 3rd row seat
Make sure the engine is off, the
automatic transaxle is in P (Park) 3rd row occupants should always
and the parking brake is securely remain in the center of the seat
applied whenever loading or unload- cushion so the occupants head
ing cargo. Failure to take these steps is protected by the headrest.
may allow the vehicle to move if the If not, the liftgate may hit the
shift lever is inadvertently moved to occupant's head, which could
another position. cause injury.
3 29
Armrest (2nd row seat) Type A Seatback pocket (for SXL package)
■ Type A
To use the armrest, swing down the
armrest to the lowest position.
Type B
To use the armrest, press the release
button (1) on the armrest and adjust
the angle to the desired position. And
then release the button (1).
OYP034254N
■ Type B (for SXL package)
OYP034255N
The seatback pocket is provided on
the back of the 2nd row outboard
seatbacks.
OYP034300N/Q
The 2nd row seats have the armrest

located on the side of seatback.
3 30
Headrest (for rear seat)

WARNING - Seatback
pockets
Do not put heavy or sharp
objects in the seatback pockets.
In an accident they could come
loose from the pocket and
injure vehicle occupants. *
ODM032054
* : if equipped
OYP034288N For maximum effectiveness in case
of an accident, the headrest should
The rear seat(s) is equipped with be adjusted so the middle of the
headrests in all the seating positions headrest is at the same height as the
for the occupant's safety and comfort. center of gravity of an occupant's
The headrest not only provides com- head.
fort for passengers, but also helps Generally, the center of gravity of
protect the head and neck in the most people's head is similar with
event of a collision. the height of the top of their eyes.
Also adjust the headrest as close to
your head as possible. For this rea-
son, the use of a cushion that holds
the body away from the seatback is
not recommended.
3 31
Adjusting the height up and down

■ 2nd row outboard ■ 2nd row for SXL package
OYP034301N OYP034298N OYP034248N

■ 2nd row center (if equipped) ■ 3rd row
To raise the headrest :
1. Pull it up to the desired position
(1).
To lower the headrest :

1. Push and hold the release button
(2) on the headrest support
2. Lower the headrest to the desired
position (3).
OYP034302N OYP034303N
3 32
Removal and reinstallation After installing the headrest, make 2nd row outboard headrest
sure that it is installed in the right
direction.
A headrest installed reversely could
increase whiplash injury during rear
impact.
CAUTION - Auto-folding
headrest
Do not remove the headrest in
vehicles equipped with the sec-
ond row auto-folding function.
OYP034250N The cable may become dislocat- OYP034252N
To remove the headrest : ed or damaged when the head- The headrest will fold down automat-
rest is removed, and may lead to ically when the seat is in the walk in
1. Raise it as far as it can go then auto-folding function failure.
press the release button (1) while potion.
pulling the headrest up (2). Always be sure the headrest has
locked into position after you return
the seatback.
To reinstall the headrest :
1. Put the headrest poles (3) into the
holes while pressing the release
button (1).
2. Adjust it to the appropriate height.
3 33
Forward and backward adjustment Wing-out

(2nd row seat for SXL package) (2nd row seat for SXL package)
OYP034295N OYP034296N
The headrest may be adjusted for- For rear outboard passenger's com-
ward or backward by pulling the fort, the ends of the headrest can be
lower part of the headrest forward or adjusted inward.
backward to the desired detent in the
direction of the arrow. Adjust the
headrest so that it properly supports
the head and neck.
3 34
SEAT BELTS
Seat belt restraint system Seat belts are designed to bear upon
• For maximum restraint system pro-
WARNING - Shoulder Belt the bony structure of the body, and
tection, the seat belts must always • Never wear the shoulder belt should be worn low across the front
be used whenever the vehicle is under your arm or behind of the pelvis, chest and shoulders, as
moving. A properly positioned your back. An improperly applicable; wearing the lap section of
shoulder belt should be positioned positioned shoulder belt can- the belt across the abdominal area
midway over your shoulder across not protect the occupant in a must be avoided.
your collarbone. crash. Seat belts should be adjusted as
• Never allow children to ride in the • Always wear both the shoul- firmly as possible, consistent with
front passenger seat. See child der portion and lap portion of comfort, to provide the protection for
restraint system section for further the lap/shoulder belt. which they have been designed.
discussion. A slack belt will greatly reduce the
protection afforded to the wearer.
WARNING - Twisted seat WARNING - Damaged Care should be taken to avoid con-
seat belt tamination of the webbing with pol-
belt ishes, oils and chemicals, and partic-
Replace the entire seat belt
Make sure your seat belt is not assembly if any part of the web- ularly battery acid. Cleaning may
twisted when worn. A twisted bing or hardware is damaged as safely be carried out using mild soap
seat belt may not properly pro- you can no longer be sure that a and water. The belt should be
tect you in an accident and damaged seat belt will provide replaced if webbing becomes frayed,
could even cut into your body. protection in a crash. contaminated or damaged.
3 35
• No modifications or additions Seat belt warning (for driver’s seat)

should be made by the user which WARNING - Seat belt
will either prevent the seat belt buckle
adjusting devices from operating to Do not allow foreign material
remove slack, or prevent the seat (gum, crumbs, coins, etc.) to
belt assembly from being adjusted obstruct the seat belt buckle.
to remove slack. This may prevent the seat belt
• When you fasten the seat belt, be from fastening securely.
careful not to latch the seat belt in
buckles of other seat. It's very dan-
gerous and you may not be pro-
tected by the seat belt properly.
• Do not unfasten the seat belt and 1GQA2083
do not fasten and unfasten the seat
belt repeatedly while driving. This The driver's seat belt warning light
could result in loss of control, and and chime will activate pursuant to
an accident causing death, serious the following table when the ignition
injury, or property damage. switch is in "ON" position.
• When fastening the seat belt,
make sure that the seat belt does
not pass over objects that are hard
or can break easily.
3 36
Conditions Warning Pattern Seat belt warning Conditions Warning Pattern

Vehicle Chime- (for front passenger’s seat) Vehicle
Seat Belt Light-Blink Seat Belt Light-Blink
Speed Sound Speed
■ Type A
Unbuckled 6 seconds Unbuckled 6 seconds
Buckled 6 seconds None Above 10 km/h
Unbuckled Continuously
Below 5 km/h (6 mph)
6 seconds None
(3 mph) Buckled 6 seconds
Above 10 km/h
5 km/h Continuously *1
Buckled → (6 mph)
Buckled → (3 mph) ~
6 seconds Unbuckled Below 10 km/h
Unbuckled 10 km/h
(6 mph) None
(6 mph)
Above 10 km/h 6 sec. on / 24 sec. off OYP034257N

(6 mph) (11 times) ■ Type B *1 The seat belt warning light will go off if
Above 10 km/h
the vehicle speed decreases below 5
(6 mph) 6 seconds *1 km/h (3 mph). If the vehicle speed
Unbuckled ↓ ↓ increases above 5 km/h (3 mph), the
Below (5 km/h Stop *2 warning light will blink again.
3 mph)
*1 Warning pattern repeats 11 times with

an interval of 24 seconds. If the driver's
seat belt is buckled, the light will stop
within 6 seconds and chime will stop OYP036258N
immediately.
*2 The light will stop within 6 seconds and
The front passenger's seat belt
chime will stop immediately. warning light will activate to the fol-
lowing table when the ignition switch
is in "ON" position.
3 37
• You can find the front passenger's Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system
seat belt warning light on the cen- with emergency locking retractor
ter fascia panel.
• Although the front passenger seat
is not occupied, the seat belt warn-
ing light will blink for 6 seconds.
• The seat belt warning light can
blink when a briefcase or purse is
placed on the front passenger
seat.
Riding in an improper position
B200A02NF
adversely affects the front passen-
ger's seat belt warning system. It is The seat belt automatically adjusts to
important for the driver to instruct the B180A01NF-1
the proper length only after the lap
passenger as to the proper seating belt portion is adjusted manually so
To fasten your seat belt: that it fits snugly around your hips. If
instructions as contained in this
manual. To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of you lean forward in a slow, easy
the retractor and insert the metal tab motion, the belt will extend and let
(1) into the buckle (2). There will be you move around. If there is a sud-
an audible "click" when the tab locks den stop or impact, however, the belt
into the buckle. will lock into position. It will also lock
if you try to lean forward too quickly.
3 38
✽ NOTICE Front seat To adjust the height of the seat belt

If you are not able to pull out the anchor, lower or raise the height
seat belt from the retractor, firmly adjuster into an appropriate position.
pull the belt out and release it. Then To raise the height adjuster, pull it up
you will be able to pull the belt out (1). To lower it, push it down (3) while
smoothly. pressing the height adjuster button
(2).
Release the button to lock the
anchor into position. Try sliding the
height adjuster to make sure that it
has locked into position.
OYP034056
Improperly positioned seat belts can
Height adjustment cause serious injuries in an accident.
You can adjust the height of the
shoulder belt anchor to one of the 3
positions for maximum comfort and
safety.
The height of the adjusting seat belt
should not be too close to your neck.
The shoulder portion should be
adjusted so that it lies across your
chest and midway over your shoulder
near the door and not your neck.
3 39
Seat belts - Front passenger and It automatically adjusts to the proper

WARNING - Shoulder belt rear seat 3-point system with length only after the lap belt portion
positioning combination locking retractor of the seat belt is adjusted manually
Never position the shoulder belt To fasten your seat belt: so that it fits snugly around your hips.
across your neck or face. Combination retractor type seat belts When the seat belt is fully extended
are installed in the rear seat posi- from the retractor to allow the instal-
tions to help accommodate the lation of a child restraint system, the
installation of child restraint systems. seat belt operation changes to allow
WARNING - Seat belt the belt to retract, but not to extend
replacement Although a combination retractor is
also installed in the front passenger (Automatic Locking Retractor Type).
Replace your seat belts after seat position, it is strongly recom- Refer to “Using a child restraint sys-
being in an accident. Failure to mended that children always be tem” in this section.
replace seat belts after an acci- seated in the rear seat. NEVER
dent could leave you with dam- place any infant restraint system in
aged seat belts that will not pro- the front seat of the vehicle.
vide protection in the event of
another collision. This type of seat belt combines the
features of both an emergency lock-
ing retractor seat belt and an auto-
matic locking retractor seat belt. To
fasten your seat belt, pull it out of the
retractor and insert the metal tab into
the buckle. There will be an audible
"click" when the tab locks into the
buckle. When not securing a child
restraint, the seat belt operates in the
same way as the driver's seat belt
(Emergency Locking Retractor Type).
3 40
✽ NOTICE ■ 2nd row

CAUTION
Although the combination retractor
provides the same level of protection Do NOT fold down the left por-
for seated passengers in either emer- tion of the rear seat back when
gency or automatic locking modes, the rear center seat belt is buck-
have the seated passengers use the led. ALWAYS UNBUCKLE the
emergency locking feature for rear center seat belt before fold-
improved convenience. The auto- ing down the left portion of the
matic locking function is intended to rear seat back. If the rear center
facilitate child restraint installation. seat belt is buckled when the
To convert from the automatic lock- left portion of the rear seat back
ing feature to the emergency locking is folded down, distortion and OYP038324N
operation mode, allow the unbuck- damage to the top portion of the ■ 3rd row
led seat belt to fully retract. seat back and seat belt garnish
may result, causing the seat
back to lock into the folded
down position.
OYP038325N
The seat belt should be locked into
the buckle on each seat cushion to
be properly fastened.
3 41
➀ : Rear right seat belt fastening

buckle
➁ : Rear center seat belt fastening
buckle
➂ : Rear left seat belt fastening buckle
CAUTION
Do not forcefully lock the left or
right seat belt latch into the cen-
ter seat belt buckle. This may
cause damage to the center OYP038326N B210A01NF-1
buckle and prevent the buckle When using the rear center seat belt, To release the seat belt:
from properly latching in the the buckle with the “CENTER” mark The seat belt is released by pressing
future. must be used. the release button (1) on the locking
buckle. When it is released, the belt
WARNING should automatically draw back into
Prior to fastening the rear seat the retractor.
belts, ensure the latch matches If this does not happen, check the
the seat belt buckle. Forcefully belt to be sure it is not twisted, then
fastening the left or right seat try again.
belt to the center buckle can
result in an improper fastening
scenario that will not protect
you in an accident.
3 42
3 Point rear center belt (for 2nd 2. Pull out the tongue plate from the
and/ 3rd center seat, if equipped) holder on the seat belt (2).
OYP034261N
OYP034259N/Q 3.Insert the mini tongue (A) into the
open end of the anchor connector
(C) until an audible “click" is heard,
indicating the latch is locked. Make
sure the belt is not twisted.
OYP034260N/Q
To fasten the rear center belt

1. Pull out the mini tongue from hole
on the belt assembly cover (1) and
then slowly pull the seat belt out
from the retractor.
3 43
There will be an audible “click” when To unfasten the rear center belt
the tab locks in the buckle. The seat
belt automatically adjusts to the
proper length only after the lap belt is
adjusted manually so that it fits snug-
ly around your hips, if you lean for-
ward in a slow, easy motion, the belt
will extend and let you move around.
If there is a sudden stop or impact,
the belt will lock into position. It will
also lock if you try to lean forward too
OYP034262N quickly.
4.Pull the tongue plate (B) and insert OYP034263N
the tongue plate (B) into the open WARNING
end of the buckle (D) until an audi- 1.Press the release button on the
ble “click” is heard, indicating the When using the rear seat center buckle (D) and remove the tongue
latch is locked. Make sure the belt belt, you must lock all tongue plate (B) from the buckle (D).
is not twisted. plates and buckles. If any
tongue plate or buckle is not
When using the rear center seat belt, locked, it will increase the
the buckle with the “CENTER” mark chance of injury in the event of
must be used. collision.
3 44
Stowing the rear seat belt

■ 2nd row seat (for 2nd row center seat, if equipped)
OYP034265N/Q
OYP034264N
2.To retract the rear center seatbelt, OYP034267N
insert the tongue plate or similar ■ 3rd row
small rigid device into the web
release hole (C). Pull up on the
seat belt web (A) and allow the
webbing to retract automatically.
OYP034266N
3. Insert the tongue plate into the
holder (1) in seat belt and then
insert the mini tongue into the hole
on the belt assembly cover. OYP034212N
3 45
Pre-tensioner seat belt

CAUTION
Remove the seat belt from the
guides before using. If you pull
on the seat belt when it is stored
in the guides, it may damage the
guides and/or belt webbing.
OYP034214N
The rear seat belt buckles can be OXMA033101
stowed in the pocket between the
rear seatback and cushion when not Your vehicle is equipped with driver's
in use. and front passenger's pre-tensioner
Routing the seat belt webbing seat belts (retractor pretensioner and
through the rear seat belt guides will EFD (Emergency Fastening
help keep the belts from being Device)). The pre-tensioner seat
trapped behind or under the seats. belts may be activated, when a
frontal collision is severe enough,
After inserting the seat belt, tighten together with the air bags.
the belt webbing by pulling it up.
3 46
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or If the system senses excessive ten-
if the occupant tries to lean forward sion on the driver or passenger's
too quickly, the seat belt retractor seat belt when the pre-tensioner sys-
may lock into position. In certain tem activates, the load limiter inside
frontal collisions, the pre-tensioner the retractor pre-tensioner will release
will activate and pull the seat belt into some of the pressure on the affected
tighter contact against the occu- seat belt.
pant's body.
(1) Retractor Pretensioner
The purpose of the retractor pre-
tensioner is to make sure that the
shoulder belts fit in tightly against ODMESA2024
the occupant's upper body in cer- The seat belt pre-tensioner system
tain frontal collisions. consists mainly of the following com-
(2) EFD (Emergency Fastening Device) ponents. Their locations are shown in
The purpose of the EFD is to the illustration:
make sure that the pelvis belts fit (1) SRS air bag warning light
in tightly against the occupant's (2) Retractor pre-tensioner assembly
lower body in certain frontal colli- (3) SRS control module
sions.
(4) Emergency fastening device
(EFD)
3 47
✽ NOTICE If the pre-tensioner seat belt system

WARNING - Skin Irritation • Both the driver's and front pas- are not working properly, this warn-
Wash all exposed skin areas senger's seat belt pre-tensioner ing light will illuminate even if there is
thoroughly after an accident in system may be activated not only no malfunction of the SRS air bag. If
which the pre-tensioner seat in certain frontal collision but also the SRS air bag warning light does
belts were activated. The fine in certain side collision or rollover, not illuminate when the ignition
dust from the pre-tensioner if the vehicle is equipped with a switch is turned ON, or if it remains
activation may cause skin irrita- side or curtain air bag. illuminated after illuminating for
tion and should not be breathed • Because the sensor that activates approximately 6 seconds, or if it illu-
for prolonged periods. the SRS air bag is connected with minates while the vehicle is being
the pre-tensioner seat belt, the driven, have an authorized Kia deal-
SRS air bag warning light on er inspect the pre-tensioner seat belt
the instrument panel will illumi- and SRS air bag system as soon as
nate for approximately 6 seconds possible.
after the ignition switch has been
turned to the ON position, and
then it should turn off.
3 48
Seat belt precautions ✽ NOTICE

WARNING - Hot preten- Infant or small child Small children are best protected
sioner
Most countries have child restraint from injury in an accident when
Do not touch the pre-tensioner properly restrained in the rear seat
seat belt assemblies for several laws. You should be aware of the
specific requirements in your coun- by a child restraint system that
minutes after they have been meets the requirements of the Safety
activated. When the pre-ten- try. Child and/or infant seats must be
properly placed and installed in the Standards of your Country. Before
sioner seat belt mechanism buying any child restraint system,
fires during a collision the pre- rear seat. For more information
about the use of these restraints, make sure that it has a label certify-
tensioner becomes hot and can ing that it meets Safety Standards of
burn you. refer to “Child restraint system” in this
section. your Country. The restraint must be
appropriate for your child's height
and weight. Check the label on the
Pre-tensioners are designed to oper- child restraint for this information.
ate only one time. After activation, Refer to “Child restraint system” in
pre-tensioner seat belts must be this section.
replaced. If the pre-tensioner must
be replaced, contact an authorized
Kia dealer.
3 49
Larger children If the shoulder belt portion slightly Restraint of pregnant women
Children who are too large for child touches the child’s neck or face, try Pregnant women should wear
restraint systems should always placing the child closer to the center of lap/shoulder belt assemblies when-
occupy the rear seat and use the the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still ever possible according to specific
available lap/shoulder belts. The lap touches their face or neck they need to recommendations by their doctors.
portion should be fastened and be returned to a child restraint system. The lap portion of the belt should be
snugged on the hips and as low as worn AS SECURELY AND LOW AS
possible. Check if the belt fits period- WARNING - Small children POSSIBLE.
ically. A child's squirming could put
the belt out of position. Children are Do not allow small children to
given the most safety in the event of ride in the vehicle without an WARNING - Pregnant
an accident when they are restrained appropriate child restraint sys- women
by a proper restraint system in the tem. If the shoulder belt comes Pregnant women must never
rear seat. If a larger child (over age in contact with your child's neck place the lap portion of the seat
12) must be seated in the front seat, or face your child is too small to belt above or on the abdomen
the child should be securely ride in the vehicle. In a crash the where the fetus is located. The
restrained by the available lap/shoul- seat belt will inflict injury to your force of the seat belt during a
der belt and the seat should be child's neck, throat and face. collision will crush the fetus.
placed in the rearmost position.
Children age 12 and under should be
restrained securely in the rear seat.
NEVER place a child age 12 and
under in the front seat. NEVER place
a rear facing child seat in the front
seat of a vehicle.
3 50
Injured person Do not lie down Care of seat belts

A seat belt should be used when an To reduce the chance of injuries in Seat belt systems should never be
injured person is being transported. the event of an accident and to disassembled or modified. In addi-
When this is necessary, you should achieve maximum effectiveness of tion, care should be taken to assure
consult a physician for recommenda- the restraint system, all passengers that seat belts and belt hardware are
tions. should be sitting up and the front and not damaged by seat hinges, doors
rear seats should be in an upright or other abuse.
position when the vehicle is moving.
One person per belt A seat belt cannot provide proper
Two people (including children) protection if the person is lying down WARNING - Pinched seat
should never attempt to use a single in the rear seat or if the front and rear belt
seat belt. This could increase the seats are in a reclined position.
severity of injuries in case of an acci- Make sure that the webbing
dent. and/or buckle does not get
caught or pinched in the rear
seat when returning the rear
seatback to its upright position.
A caught or pinched webbing/
buckle may become damaged
and could fail during a collision
or sudden stop.
3 51
Periodic inspection
All seat belts should be inspected
periodically for wear or damage of
any kind. Any damaged parts should
be replaced as soon as possible.
Keep belts clean and dry

Seat belts should be kept clean and
dry. If belts become dirty, they can be
cleaned by using a mild soap solu-
tion and warm water. Bleach, dye,
strong detergents or abrasives
should not be used because they
may damage and weaken the fabric.
When to replace seat belts

The entire in-use seat belt assembly
or assemblies should be replaced if
the vehicle has been involved in an
accident. This should be done even if
no damage is visible. Additional
questions concerning seat belt oper-
ation should be directed to an
authorized Kia dealer.
3 52
CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM

Children riding in the vehicle should Children could be injured or killed in
sit in the rear seat and must always a crash if their restraints are not WARNING - Hot child
be properly restrained to minimize properly secured. For small children restraint
the risk of injury in an accident, sud- and babies, a child seat or infant seat A child restraint system can
den stop or sudden maneuver. must be used. Before buying a par- become very hot if it is left in a
According to accident statistics, chil- ticular child restraint system, make closed vehicle on a sunny day.
dren are safer when properly sure it fits your vehicle seat and seat Be sure to check the seat cover,
restrained in the rear seats than in belts, and fits your child. buckles and latches before
the front seat. Larger children not in Follow all the instructions provided placing a child in the restraint
a child restraint should use one of by the manufacturer when installing system.
the seat belts provided. the child restraint system.
You should be aware of the specific
requirements in your country. Child When the child restraint system is
and/or infant safety seats must be WARNING - Restraint not in use, store it in the luggage
properly placed and installed in the location area or fasten it with a seat belt so
rear seat. You must use a commer- Never install a child or infant that it will not be thrown forward in
cially available child restraint system seat on the front passenger's case of a sudden stop or an acci-
that meets the requirements of the seat. A child riding in the front dent.
Safety Standards of your Country. passenger seat can be forceful-
Child restraint systems are designed ly struck by an inflating airbag.
to be secured in vehicle seats by the
lap belt portion of a lap/shoulder belt,
or by a tether anchor and/or LATCH
anchors (if equipped).
3 53
Using a child restraint system

WARNING - Holding chil- WARNING - Seat belt use Rearward-facing child restraint system
dren Do not use one seat belt for two
Never hold a child in your arms occupants at the same time.
or lap when riding in a vehicle. This will eliminate any safety
The violent forces created dur- benefit provided by the seat belt
ing a crash will tear the child to the occupants.
from your arms and throw the
child against the car’s interior.
Always use a child restraint
system which is appropriate for
your child's height and weight. CRS09
Forward-facing child restraint system
WARNING - Unattended
Children
Never leave children unattended
in a vehicle. The car can heat up
very quickly, resulting in injuries
to the child in the vehicle.
OUN026150
For small children and babies, the

use of a child seat or infant seat is
required. The child seat or infant seat
should be of appropriate size for the
child and should be installed in
accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions.
3 54
For safety reasons, we recommend Placing a passenger seat belt

that the child restraint system be into the auto lock mode
used in the rear seats.
Never place a rear-facing child
restraint in the front passenger seat,
because of the danger an inflating
passenger-side air bag could impact
the rear-facing child restraint and kill
the child.
Since all passenger seat belts move
freely under normal conditions and
only lock under extreme or emer- OEN036101
gency conditions (emergency lock To install a child restraint system on
mode), you must manually change E2MS103005 the outboard or center rear seats, do
these seat belts to the auto lock the following:
mode to secure a child restraint. The auto lock mode will help prevent
the normal movement of the child in 1. Place the child restraint system in
If the seat belt does not operate as the seat and route the lap/shoul-
the vehicle from causing the seat belt
described in this section, have the der belt around or through the
to loosen and compromise the child
system checked immediately by your restraint, following the restraint
restraint system. To secure a child
authorized Kia dealer. manufacturer’s instructions. Be
restraint system, use the following
procedure. sure the seat belt webbing is not
twisted.
2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch
into the buckle. Listen for the dis-
tinct “click” sound.
Position the release button so that it
is easy to access in case of an emer-
gency.
3 55
If the vehicle headrest prevents prop-

er installation of a child seat (as
described in the child seat system
manual), the headrest of the respec-
tive seating position shall be read-
justed or entirely removed.
OEN036102 OEN036103
3. Pull the shoulder portion of the 4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion
seat belt all the way out. When the of the seat belt to retract and listen
shoulder portion of the seat belt is for an audible “clicking” or “ratchet-
fully extended, it will shift the ing” sound. This indicates that the
retractor to the “Auto Lock” (child retractor is in the “Auto Lock”
restraint) mode. mode. If no distinct sound is
heard, repeat steps 3 and 4.
3 56
The lap/shoulder belt automatically

returns to the “emergency lock WARNING - Auto lock
mode” whenever the belt is allowed mode
to retract fully. Therefore, the preced- Set the retractor to Automatic
ing seven steps must be followed Lock mode when installing any
each time a child restraint is child restraint system. If the
installed. retractor is not in the Automatic
To remove the child restraint, press Locking mode, the child
the release button on the buckle and restraint can move when your
then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of vehicle turns or stops suddenly.
the restraint and allow the seat belt
OEN036104 to retract fully.
5. Remove as much slack from the When the seat belt is allowed to
belt as possible by pushing down retract to its fully stowed position,
on the child restraint system while the retractor will automatically
feeding the shoulder belt back into switch from the “Auto Lock” mode
the retractor. to the emergency lock mode for
normal adult usage.
6. Push and pull on the child restraint
system to confirm that the seat
belt is holding it firmly in place. If it
is not, release the seat belt and
repeat steps 2 through 6.
7. Double check that the retractor is
in the “Auto Lock” mode by
attempting to pull more of the seat
belt out of the retractor. If you can-
not, the retractor is in the “Auto
Lock” mode.
3 57
Securing a child restraint seat

with tether anchor system WARNING - Tether strap
■ 2nd row outboard seat
Never mount more than one
child restraint to a single tether
or to a single lower anchorage
point. The increased load
caused by multiple seats may
cause the tethers or anchorage
points to break.
OYP034273N Check that the child restraint system

is secure by pushing and pulling it in
OYP034269N 1.Route the child restraint seat strap
■ 3rd row seat different directions. Incorrectly fitted
over the seatback.
child restraints may swing, twist, tip
For vehicles with adjustable head- or separate causing death or serious
rests, route the tether strap under injury.
the headrest and between the
headrest posts, otherwise route
the tether strap over the top of the
seatback. In case of interference
between the child restraint seat
and the headrest remove the par-
ticular head restraint for better fit-
OYP036270N
ment of the child restraint seat.
Child restraint hook holders are 2. Connect the tether strap hook to
located on the back of the rear cush- the appropriate child restraint
ions. hook holder and tighten to secure
the child restraint seat.
3 58
Securing a child restraint seat with

child seat lower anchor system Lower Anchor
Position Indicator
WARNING - Unused rear
seatbelts
Always fasten the seatbelts
behind the child restraint seat
when they are not used to
secure the child seat. Failure to
do so may result in child stran-
gulation.
Lower Anchor
OYP034277N Install the child restraint seat fully
rearward against the seatback with
Child restraint symbols are located the seatback reclined two positions
OYP034289N
on the 2nd row outboard seat backs from the most upright latched posi-
and 3rd row right seat back to indi- tion.
Some child seat manufacturers cate the position of the lower anchors
make child restraint seats that are for child restraints.
labeled as LATCH or LATCH-com-
patible child restraint seats. LATCH
stands for "Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children". These seats
include two rigid or webbing mount-
ed attachments that connect to two
LATCH anchors at specific seating
positions in your vehicle. This type of
child restraint seat eliminates the
need to use seat belts to attach the
child seat in the rear seats.
3 59
Once you have installed the LATCH

Lower Anchor child restraint, assure that the seat is
Position Indicator
properly attached to the LATCH and
tether anchors.
Also, test the child restraint seat
before you place the child in it. Tilt
the seat from side to side. Also try to
tug the seat forward. Check to see if
the anchors hold the seat in place.
Lower Anchor
OYP034277N WARNING - LATCH lower
anchors
LATCH anchors have been provided
in your vehicle. The LATCH anchors Never attempt to attach a
are located in the left and right out- LATCH equipped seat in the
board rear seating positions. Their center seating position. LATCH
locations are shown in the illustra- lower anchors are only to be
tion. There is no LATCH anchor pro- used with the left and right rear
vided for the center rear seating outboard seating positions. You
position. may damage the anchors or the
anchors may fail and break in a
The LATCH anchors are located collision.
between the seatback and the seat
cushion of the 2nd row seat left and
right outboard seating positions.
Follow the child seat manufacturer’s
instructions to properly install child
restraint seats with LATCH or
LATCH-compatible attachments.
3 60
AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

(1) Driver’s front air bag
(2) Passenger’s front air bag
(3) Side air bag
(4) Curtain air bag
Even in vehicles with air bags, you

and your passengers must always
wear the safety belts provided in
order to minimize the risk and sever-
ity of injury in the event of a collision
or rollover.
The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OYP034278N
3 61
How does the air bag system • The front air bags will completely • In order to help provide protection,
operate inflate and deflate in an instant. the air bags must inflate rapidly.
• Air bags are activated (able to It is virtually impossible for you to The speed of the air bag inflation is
inflate if necessary) only when the see the air bags inflate during an a consequence of extremely short
ignition switch is turned to the ON accident. time in which to inflate the air bag
or START position. between the occupant and the
It is much more likely that you will vehicle structures before the occu-
• The appropriate air bags inflate simply see the deflated air bags pant impacts those structures. This
instantly in the event of a serious hanging out of their storage com- speed of inflation reduces the risk
frontal collision or side collision in partments after the collision. of serious or life-threatening
order to help protect the occupants • In addition to inflating in serious injuries and is thus a necessary
from serious physical injury. side collisions, side and/or curtain part of the air bag design.
• There is no single speed at which air bags will inflate if the sensing However, air bag inflation can also
the air bags will inflate. system detects a rollover. cause injuries which can include
Generally, air bags are designed to • When a rollover is detected, side facial abrasions, bruises and bro-
inflate based upon the severity of a and/or curtain air bags will remain ken bones because the inflation
collision and its direction. These inflated longer to help provide pro- speed also causes the air bags to
two factors determine whether the tection from ejection, especially expand with a great deal of force.
sensors produce an electronic when used in conjunction with the • There are even circumstances
deployment/ inflation signal. seat belts. under which contact with the
• Air bag deployment depends on a steering wheel or passenger air
number of factors including vehicle bag can cause fatal injuries,
speed, angles of impact and the especially if the occupant is
density and stiffness of the vehi- positioned excessively close to
cles or objects which your vehicle the steering wheel or passenger
hits in the collision. The determin- air bag.
ing factors are not limited to those
mentioned above.
3 62
Noise and smoke

WARNING - Airbag infla- When inflated, the air bags make a WARNING - Hot compo-
tion loud noise and leave smoke and nents
Sit as far back as possible from powder in the air inside the vehicle. Do not touch the air bag storage
the steering wheel while still This is normal and is a result of the area's internal components
maintaining comfortable con- ignition of the air bag inflator. After immediately after airbag infla-
trol of your vehicle. A distance the air bag inflates, you may feel sub- tion. The air bag related parts in
of at least 25 cm (10 in.) from stantial discomfort in breathing due the steering wheel, instrument
your chest to the steering wheel to the contact of your chest with both panel and the roof rails above
is recommended. Failure to do the seat belt and the air bag, as well the front and rear doors are
so can result in airbag inflation as from breathing the smoke and very hot. Hot components can
injuries to the driver. powder. Open your doors and/or result in burn injuries.
windows as soon as possible after
impact in order to reduce discom-
fort and prevent prolonged expo-
sure to the smoke and powder.
Though smoke and powder are non-
toxic, it may cause irritation to the
skin (eyes, nose and throat, etc). If
this is the case, wash and rinse with
cold water immediately and consult a
doctor if the symptom persists.
3 63
Do not install a child restraint on Air bag warning light

the front passenger’s seat. WARNING - Air bag
deployment
When children are seated in the
rear outboard seats of a vehicle
equipped with side and/or cur-
tain air bags, install the child
restraint system as far away
from the door side as possible.
Inflation of the side and/or cur-
tain air bags could impact the
child.
W7-147
1JBH3051
The purpose of air bag warning light
Never place a rear-facing child in your instrument panel is to alert
restraint in the front passenger’s you of a potential problem with your
seat. If the air bag deploys, it would air bag system, which could include
impact the rear-facing child restraint, your side and/or curtain air bags
causing serious or fatal injury. used for rollover protection.
In addition, do not place front-facing
child restraints in the front passen-
ger’s seat either. If the front passen-
ger air bag inflates, it could cause
serious or fatal injuries to the child.
3 64
SRS components and functions (10) PASSENGER “AIR BAG OFF”

indicator (Front passenger’s
seat only)
(11) Occupant detection system
(Front passenger’s seat only)
(12) Driver’s and front passenger’s
seat belt buckle sensors
(13) Emergency fastening device
(EFD)
(14) Side pressure sensor
W7-147
OYP034279N The SRSCM continually monitors all If the air bag warning light illuminat-
SRS components while the ignition ed for more than, 6 seconds after the
The SRS consists of the following switch is ON to determine if a crash ignition is turned on, or of it illumi-
components: impact is severe enough to require nates during vehicle operation, an
(1) Driver's front air bag module air bag deployment or pre-tensioner SRS component may not be func-
(2) Passenger's front air bag module seat belt deployment. tioning properly and you should have
your vehicle checked by an author-
(3) Side air bag modules ized Kia dealer.
(4) Curtain air bag modules
(5) Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies
(6) Air bag warning light
(7) SRS control module (SRSCM)/
Rollover sensor
(8) Front impact sensors
(9) Side impact sensors
3 65
If any of the following conditions Driver’s front air bag (1) Driver’s front air bag (2)
occurs, this indicates a malfunction
in the air bag system. Have an
authorized Kia dealer inspect the air
bag system as soon as possible.
• The light does not turn on briefly
when you turn the ignition ON.
• The light stays on after illuminating
for approximately 6 seconds.
• The light comes on while the vehi-
cle is in motion.
B240B01L B240B02L
• The light blinks when the ignition
switch is in ON position. The front air bag modules are locat- Upon deployment, tear seams mold-
ed both in the center of the steering ed directly into the pad covers will
wheel and in the front passenger's separate under pressure from the
panel above the glove box. When the expansion of the air bags. Further
SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe opening of the covers then allows full
impact to the front of the vehicle, it inflation of the air bags.
will automatically deploy the front air
bags.
3 66
Driver’s front air bag (3) Passenger’s front air bag

WARNING - Flying objects
Do not place any objects (an
umbrella, bag, etc.) between the
front door and the front seat.
Such objects may become dan-
gerous projectiles if the side
airbag inflates.
B240B03L B240B05L
A fully inflated air bag, in combina-
tion with a properly worn seat belt, WARNING - Air bag
slows the driver's or the passenger's obstructions
forward motion, reducing the risk of
head and chest injury. Do not install or place any
accessories on the steering
wheel, instrument panel, or on
After complete inflation, the air bag the front passenger's panel
immediately starts deflating, enabling above the glove box in a vehi-
the driver to maintain forward visibility cle. Such objects may become
and the ability to steer or operate dangerous projectiles if the air
other controls. bag deploys.
3 67
• If an air bag deploys, there may be ✽ NOTICE Occupant Detection

a loud noise followed by a fine dust Before you replace a fuse or discon- System(ODS)
released in the vehicle. These connect a battery terminal, turn the ■ Type A
ditions are normal and are not haz- ignition switch to the LOCK posi-
ardous - the air bags are packed in tion and remove the ignition switch.
this fine powder. The dust generat- Never remove or replace the air bag
ed during air bag deployment may related fuse(s) when the ignition
cause skin or eye irritation as well switch is in the ON position. Failure
as aggravate asthma for some per- to heed this warning will cause the
sons. Always wash all exposed SRS air bag warning light to illumi-
skin areas thoroughly with cold nate.
water and a mild soap after an
accident in which the air bags were
OYP036280N
deployed.
■ Type B
• The SRS can function only when
the ignition switch is in the ON
position. If the SRS air bag warning
light does not illuminate, or contin-
uously remains on after illuminat-
ing for about 6 seconds when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position, or after the engine is
started, comes on while driving,
the SRS is not working properly. If OYP036281N
this occurs, have your vehicle
immediately inspected by an Your vehicle is equipped with an
authorized Kia dealer. occupant detection system in the
front passenger's seat.
3 68
The occupant detection system is Main components of the occu- If the front passenger seat is occu-
designed to detect the presence of a pant detection system pied by a person that the system
properly-seated front passenger and • A detection device located within determines to be of appropriate size,
determine if the passenger's front air the front passenger seat cushion. and he/she sits properly (sitting
bag should be enabled (may inflate) upright with the seatback in an
or not. Only the front passenger front • An electronic system which deter- upright position, centered on the
air bag is controlled by the Occupant mines whether the passenger air seat cushion with their seat belt on,
Detection System. bag systems should be activated legs comfortably extended and their
or deactivated. feet on the floor), the PASSENGER
Do not put anything in front of the
passenger air bag indicator. • A indicator light located on the AIR BAG “OFF” indicator will turn off
instrument panel which illuminates and the front passenger's air bag will
the words PASSENGER AIR BAG be able to inflate, if necessary, in
“OFF” indicating the front passen- frontal crashes.
ger air bag system is deactivated. You will find the PASSENGER AIR
• The instrument panel air bag warn- BAG “OFF” indicator on the center
ing light is interconnected with the facia panel. This system detects the
occupant detection system. conditions 1~4 in the following table
and activates or deactivates the front
passenger air bag based on these
conditions.
3 69
Always be sure that you and all vehi- • The ODS (Occupant Detection
cle occupants are seated and System) may not function properly if
restrained properly (sitting upright the passenger takes actions which
with the seat in an upright position, can defeat the detection system.
centered on the seat cushion, with These include:
the person’s legs comfortably extend- (1) Failing to sit in an upright posi-
ed, feet on the floor, and wearing the tion.
safety belt properly) for the most
effective protection by the air bag and (2) Leaning against the door or cen-
the safety belt. ter console.
(3) Sitting towards the sides or the
front of the seat.
(4) Putting legs on the dashboard or
resting them on other locations
which reduce the passenger
weight on the front seat.
(5) Improperly wearing the safety
belt.
(6) Reclining the seat back.
3 70
Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detection ✽ NOTICE

system Do not modify or replace the front
passenger seat. Don't place anything
Indicator/Warning light Devices on or attach anything such as a blan-
Condition detected by the
occupant detection "PASSENGER ket, front seat cover or after market
SRS warning Front passenger seat heater to the front passenger
system AIR BAG OFF"
light air bag seat. This can adversely affect the
indicator light
occupant detection system.
1. Adult or child*1 Off Off Activated
2. Child restraint system* 2
On Off Deactivated WARNING - ODS System
3. Unoccupied On Off Deactivated Riding in an improper position
adversely affects the Occupant
4. There is a malfunction Detection System and may
Off On Activated
in the system result in the deactivation of the
front passenger airbag. It is
*1 : The ODS system uses a field to evaluate a person's size to determine whether the important for the driver to
air bag should deploy. It is possible for a child to be detected and activate the ODS, instruct the passenger as to the
thus allowing the air bag to deploy. To maximize safety, do not allow children to ride proper seating instructions as
in the front passenger seat. contained in this manual.
* : Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.
2 (Continued)
3 71
(Continued)
OVQ036013N 1KMN3663 1KMN3665

- Never put a heavy load or an - Never sit with hips shifted - Never place feet on the dash-
active electronic device on towards the front of the seat. board.
the front passenger seat or
seatback pocket.
OVQ036014N 1KMN3662 1KMN3664

- Never place feet on the front - Never excessively recline the - Never lean on the door or cen-
passenger seatback. front passenger seatback. ter console.
- Never sit on one side of the
front passenger seat.
3 72
Proper position This will allow the system to detect

the person and to enable the pas- WARNING - “AIR BAG
senger air bag. OFF” light
If the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” Do not allow an adult passenger
indicator is still on, ask the passen- to ride in the front seat when the
ger to move to the rear seat. PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”
indicator is illuminated,
because the air bag will not
deploy in the event of a crash.
The driver must instruct the
passenger to reposition himself
B990A01O in the seat. Failure to properly
When an adult is seated in the front position yourself may lead to air
passenger seat, if the PASSENGER bag deactivation resulting in air
AIR BAG “OFF” indicator is on, turn bag non-deployment in a colli-
the ignition switch to the LOCK posi- sion. If the PASSENGER AIR
tion and ask the passenger to sit BAG “OFF” indicator remains
properly (sitting upright with the seat illuminated after the passenger
back in an upright position, centered repositions themselves proper-
on the seat cushion with their seat ly and the car is restarted, it is
belt on, legs comfortably extended recommended that passenger
and their feet on the floor). Restart move to the rear seat because
the engine and have the person the passenger's front air bag
remain in that position. will not deploy.
3 73
✽ NOTICE • Even though your vehicle is Any child age 12 and under should
The PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” equipped with the occupant detec- ride in the rear seat. Children too
indicator illuminates for about 4 section system, never install a child large for child restraints should use
onds after the ignition switch is restraint system in the front pas- the available lap/shoulder belts. No
turned to the ON position or after senger's seat. A deploying air bag matter what type of crash, children of
the engine is started. If the front can forcefully strike a child result- all ages are safer when restrained in
passenger seat is occupied, the occu- ing in serious injuries or death. Any the rear seat.
pant detection sensor will then clas- child age 12 and under should ride
in the rear seat. Children too large
sify the front passenger after several
for child restraints should use the ✽ NOTICE
more seconds. The front passenger seat, dashboard
available lap/shoulder belts. No
matter what type of crash, children or door should not be replaced
of all ages are safer when except by an authorized Kia dealer
restrained in the rear seat. using original Kia parts designed for
• If the PASSENGER AIR BAG this vehicle and model. Any other
“OFF” indicator is illuminated when such replacement or modification
the front passenger's seat is occu- could adversely affect the operation
pied by an adult and he/she sits of the occupant detection system
properly (sitting upright with the and your advanced air bags.
seatback in an upright position,
centered on the seat cushion with
their seat belt on, legs comfortably
extended and their feet on the
floor), have that person sit in the
rear seat.
3 74
If the occupant detection system is Driver's and passenger's front The indication of the system's pres-
not working properly, the SRS air air bag ence are the letters "AIR BAG" locat-
bag warning light on the instrument ed on the air bag pad cover on the
■ Driver’s front air bag
panel will illuminate because the steering wheel and the passenger's
passenger's front air bag is connect- side front panel pad above the glove
ed with the occupant detection sys- box.
tem. If there is a malfunction of the
occupant detection system, the PAS-
SENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indicator
will not illuminate and the passen-
ger's front air bag will inflate in frontal
impact crashes even if there is no
occupant in the front passenger's
OYP037039
seat ■ Passenger’s front air bag
OYP034040
Your vehicle is equipped with an

Advanced Supplemental Restraint
(Air Bag) System and lap/shoulder
belts at both the driver and passen-
ger seating position.
3 75
The SRS consists of air bags These sensors provide the ability to Additionally, your vehicle is equipped
installed under the pad covers in the control the SRS deployment based on with an occupant detection system in
center of the steering wheel and the whether or not the seat belts are fas- the front passenger's seat. The occu-
passenger's side front panel above tened, and how severe the impact is. pant detection system detects the
the glove box. presence of a passenger in the front
The purpose of the SRS is to provide passenger's seat and will turn off the
The advanced SRS offers the ability front passenger's air bag under cer-
the vehicle's driver and/or the front to control the air bag inflation with
passenger with additional protection tain conditions. For more detail, see
two levels. A first stage level is pro- "Occupant detection system" in this
than that offered by the seat belt sys- vided for moderate-severity impacts.
tem alone in case of a frontal impact chapter.
A second stage level is provided for
of sufficient severity. The SRS uses more severe impacts.
sensors to gather information about
the driver's and front passenger's WARNING
seat belt usage and impact severity. The passenger’s front air bag is Modification to the seat struc-
The seat belt buckle sensors deter- designed to help reduce the injury of ture can cause the air bag to
mine if the driver and front passen- children sitting close to the instru- deploy at a different level than
ger's seat belts are fastened. ment panel in low speed collisions. should be provided.
However, children are safer if they
are restrained in the rear seat.
According to the impact severity and

seat belt usage, the SRSCM (SRS
Control Module) controls the air bag
inflation. Failure to properly wear
seat belts can increase the risk or
severity of injury in an accident.
3 76
Manufacturers are required by gov- ✽ NOTICE Advanced air bags are combined
ernment regulations to provide a The front passenger seat, dashboard with pre-tensioner seat belts to help
contact point concerning modifica- or door should not be replaced provide enhanced occupant protec-
tions to the vehicle for persons with except by an authorized Kia dealer tion in frontal crashes. Front air bags
disabilities, which modifications may using original Kia parts designed for are not intended to deploy in colli-
affect the vehicle's advanced air bag this vehicle and model. Any other sions in which sufficient protection
system. That contact is Kia's toll-free such replacement or modification can be provided by the pre-tensioner
Customer Experience Department at could adversely affect the operation seat belt.
1-877-KIA-AUTO (1-877-542-2886). of the occupant detection system
However, Kia does not endorse nor and your advanced air bags.
will it support any changes to any WARNING - SRS Wiring
part or structure of the vehicle that Do not tamper with or discon-
could affect the advanced air bag nect SRS wiring or other com-
system, including the occupant ponents of the SRS system.
detection system. Doing so could result in injury,
due to accidental deployment of
the air bags or by rendering the
SRS inoperative.
3 77
Front air bags are not intended to Side air bag • The side air bags are designed to
deploy in side-impact, rear-impact or deploy during certain side-impact
rollover crashes. However, when collisions, depending on the crash
frontal deployment threshold is satis- severity, angle, speed and point of
fied at side-impact, front air bags impact. However, when side deploy-
may deploy. In addition, front air bags ment threshold is satisfied at front-
will not deploy in frontal crashes impact, side air bags may deploy.
below the deployment threshold. • The side air bags may deploy on
the side of the impact or on both
WARNING - No attaching side.
objects • The side and/or curtain air bags on
OYP034041 both sides of the vehicle will deploy
No objects (such as crash pad
if a rollover or possible rollover is
cover, cellular phone holder, cup
detected.
holder, perfume or stickers)
should be placed over or near the • The side air bags are not designed
air bag modules on the steering to deploy in all side impact or
wheel, instrument panel, wind- rollover situations.
shield glass, and the front pas-
senger's panel above the glove
box. Such objects could cause
harm if the vehicle is in a crash
severe enough to cause the air OYP034064
bags to deploy. Do not place any
objects over the air bag or Your vehicle is equipped with a side
between the air bag and yourself. air bag in each front seat. The pur-
pose of the air bag is to provide the
vehicle's driver and/or the front pas-
senger with additional protection than
that offered by the seat belt alone.
3 78
• The side air bag is supplemental to

WARNING - Unexpected the driver's and the passenger's WARNING - Deployment
deployment seat belt systems and is not a sub- Do not install any accessories
Avoid impact to the side impact stitute for them. Therefore your including seat covers, on the
airbag sensor when the ignition seat belts must be worn at all times side or near the side air bag as
switch is ON to prevent unex- while the vehicle is in operation. this may affect the deployment
pected deployment of the side • For best protection from the side of the side air bags.
air bag. air bag system and to avoid being
injured by the deploying side air
bag, both front seat occupants • If seat or seat cover is damaged,
should sit in an upright position have the vehicle checked and
with the seat belt properly fas- repaired by an authorized Kia deal-
tened. The driver's hands should er. Inform the dealer that your vehi-
be placed on the steering wheel at cle is equipped with side air bags
the 9:00 and 3:00 positions. The and an occupant detection system.
passenger's arms and hands
should be placed on their laps.
WARNING - Flying
objects
Do not place any objects (an
umbrella, bag, etc.) between the
front door and the front seat.
Such objects may become dan-
gerous projectiles if the side
airbag inflates.
3 79
Curtain air bag They are designed to help protect

WARNING - No attaching occupants in certain side impacts
objects and to help prevent them from eject-
• Do not place any objects over ing out of the vehicle as a result of a
the air bag or between the air rollover, especially when the seat-
bag and yourself. Also, do not belts are also in use.
attach any objects around the • The curtain air bags are designed
area the air bag inflates such to deploy during certain side
as the door, side door glass, impact collisions, depending on the
front and rear pillar. crash severity, angle, speed and
• Do not place any objects point of impact. However, when
between the door and the OYP034065N side deployment threshold is satis-
seat. They may become dan- fied at front-impact, curtain air
gerous projectiles if the side bags may deploy.
air bag inflates. • The curtain air bags may deploy on
• Do not install any accessories the side of the impact or on both
on the side or near the side air side.
bags. • Also, the curtain air bags on both
sides of the vehicle will deploy in
certain rollover situations.
• The curtain air bags are not
OYP034066N designed to deploy in all side
impact or rollover situations.
Curtain air bags are located along
both sides of the roof rails above the
front and rear doors.
3 80
Do not allow the passengers to lean ✽ NOTICE

their heads or bodies against the Never try to open or repair any com-
doors, put their arms on the doors, ponents of the side and curtain air
stretch their arms out of the window bag system. This should only be
or place objects between the doors done by an authorized Kia dealer.
and passengers when they are seat-
ed on seats equipped with side
impact and/or curtain air bags.
WARNING - No attaching
objects
• Do not place any objects over
the air bag. Also, do not attach
any objects around the area
the air bag inflates such as the
door, side door glass, front
and rear pillar, roof side rail.
• Do not hang hard or breakable
objects on the clothes hanger.
3 81
Why didn’t my air bag go off in a Air bag collision sensors

collision? (Inflation and non-infla-
tion conditions of the air bag)
There are many types of accidents
in which the air bag would not be
expected to provide additional
protection.
These include rear impacts, sec-
ond or third collisions in multiple
impact accidents, as well as low
speed impacts.
OYP038042N/OYP036043/OYP038044N/OYP034045/OYP034046
(1) SRS control module/ (3) Side impact sensor

Rollover sensor (4) Side pressure sensor
(2) Front impact sensor
3 82
Problems may arise if the sensor Air bag inflation conditions

WARNING - Air bag sen- installation angles are changed due
sors to the deformation of the front
• Do not hit or allow any objects bumper, front end module, body or
to impact the locations where front doors and/or B pillar where side
air bags or sensors are collision sensors are installed. Have
installed. the vehicle checked and repaired by
an authorized Kia dealer.
This may cause unexpected
air bag deployment, which Installing bumper guards (or side
could result in serious per- step or running board) or replacing a
sonal injury or death. bumper (or front door module) with
non-genuine parts may adversely
• If the installation location or affect your vehicle’s collision and air
angle of the sensors is altered bag deployment performance. OYP034070
in any way, the air bags may
deploy when they should not Front air bags
or they may not deploy when Front air bags are designed to inflate
they should. in a frontal collision depending on
Therefore, do not try to per- the intensity, speed or angles of
form maintenance on or impact of the front collision.
around the air bag sensors.
Have the vehicle checked and
repaired by an authorized Kia
dealer.
3 83
Also, the side and curtain air bags are If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
designed to inflate when a rollover is bumps or objects on unimproved
detected by a rollover sensor. roads, the air bags may deploy. Drive
Although the front air bags (driver’s carefully on unimproved roads or on
and front passenger’s air bags) are surfaces not designed for vehicle
designed to inflate in frontal colli- traffic to prevent unintended air bag
sions, they also may inflate in other deployment.
types of collisions if the front impact
sensors detect a sufficient frontal
force in another type of impact. side
OYP038068N
and curtain air bags are designed to
inflate in certain side impact colli-
sions. They may inflate in other type
of collisions where a side force is
detected by the sensors. Side air bag
and/or curtain air bags may also
inflate where rollover sensors indi-
cate the possibility of a rollover
occurring (even if none actually
occurs) or in other situations, incluid-
ing when the vehicle is tilted while
OYP034066N
being towed. Even where side and/or
Side and/or curtain air bags curtain air bags would not provide
Side and/or curtain air bags are impact protection in a rollover, how-
designed to inflate when an impact is ever, they will deploy to prevent ejec-
detected by side collision sensors tion of occupants, especially those
depending on the strength, speed or who are restrained with seat belts.
angles of impact resulting from a
side impact collision.
3 84
Air bag non-inflation conditions
OYP034071 OYP038068N
OYP034070 • Air bags are not designed to inflate • Front air bags may not inflate in
in rear collisions, because occu- side impact collisions, because
• In certain low-speed collisions the pants are moved backward by the occupants move to the direction of
air bags may not deploy. The air force of the impact. In this case, the collision, and thus in side
bags are designed not to deploy in inflated air bags would not be able impacts, frontal air bag deployment
such cases because they may not to provide any additional benefit. would not provide additional occu-
provide benefits beyond the pro- pant protection.
tection of the seat belts in such col-
lisions.
3 85
OYP034073 OYP034074 1VQA2091

• In an angled collision, the force of • Just before impact, drivers often • Front air bags may not inflate in all
impact may direct the occupants in brake heavily. Such heavy braking rollover accidents where the
a direction where the air bags lowers the front portion of the vehi- SRSCM indicates that the front air
would not be able to provide any cle causing it to “ride” under a vehi- bag deployment would not provide
additional benefit, and thus the cle with a higher ground clearance. additional occupant protection.
sensors may not deploy any air Air bags may not inflate in this
bags. "under-ride" situation because
deceleration forces that are detect-
ed by sensors may be significantly
reduced by such “under-ride” colli-
sions.
3 86
SRS Care For cleaning the air bag pad covers,

The SRS is virtually maintenance- use only a soft, dry cloth or one which
free and so there are no parts you can has been moistened with plain water.
safely service by yourself. If the SRS Solvents or cleaners could adversely
air bag warning light does not illumi- affect the air bag covers and proper
nate, or continuously remains on, have deployment of the system.
your vehicle immediately inspected by If components of the air bag system
an authorized Kia dealer. must be discarded, or if the vehicle
must be scrapped, certain safety
precautions must be observed. An
Any work on the SRS system, such authorized Kia dealer knows these
OYP038075N as removing, installing, repairing, or precautions and can give you the
any work on the steering wheel, the necessary information. Failure to fol-
• Air bags may not inflate if the vehi- front passenger’s panel, front seats
cle collides with objects such as low these precautions and proce-
and roof rails must be performed by dures could increase the risk of per-
utility poles or trees, where the an authorized Kia dealer. Improper
point of impact is concentrated to sonal injury.
handling of the SRS system may
one area and the full force of the result in serious personal injury.
impact is not delivered to the sen-
sors.
3 87
Adding equipment to or modi- Air bag warning label

WARNING - Tampering fying your air bag-equipped
with SRS vehicle
Do not tamper with or discon- If you modify your vehicle by chang-
nect SRS wiring, or other coming your vehicle's frame, bumper sys-
ponents of the SRS system. tem, front end or side sheet metal or
Doing so could result in the ride height, this may affect the opera-
accidental inflation of the air tion of your vehicle's air bag system.
bags or by rendering the SRS
inoperative.
OYP034047N
WARNING - Towing Vehicle Air bag warning labels, some

required by the Canada Motor
Always have the ignition off Vehicle Safety Standards (CMVSS),
when your vehicle is being are attached to the sunvisor to alert
towed. The side air bags may the driver and passengers of poten-
inflate if the vehicle is tilted tial risks of the air bag system
such as when being towed
because of the rollover sensors
in the vehicle.
3 88
Features of your vehicle
Folding key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Liftgate (for manual liftgate) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31

• Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 • Opening the liftgate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
• Key operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 • Closing the liftgate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
• Transmitter precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 • Emergency liftgate safety release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
• Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 Power sliding door and power liftgate . . . . . . . . . 4-34
• Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 • Automatic stop and reversal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
• Limp home (override) procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13 • How to reset the power sliding door and
Smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14 power liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
• Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14 • Power door ON/OFF button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
• Smart key function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14 • Power sliding door operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39 4
• Loss of the smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18 • Power liftgate operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42
• Smart key precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19 • Power liftgate non-opening conditions . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45
• Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20 • Power liftgate opening height user setting . . . . . . . . 4-45
• Smart key immobilizer system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21 • Emergency liftgate safety release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46
Theft-alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22 • Smart liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46
• Armed stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
• Theft-alarm stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23 • Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53
• Disarmed stage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23 Hood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57
Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25 • Opening the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57
• Operating door locks from outside the vehicle. . . . . 4-25 • Hood open warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58
• Operating door locks from inside the vehicle. . . . . . 4-27 • Closing the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58
• Impact sensing door unlock system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
• Automatic door lock system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
• Child-protector rear door lock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
Fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60 LCD display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-95
• Opening the fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60 • LCD modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-95
• Closing the fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60 Trip modes (Trip computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-96
• Emergency fuel filler lid release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-63 • Trip modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-96
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64 • Fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-96
• Sliding the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65 • Accumulated driving information mode. . . . . . . . . . 4-98
• Tilting the sunroof (for front sunroof) . . . . . . . . . . . 4-67 • One time driving information mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-98
• Sunshade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-67 • Digital speedometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99
• Resetting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-68 • Smart shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99
4 • Rear sunroof lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-68 • Turn by turn mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99
• Sunroof open warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-69 • Assist mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100
Steering wheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70 • Distance to empty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102
• Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70 • User settings mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103
• Electric power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70 • Warning messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-107
• Tilt and telescopic steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-71 Warning and indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-113
• Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-72 • Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-113
• Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-73 • Indicator lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74 Parking distance warning-reverse . . . . . . . . . . . 4-125
• Inside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74 • Operation of the parking distance warning-reverse. 4-125
• Outside rearview mirror. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-84 • Non-operational conditions of the parking distance
Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-89 warning-reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-126
• Instrument cluster control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90 • Parking distance warning-reverse precautions . . . 4-127
• LCD display control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90 • Self-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128
• Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-91
• Transaxle Shift Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94
Parking distance warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129 • Map lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149
• Operation of the parking distance warning . . . . . . 4-129 • Luggage lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149
• Non-operational conditions of parking distance • Vanity mirror lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149
warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-131 • Glove box lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149
• Self-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-132 Defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-151
Rear view monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-133 • Rear window defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-151
360° camera monitoring system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-134 Manual climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-152
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-135 • Heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-152
• Battery saver function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-135 • Rear climate control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-160
• Headlight escort function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-135 • System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-163 4
• Daytime running light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-135 • Climate control air filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-166
• Lighting control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-136 • Checking the amount of air conditioner
• High beam operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-137 refrigerant and compressor lubricant. . . . . . . . . . 4-167
• High beam assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-138 Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . 4-168
• Turn signals and lane change signals . . . . . . . . . . . 4-142 • Automatic heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . 4-169
• Front fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-143 • Manual heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . 4-170
• Headlight leveling device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-143 • Outside thermometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-174
• Dynamic Bending Light (DBL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-143 • Rear climate control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-179
Wipers and washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-145 • From the front seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-179
• Windshield wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-145 • From the rear seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-179
• Front windshield washers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-146 • System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-182
• Rear window wiper and washer switch. . . . . . . . . . 4-147 • Climate control air filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-184
Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-148 • Checking the amount of air conditioner
• Automatic turn off function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-148 refrigerant and compressor lubricant. . . . . . . . . . 4-185
• Room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-148
Windshield defrosting and defogging. . . . . . . . . 4-186 Exterior features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-208
• Manual climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-186 • Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-208
• Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-187 Audio system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-210
• Defogging logic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-188 • Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-210
Clean air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-191 • AUX, USB port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-210
Storage compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-192
• Center console storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-193
• Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-193
• Sunglass holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-194
4 • Cool box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-194
Interior features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-195
• Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-195
• Bottle holder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-195
• Seat warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-196
• Air ventilation seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-197
• Sunvisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-197
• Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-198
• AC inverter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-199
• USB charger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-201
• Wireless smart phone charging system . . . . . . . . . . 4-201
• Coat hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-205
• Floor mat anchor (s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-205
• Side curtain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-206
• Luggage net holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-207
FOLDING KEY
Record your key number Key operations • To unfold the key, press the release
The key code num- button then the key will unfold auto-
■ Type A
ber is stamped on matically. To fold the key, fold the
the key code tag key manually while pressing the
attached to the key release button.
set. Should you
lose your keys, this number will CAUTION
enable an authorized Kia dealer to Do not fold the key without
duplicate the keys easily. Remove pressing the release button.
the key code tag and store it in a safe This may damage the key.
place. Also, record the key code
number and keep it in a safe OYP048344N
place.(not in the vehicle) ■ Type B
OYP048168N
• Used to start the engine.

• Used to lock and unlock the doors.
• Used to lock and unlock the glove
box.
4 5
Door Lock (1)

WARNING - Aftermarket WARNING - Ignition key ■ Type A
key (smart key)
Use only Kia original parts for Never leave the keys in your
the ignition key in your vehicle. vehicle with unsupervised chil-
If an aftermarket key is used, dren. Leaving children unat-
the ignition switch may not tended in a vehicle with a man-
return to ON after START. If this ual ignition key or a smart key
happens, the starter will contin- is dangerous. Children copy
ue to operate causing damage adults and they could place the
to the starter motor and possi- key in the ignition switch or
ble fire due to excessive current press the start button. The key OYP044169K
in the wiring. would enable children to oper- ■ Type B
ate power windows or other
controls, or even make the vehi-
cle move, which could result in
serious bodily injury or death.
result in serious bodily injury or
death.
OYP044170N
4 6
1. Close all doors, engine hood and Door Unlock (2) Left power sliding door opening
liftgate. 1. Press the unlock button(2). or closing (if equipped) (3)
2. Press the lock button(1). 2. The driver's door will unlock. The When the power door ON/OFF but-
3. All doors and liftgate will lock. The hazard warning lights will blink two ton is ON (not depressed):
hazard warning lights will blink times. The left sliding door is opened or
once. 3. Press the unlock button(2) twice closed automatically if the button is
4. If the lock button is pressed once within 4 seconds and all doors and pressed and held.
more within 4 seconds, the hazard liftgate will unlock. The hazard When the left sliding door is closed
warning lights will blink and the warning lights will blink two times. and more than one door is locked, and
horn will sound once. the button is pressed for more than
one second all doors will be unlocked.
5. Make sure that doors are locked by ✽ NOTICE
checking the door lock button inside
or pulling the outside door handle. You can activate or deactivate the
Two Turn Unlock function. Refer to
“User settings” in this chapter.
4 7
Right power sliding door opening Liftgate unlock (5) Panic (6)
or closing (if equipped) (4) The liftgate is unlocked if the button The horn sounds and hazard warn-
When the power door ON/OFF but- is pressed for more than 1 second. ing lights flash for about 27 seconds
ton is ON (not depressed) : Also, once the liftgate is opened and if this button is pressed for more than
The right sliding door is opened or then closed, the liftgate will be locked 0.5 second. To stop the horn and
closed automatically if the button is automatically. lights, press any button on the trans-
pressed and held. mitter.
• For Power Liftgate Only:
When the right sliding door is closed The Power Liftgate will open if the
and more than one door is locked, and button is pressed for more than 1
the button is pressed for more than second. Also, once the liftgate is
one second all doors will be unlocked. opened and then closed, the liftgate
❈ For detailed information refer to will be locked again automatically.
the “Power sliding door and power
liftgate” in this chapter. If the power liftgate is switched ‘Off’
The power doors can be operated using the button in the overhead con-
when the engine is not running. sole, the liftgate unlock button will
However, the power doors consume operate to unlock the liftgate as
large amounts of vehicle electric described above.
power. To prevent the battery from
❈ For detailed information refer to
being discharged, do not operate
them consecutively.
liftgate” in this chapter.
4 8
Transmitter precautions • When the transmitter does not work

correctly, open and close the door CAUTION
• The transmitter will not work if any
of following occur: with the ignition key. If you have a Keep the transmitter away from
problem with the transmitter, con- water or any liquid as it can
- The ignition key is in the ignition tact an authorized Kia dealer. become damaged and not func-
switch. tion properly.
• If the transmitter is in close proxim-
- You exceed the operating dis- ity to your mobile phone, the signal
tance limit (about 10 m [30 feet]). could be blocked by your mobile
- The battery in the transmitter is phones normal operational signals. ✽ NOTICE
weak. This is especially important when If the keyless entry system is inoper-
- Other vehicles or objects may be the phone is active such as making ative due to exposure to water or liq-
blocking the signal. and receiving calls, text messag- uids, it will not be covered by your
ing, and/or sending/receiving manufacturer’s vehicle warranty.
- The weather is extremely cold. emails. Avoid placing the transmit-
- The transmitter is close to a radio ter and your mobile phone in the
transmitter such as a radio sub- same pants or jacket pocket and
station or an airport which can always try to maintain an adequate
interfere with normal operation of distance between the two devices.
the transmitter.
4 9
Battery replacement For replacement transmitters, see an

authorized Kia dealer for transmitter CAUTION - Transmitter
reprogramming. damage
• The transmitter is designed to give Do not drop, wet or expose the
you years of trouble-free use, how- keyless entry system transmit-
ever it can malfunction if exposed to ter to heat or sunlight.
moisture or static electricity. If you
are unsure how to use your trans-
mitter or replace the battery, contact
an authorized Kia dealer. IC WARNING
• Using the wrong battery can cause This device complies with
the transmitter to malfunction. Be Industry Canada licence-
sure to use the correct battery. exempt RSS standard(s).
OYDDCO2005
• To avoid damaging the transmitter, Operation is subject to the fol-
The transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium don't drop it, get it wet, or expose it lowing two conditions: (1) this
battery which will normally last for to heat or sunlight. device may not cause interfer-
several years. When replacement is ence, and (2) this device must
necessary, use the following proce- • An inappropriately disposed accept any interference, includ-
dure. battery can be harmful to the ing interference that may cause
environment and may cause undesired operation of the
1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and human health. Dispose the
gently pry open the transmitter device.
battery according to your
center cover. local law(s) or regulation.
2. Replace the battery with a new
battery (CR2032). When replacing
the battery, make sure the battery
is positioned battery.
3. Install the battery in the reverse
order of removal.
4 10
Immobilizer system To activate the immobilizer sys- ✽ NOTICE

Your vehicle is equipped with an tem: When starting the engine, do not use
electronic engine immobilizer system Turn the ignition key to the OFF posi- the key with other immobilizer keys
to reduce the risk of unauthorized tion. The immobilizer system acti- around. Otherwise the engine may
vehicle use. vates automatically. Without a valid not start or may stop soon after it
Your immobilizer system is com- ignition key for your vehicle, the starts. Keep each key separate in
prised of a small transponder in the engine will not start. order to avoid a starting malfunction.
ignition key and electronic devices
inside the vehicle. To deactivate the immobilizer
With the immobilizer system, when- system:
ever you insert your ignition key into Insert the ignition key into the key
the ignition switch and turn it to ON, cylinder and turn it to the ON position.
it checks and determines and verifies
In order to prevent theft of your vehi-
if the ignition key is valid.
cle, do not leave spare keys any-
If the key is determined to be valid, where in your vehicle. Your
the engine will start. Immobilizer password is a customer
If the key is determined to be invalid, unique password and should be kept
the engine will not start. confidential. Do not leave this num-
ber anywhere in your vehicle.
4 11
Do not put metal accessories near This device complies with

the ignition switch. CAUTION - Immobilizer Industry Canada licence-exempt
Metal accessories may interrupt the damage RSS standard(s).
transponder signal and may prevent Do not expose your immobilizer Operation is subject to the following
the engine from being started. system to moisture, static elec- two conditions :
tricity and rough handling. This (1) This device may not cause inter-
may damage your immobilizer.
✽ NOTICE ference, and
If you need additional keys or lose (2) This device must accept any
your keys, contact an authorized interference, including interfer-
CAUTION - Immobilizer ence that may cause undesired
Kia dealer. alterations operation of the device.
Do not change, alter or adjust
the immobilizer system because
it could cause the immobilizer ✽ NOTICE
system to malfunction. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user’s authority to operate
the equipment. If the keyless entry
system is inoperative due to changes
or modifications not approved by
the party responsible for compli-
ance, it will not be covered by your
manufacturer’s vehicle warranty.
4 12
Limp home (override) proce- 3. To enter the first digit (in this
dure example “2”), turn the ignition
switch to the ON and ACC position
When you turn the ignition switch to
twice. Perform the same proce-
the ON position, if the immobilizer
dure for the next digits between 3
indicator ( ) goes off after blink-
seconds and 10 seconds (for
ing 5 times, your transponder
example, for “3”, turn the ignition
equipped in the ignition key is out of
ON and ACC 3 times).
order. You cannot start the engine
without the limp home procedure. To 4. If all of the digits have been input
start the engine, you have to input successfully, you have to start the
your password by using the ignition engine within 30 seconds. If you
switch. Your password is only avail- attempt to start the engine after 30
able from an authorized Kia dealer- seconds, the engine will not start
ship. Contact an authorized dealer and you will have to input your
for more information. password again.
The following procedure is how to After performing the limp home pro-
input your password of “2345” as an cedure, you have to see an author-
example. ized Kia dealer immediately to
inspect and repair your ignition key
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
or immobilizer system.
position. The immobilizer indicator
( ) will blink 5 times and go off
indicating the beginning of the limp
home procedure.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the ACC
position.
4 13
SMART KEY
Record your key number Smart key function
The key code number
WARNING - Ignition key
is stamped on the bar (smart key)
code tag attached to Never leave the keys in your
the key set. Should vehicle with unsupervised chil-
you lose your keys, dren. Leaving children unat-
this number will enable an author- tended in a vehicle with a man-
ized Kia dealer to duplicate the keys ual ignition key or a smart key
easily. Remove the bar code tag and is dangerous. Children copy
store it in a safe place. Also, record adults and they could place the
the code number and keep it in a key in the ignition switch or
safe and handy place, but not in the press the start button. The key
vehicle. would enable children to oper-
OYP044002K
ate power windows or other
To remove the mechanical key, press controls, or even make the vehi-
and hold the release button(1) and cle move, which could result in
remove the mechanical key (2). serious bodily injury or death.
To reinstall the mechanical key, put result in serious bodily injury or
the key into the hole and push it until death.
a click sound is heard.
With a smart key, you can lock or
unlock a door (and Liftgate) and start
the engine.
Refer to the following for more details.
4 14
Door Lock Using the door handle button ✽ NOTICE

■ Type A 1. Carry the smart key. • The button will only operate when
2. Close all doors, engine hood and the smart key is within 0.7 ~ 1 m
liftgate. (28 ~ 40 in.) from the outside door
3. Press the button of the outside handle.
door handle. • Even though you press the outside
door handle button, the doors will
4. The hazard warning lights will blink not lock and the chime will sound
and the chime will sound once. for 3 seconds if any of following
5. Make sure that doors are locked occur:
by pulling the outside door handle. - The smart key is in the vehicle.
OYP044025K - The engine start/stop button is
■ Type B in ACC or ON position.
- Any door except the liftgate is
open.
OYP044003K
4 15
Using the button on the smart key Unlocking ✽ NOTICE

1 Close all doors, engine hood and Using the door handle button • The button will only operate when
liftgate. 1. Carry the smart key. the smart key is within 0.7 ~ 1 m
2. Press the lock button (1). 2. Press the button of the driver's (28 ~ 40 in.) from the outside door
3. The hazard warning lights will blink outside door handle. handle.
and the chime will sound once. • When the smart key is recognized in
3. The driver’s door will unlock. The the area of 0.7 ~ 1 m (28 ~ 40 in.)
4. Make sure that doors are locked hazard warning lights will blink and from the front outside door handle,
by pulling the outside door handle. the chime will sound two times. other people can also open the
4. Press the button twice within 4 doors.
seconds and all doors and the lift- • After unlocking the driver’s door
gate will unlock and the hazard or all doors, the door(s) will lock
warning lights will blink and the automatically unless the door is
chime will sound two times. opened.
4 16
Using the button on the smart key Left or Right power sliding door Liftgate unlocking
1. Press the unlock button (2) of the opening or closing (if equipped) Using the liftgate handle button
smart key. This function will be operated when 1. Carry the smart key.
2. The driver’s door will unlock. The the power door ON/OFF button is 2. Press the liftgate handle button.
hazard warning lights will blink and ON (not depressed). 3. When all doors are locked, the
the chime will sound two times. hazard warning lights will blink two
3. Press the unlock button (2) twice Using the power sliding door handle times.
within 4 seconds and all doors and 1. Carry the smart key. Once the liftgate is opened and
the liftgate will unlock. The hazard then closed, the liftgate will lock
warning lights will blink and the 2. Pull the power sliding door handle automatically.
chime will sound two times. once.
3. The power sliding door will be ✽ NOTICE
opened or closed automatically. At
✽ NOTICE this time, the hazard warning The button will only operate when
After pressing the button, the doors lights will blink and the chime will the smart key is within 0.7 ~ 1 m (28
will lock automatically unless any sound two times. ~ 40 in.) from the liftgate handle.
door is opened within 30 seconds.
Using the button on the smart key
✽ NOTICE 1. Press and hold the power sliding
You can activate or deactivate the door open (or close) button (3), (4)
Two Turn Unlock function. Refer to more than 1 second.
“User settings” in this chapter.
liftgate” in this chapter.
4 17
Using the button on the smart key Panic Loss of the smart key
1. Press the liftgate unlock button (5) 1. Press the panic button (6) for more A maximum of 2 smart keys can be
for more than 1 second. than 1 second. registered to a single vehicle.
2. When all doors are locked, the 2. The horn sounds and hazard If you happen to lose your smart key,
hazard warning lights will blink two warning light flash for about 27 you will not be able to start the
times. seconds. engine. You should immediately take
• For Power Liftgate Only: the vehicle and remaining key to your
The Power Liftgate will open if the ✽ NOTICE authorized Kia dealer(tow the vehi-
button is pressed for more than 1 cle, if necessary) to protect it from
To stop the horn and lights, press potential theft.
second. Also, once the liftgate is any button on the smart key.
opened and then closed, the liftgate
will be locked again automatically.
Start-up
You can start the engine without
If the power liftgate is switched ‘Off’ inserting the key.
using the button in the overhead con-
sole, the liftgate unlock button will ❈ For detailed information refer to
operate to unlock the liftgate as the “Engine start/stop button” in
described above. chapter 5.
liftgate”in this chapter.
4 18
Smart key precautions • If the smart key is in close proximity

to your cell phone or smart phone, CAUTION - Transmitter
• The smart key will not work if any
of the following occur: the signal from the smart key could Keep the transmitter away from
be blocked by normal operation of water or any liquid as it can
- The smart key is close to a radio your cell phone or smart phone. become damaged and not func-
transmitter such as a radio sta- This is especially important when tion properly.
tion or an airport which can inter- the phone is active such as making
fere with normal operation of the a call, receiving calls, text messag-
smart key. ing, and/or sending/receiving ✽ NOTICE
- The smart key is near a mobile emails. Avoid placing the smart key If the keyless entry system is inoper-
two way radio system or a cellu- and your cell phone or smart phone ative due to exposure to water or liq-
lar phone. in the same pants or jacket pocket uids, it will not be covered by your
- Another vehicle’s smart key is and maintain adequate distance manufacturer’s vehicle warranty.
being operated close to your between the two devices.
vehicle.
• When the smart key does not work
correctly, open and close the door
with the mechanical key and contact
4 19
Battery replacement 4.Install the battery in the reverse

order of removal. CAUTION - Smart key
• The smart key is designed to give damage
you years of trouble-free use, how- Do not drop, get wet or expose
ever it can malfunction if exposed the smart key to heat or sun-
to moisture or static electricity. If light, or it will be damaged.
you are unsure how to use or
replace the battery, contact an
authorized Kia dealer. IC WARNING
• Using the wrong battery can cause This device complies with
the smart key to malfunction. Be Industry Canada licence-
sure to use the correct battery. exempt RSS standard(s).
OYP044005K • To avoid damaging the smart key, Operation is subject to the fol-
don't drop it, get it wet, or expose it lowing two conditions: (1) this
A smart key battery should last for to heat or sunlight. device may not cause interfer-
several years, but if the smart key is ence, and (2) this device must
not working properly, try replacing • An inappropriately dis-
posed battery can be accept any interference, includ-
the battery with a new one. If you are ing interference that may cause
harmful to the environment
unsure how to use your smart key or and human health. Dispose undesired operation of the
replace the battery, contact an the battery according to device.
authorized Kia dealer. your local law(s) or regula-
1.Remove the mechanical key. tion.
2.Pry open the rear cover.
3.Replace the battery with a new
battery (CR2032). When replacing
the battery, make sure the battery
position.
4 20
Smart key immobilizer system To deactivate the immobilizer This device complies with
Your vehicle is equipped with an system: Industry Canada licence-exempt
electronic engine immobilizer system Turn the engine start/stop button to RSS standard(s).
to reduce the risk of unauthorized the ON position by pressing the but- Operation is subject to the following
vehicle use. ton while carrying the smart key. two conditions:
Your immobilizer system is com- (1) This device may not cause inter-
prised of a small transponder in the To activate the immobilizer system: ference, and
smart key and electronic devices Turn the engine start/stop button to (2) This device must accept any
inside the vehicle. the OFF position. The immobilizer interference, including interfer-
With the immobilizer system, when- system activates automatically. ence that may cause undesired
ever you turn the engine start/stop Without a valid smart key for your operation of the device.
button to the ON position by pressing vehicle, the engine will not start.
the button while carrying the smart
key, it checks and determines and ✽ NOTICE
verifies if the smart key is valid or not.
When starting the engine, do not use
If the key is determined to be valid,
the key with other immobilizer keys
the engine will start.
around. Otherwise the engine may
If the key is determined to be invalid, not start or may stop soon after it
the engine will not start. starts. Keep each key separate in
order to avoid a starting malfunction.
✽ NOTICE
If you need additional keys or lose
your keys, contact an authorized
Kia dealer.
4 21
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
Armed stage If any door (or liftgate) or engine
Park the vehicle and stop the engine. hood remains open, the hazard
Arm the system as described below. warning lights and the chime will not
Armed
stage
operate and the theft-alarm will not
1. Remove the ignition key from the arm. If all doors (and liftgate) and
ignition switch and exit the vehicle. engine hood are closed after the lock
2. Make sure that all doors (and lift- button is pressed, the hazard warn-
gate) and engine hood are closed ing lights blink once.
Disarmed Theft-alarm
stage stage
and latched. The system can also be armed by
3. Lock the doors using the transmit- locking the doors with the key from
ter of the keyless entry system (or the front doors; however, the hazard
smart key) or ignition key. warning lights will not blink using this
This system is designed to provide After completion of the steps above, method.
protection from unauthorized entry the hazard warning lights will blink
into the vehicle. This system is oper- (for smart key, the chime also ✽ NOTICE
ated in three stages: the first is the sounds) once to indicate that the
"Armed" stage, the second is the system is armed. The theft-alarm system can be deac-
"Theft-alarm" stage, and the third is
tivated by an authorized Kia dealer.
the "Disarmed" stage. If triggered,
If you want this feature, consult an
the system provides an audible
alarm with blinking of the hazard
warning lights.
4 22
Do not arm the system until all Theft-alarm stage Disarmed stage
passengers have left the vehicle. If The alarm will be activated if any of The system will be disarmed when
the system is armed while a pas- the following occurs while the system
senger(s) remains in the vehicle, • The doors (and liftgate) are
is armed. unlocked with the transmitter (or
the alarm may be activated when
the remaining passenger(s) leave • A front or rear door is opened with- smart key) or the ignition key.
the vehicle. If any door (or liftgate) out using the ignition key or trans- • Pull the power sliding door out han-
or engine hood is opened within mitter (or smart key). dle while the power door ON/OFF
30 seconds after the system • The liftgate is opened without using button is ON (not depressed).
enters the armed stage, the sys- the transmitter (or smart key). After depressing the unlock button,
tem is disarmed to prevent an • The engine hood is opened. the hazard warning lights will blink
unnecessary alarm. and the chime will sound twice (in
The hazard warning lights will blink
and the alarm will sound for around smart key) to indicate that the sys-
30 seconds, and then stop for 10 tem is disarmed.
seconds. This pattern will repeat After depressing the unlock button, if
twice unless the system is dis- any door (or liftgate) is not opened
armed. To turn off the system, unlock within 30 seconds, the system will be
the doors with the ignition key or rearmed.
transmitter (or smart key).
4 23
✽ NOTICE
CAUTION - Adjusting
• Avoid trying to start the engine alarm system
while the alarm is activated. The
vehicle starting motor is disabled Do not change, alter or adjust
during the theft-alarm stage. the theft-alarm system because
- If the system is not disarmed with it could cause the theft-alarm
the transmitter, insert the key system to malfunction and
into the ignition switch, turn the should only be serviced by an
ignition switch to the ON position authorized Kia dealer.
and wait for 30 seconds. Then the
system will be disarmed. ✽ NOTICE
- If the system is not disarmed with
the smart key, press the engine Malfunctions caused by improper
start/stop button with smart key. alterations, adjustments or modifi-
The side with the lock button cations to the theft-alarm system are
should contact the engine not covered by your vehicle manu-
start/stop button directly. facturer warranty.
• If you lose your keys, consult your
4 24
DOOR LOCKS
Operating door locks from • Doors can also be locked and
outside the vehicle unlocked with the transmitter. WARNING
■ Type A ■ Type B • Once the doors are unlocked, they • Securely close your door
may be opened by pulling the door before you begin driving.
handle. Failure to fully close your door
• When closing the door, push the may cause it to open during
door by hand. Make sure the doors vehicle operation.
are closed securely. • Keep your body out of the way
of the closing door to prevent
injuries.
✽ NOTICE
• In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not WARNING
work properly due to freezing con-
OYP048009N
ditions. If people must spend a longer
• If the door is locked/unlocked time in the vehicle while it is
• Turn the key clockwise to lock (1)
multiple times in rapid succession very hot or cold outside, there
and counterclockwise to unlock
with either the vehicle key or door is rick of injuries or danger to
(2).
lock switch, the system may stop life. Do not lock the vehicle from
• If you lock the driver’s door with a the outside when there are peo-
key, all vehicle doors will lock auto- operating temporarily in order to
protect the circuit and prevent ple in it.
matically.
damage to system components.
• From the driver’s door, turn the key
to the right once to unlock the door CAUTION
and once more within 4 seconds to
unlock all doors. Do not open and close the door
repeatedly if unnecessary or
with excessive force. Such
action can damage the vehicle
door.
4 25
WARNING - Partially
opened sliding door
When opening the rear sliding
doors, make sure the doors are
fully opened and locked in posi-
tion. If the sliding doors are only
partially opened and not locked
in position, the rear sliding
doors may move unintentionally
causing injuries.
OYP044172K OYP044173K
• Once the doors are unlocked, it • When the door is fully open, the
may be opened by pulling the door CAUTION door will lock into an open position.
handle and sliding the door The left sliding door cannot be To close the door, pull out the door
towards the rear of the vehicle. (for opened when the fuel filler lid is handle (1) and sliding the door (2)
manual sliding doors) open. However, if the fuel filler towards the front of vehicle. (for
• Once the doors are unlocked, it lid is opened after the door is manual sliding doors)
may be opened by pulling the door opened slightly, the left sliding • When the door is fully open, the
handle once. And then the sliding door can be slid rearward. Close door will lock into an open position.
door will be opened. (for power the left sliding door to prevent To close the door, pull out the door
sliding doors) possible damage to the door or handle (1) once. And then the slid-
the fuel filler lid. ing door will be closed. (for power
sliding doors)
4 26
✽ NOTICE Operating door locks from

Always remove the ignition key, inside the vehicle
engage the parking brake, close all With the door lock button
windows and lock all doors when
leaving your vehicle unattended.
OYP044010K
• To lock a door without the key, push
the inside door lock button (1) or cen-
tral door lock switch (2) to the “Lock”
OYP044011K
position when the ignition switch is
OFF position and close the door (3). • To unlock a door, push the door
lock button (1) to the “Unlock” posi-
• If you lock the door with the central
tion. The red mark (2) on the button
door lock switch (2), all vehicle will be visible.
doors will lock automatically.
• To lock a door, push the door lock
button (1) to the “Lock” position. If
the door is locked properly, the red
mark (2) on the door lock button
will not be visible.
4 27
• To open a door, pull the door handle If a power door lock ever fails to func- With central door lock switch
(3) outward. (for front door) tion while you are in the vehicle, try
Driver’s door
• To open a door, pull the door handle one or more of the following tech-
rearward (for sliding door) niques to exit:
• If the inner door handle of the dri- • Operate the door unlock feature
ver’s (or front passenger’s) door is repeatedly (both electronic and
pulled when the door lock button is manual) while simultaneously
in the lock position, the button will pulling on the door handle.
unlock and the door will open. (if • Operate the other door locks and
equipped) handles, front and rear.
• Front doors cannot be locked if the • Lower a front window and use the
ignition key is in the ignition switch key to unlock the door from out- OYP044012K
Passenger’s door
and any front door is opened. side.
• Move to the cargo area and open
the liftgate.
WARNING
Do not pull the inner door han-
dle of driver’s (or passenger’s)
door while the vehicle is mov-
ing.
OYP044013K
Operate by pressing the central door

lock switch.
• When pressing the right portion (1)
of the switch, all vehicle doors will
lock.
4 28
• When pressing the left portion (2)

of the switch, all vehicle doors will WARNING CAUTION - Sliding door
unlock. - Unattended children/ hinge
• If the key is in the ignition switch (or animals
if the smart key is in the vehicle) Never leave children or animals
and any front door is opened, the unattended in your vehicle. An
doors will not lock even though the enclosed vehicle can become
front portion (1) of the central door extremely hot, causing death or
lock switch is pressed. severe injury to unattended
children or animals who cannot
WARNING - Doors escape the vehicle
• The doors should always be OYP044175K
fully closed and locked while When getting in and out of the
the vehicle is in motion to pre- WARNING - Unlocked sliding door, do not step on the
vent accidental opening of the vehicles
sliding door hinge or drop or
door. Leaving your vehicle unlocked put heavy objects on the hinge.
• Be careful when opening doors can invite theft or possible harm The door may not open or close
and watch for vehicles, motor- to you or others from someone normally by damaging the door
cycles, bicycles or pedestrians hiding in your vehicle while you hinge or wire part.
approaching the vehicle in the are gone. Always remove the
path of the door. Opening a ignition key, engage the parking
door when something is brake, close all windows and
approaching can cause dam- lock all doors when leaving
age or injury. your vehicle unattended.
4 29
Impact sensing door unlock Child-protector rear door lock 3. Close the rear door.
system To open the rear door, pull the out-
In the event of air bag deployment side door handle.
resulting from a vehicle impact, all Even though the doors may be
doors will automatically unlock. unlocked, the rear door will not open
by pulling the inner door handle (1)
until the rear door child safety lock is
Automatic door lock system unlocked.
All doors will be automatically locked
if the automatic transaxle shift lever
is shifted from the P (Park) position WARNING - Rear door
to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D locks
(Drive) position. OYP044014K
Use the rear door safety locks
whenever children are in the
The child safety lock is provided to vehicle.
help prevent children from acciden- If a child accidently opens the
tally opening the rear doors from rear doors while the vehicle is
inside the vehicle. The rear door motion, he can fall out.
safety locks should be used whenev-
er children are in the vehicle.
1. Open the rear door.
2. Push the child safety lock located
on the front edge of the door to the
lock ( ) position. When the child
safety lock is in the lock position, the
rear door will not open even when
the inner door handle is pulled.
4 30
LIFTGATE (for manual liftgate)

Opening the liftgate • Only the liftgate is unlocked if the
liftgate unlock button on the smart CAUTION
key is pressed (if equipped). Once - Liftgate lift
the liftgate is opened and then Make certain that you close the
closed, the liftgate is locked auto- liftgate before driving your vehi-
matically. cle. Possible damage may occur
to the liftgate lift cylinders and
The liftgate swings upward. Make attached hardware if the liftgate
sure no objects or people are near is not closed prior to driving.
the rear of the vehicle when opening
the liftgate.
OYP048015 ✽ NOTICE
• The liftgate is locked or unlocked In cold and wet climates, door lock
when all doors are locked or and door mechanisms may not work
unlocked with the key, transmitter properly due to freezing conditions.
(or smart key) or central door lock
switch.
• If unlocked, the liftgate can be
opened by pressing the handle
switch and then pulling the handle up.
4 31
Closing the liftgate Power liftgate

WARNING - Exhaust (if equipped)
fumes Detailed information for the power
Driving with the liftgate open is liftgate is described in the following
not advisable. Dangerous “Power sliding door and power lift-
exhaust fumes can enter the gate” section.
passenger compartment and
harm vehicle occupants. If you
must drive with the liftgate
opened, keep the air vents and
all windows open so that addi-
tional outside air can enter.
OYP048016
To close the liftgate, lower and push

down the liftgate firmly. Make sure WARNING - Rear cargo
that the liftgate is securely latched. area
Make sure your hands, feet and other Occupants should never ride in
parts of your body are safely out of the rear cargo area where no
the way before closing the liftgate. restraints are available.
Occupants should always be
properly restrained.
4 32
Emergency liftgate safety

release WARNING - Safety
release lever use
Unless there is an emergency
which requires otherwise, do
not use the release lever for the
liftgate while the vehicle is in
motion. Opening the liftgate
while the vehicle is in motion
can increase the risk of an
occupant falling out of the vehi-
cle and being seriously injured.
OYP048320
Your vehicle is equipped with an

emergency liftgate safety release
lever located on the bottom of the lift-
gate. When someone is inadvertent-
ly locked in the cargo area, the lift-
gate can be opened by pushing the
release lever and pushing open the
liftgate.
4 33
POWER SLIDING DOOR AND POWER LIFTGATE (IF EQUIPPED)

On the overhead console On the liftgate The power sliding doors and power
liftgate can be opened and closed
automatically with the folding key or
smart key, the main control buttons
on the overhead console or the sub
control buttons on the center pillar
trim and the liftgate.
When the power door ON/OFF but-
ton is OFF (depressed), the power
sliding door and power liftgate can
OYP048017N OYP048027 be opened and closed manually by
On the center pillar trim On the outside handle
pulling the door handles from inside
or outside vehicle.
OYP048018N OYP048345N
(1) Left power sliding door control button

(2) Right power sliding door control button
(3) Power liftgate control button*
(4) Power door ON/OFF button
(5) Power sliding door control button on the outside handle
*: if equipped
4 34
✽ NOTICE ✽ NOTICE
WARNING - Unattended In cold and wet climates, power slid- • The power sliding door and power
children/pets ing doors and liftgate may not work liftgate can be operated when the
Never leave children or animals properly due to freezing conditions. engine is not running. However
unattended in your vehicle. the power operation consumes
Children or animals might oper- ✽ NOTICE large amounts of vehicle electric
ate the power sliding door or power. To prevent the battery
power liftgate that could result in When the sliding doors are opened from being discharged, do not
injury to themselves or others or manually (power OFF), more effort operate them excessively.
damage to the vehicle. will be required to open and close • To prevent the battery from being
than on non-power sliding doors. discharged, do not leave the power
sliding door and power liftgate at
✽ NOTICE open position for a long lime.
If the power sliding door is open • When jacking up the vehicle to
approximately 6 hours, the ECU will change a tire or repair the vehicle,
enter Sleep mode to conserve battery do not operate the power sliding
power and the door might not close door or power liftgate. This could
automatically. Close the door or lift- cause the power sliding door or
gate manually and then operate the power liftgate to operate improp-
door with the power operating system. erly.
4 35
Automatic stop and reversal

CAUTION - Operating
sliding door/liftgate If the power opening or closing is
blocked by an object or part of the
Do not apply excessive force body, the power sliding door and power
while operating the power slid- liftgate will detect the resistance, chime
ing door or power liftgate. This 3 times, and then either stop or move
could cause damage to the to the full open position.
power sliding door or power lift-
gate. However, if the resistance is weak
such as an object that is thin or soft, or
OYP044041K the door is near latched position, the
automatic stop and reversal may not
detect the resistance and closing oper-
ation will continue. Also, if the power
sliding door or power liftgate is forced
by strong impact, the automatic stop
and reversal may operate.
If the automatic stop and reversal
feature operates continuously more
than twice during one opening or
closing operation, the power sliding
OYP044042K door or power liftgate may stop at
that position. At this time, close the
doors manually and operate the door
automatically again.
4 36
How to reset the power sliding For power sliding door For power liftgate
door and power liftgate 1. Put the shift lever in the P (Park). 1. Put the shift lever in P (Park).
2. Close the fuel filler lid. 2. Press the liftgate handle switch
3. Change the position of fuse switch and liftgate close button at the
to OFF on the driver's side fuse same time for more than 3 sec-
panel and change the position of onds. (the chime will sound).
fuse switch to ON after 1 minute. 3. Close the liftgate manually.
4. Close the sliding door manually. 4. Open the liftgate using the liftgate
5. Open the sliding door completely handle switch and allow it to fully
using the transmitter or main con- open.
trol button on the overhead con- 5. After fully opening, the liftgate will
sole. complete initialization and lights
6. Close the sliding door completely will flash twice indicating reset
OYP046020 complete.
using the transmitter or main con-
If the battery has been discharged or trol button on the overhead con-
disconnected, the related fuse has sole. If the power liftgate does not work
been replaced or disconnected, and properly after the above procedure,
the power sliding door or power lift- have the system checked by an
gate doesn't work properly, the For the left/right power sliding doors
and power liftgate, follow above authorized Kia dealer.
power sliding door and power liftgate
must be reset as follows: steps to reset.
If the power sliding door or power lift-
gate doesn't work properly after
above procedure, have the system
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
4 37
Power door ON/OFF button • When the power door ON/OFF but- ✽ NOTICE
ton is OFF (depressed), the power Close the sliding door and liftgate,
sliding door and power liftgate can and keep the power door ON/OFF
not be controlled with the sub con- button in the OFF (depressed) posi-
trol buttons or door handles. tion before washing the vehicle in an
Also, the doors can be opened and automatic car wash.
closed manually by pulling the
inside or outside door handles. ✽ NOTICE
When the sliding doors and power
✽ NOTICE liftgate are opened manually (power
Do not allow children to play with OFF), more effort will be required to
the power sliding door or power lift- open and close than on non-power
OYP044021K gate. Keep the power door ON/OFF sliding doors and non-power liftgate.
• When the power door ON/OFF but- button in the OFF (depressed) posi-
ton is ON (not depressed), the tion when not in use.
power sliding door and power lift-
gate can be controlled with the sub
control buttons on the center pillar
trim or liftgate. Also, the doors can
be opened and closed automatical-
ly by pulling the inside or outside
door handles.
4 38
Power sliding door operation On the center pillar trim - Pull the door handle from inside
or outside vehicle.
- If the sub control button is pushed
while the door is locked or child
safety lock is engaged, the chime
sounds once, and the power slid-
ing door will not open.
- If the door handle is pulled from
inside or outside while the door is
OYP044023K
locked or child safety lock is
On the outside handle engaged, the power sliding door
will not open. However, the power
OYP044022K
sliding door can be opened by
pushing the corresponding sub
• Push the corresponding main con- control button on the out side
trol button on the overhead con- handle while the door is unlocked
sole to open or close the power and child safety lock is engaged.
sliding door.
• When the power door ON/OFF but-
However, the power sliding door ton is OFF (depressed), the power
will not open with the main control sliding door can not be controlled
button when all power sliding doors OYP048346N with the sub control buttons or door
and power taligate are locked and handles, and if the sub control but-
• When the power door ON/OFF but-
closed. ton is pushed, chime sounds once.
ton is ON (not depressed), do as
follows to open or close the power However, the doors can be opened
sliding doors: and closed manually by pulling the
- Push the corresponding sub con- door handles from inside or out-
trol button on the center pillar trim. side vehicle.
- Push the corresponding sub con-
trol button on the out side handle.
4 39
• On a steep grade, the power slid- When the rear passenger operates
ing door will slide faster when clos- the power sliding door, make sure WARNING - Power sliding
ing. And the drive unit motor may there are no people or objects door
operate additionally for a moment around the door, and have all occu- Do not begin to accelerate
after the door is closed. This is a pants get in or out of the vehicle after before the door closes and
normal operation to ensure door the door is open fully and stopped. latches completely. If the door
closing, not a malfunction. Let the rear passengers get in or out is not completely closed while
of the vehicle after the door is open the vehicle is moving, the door
fully. Sudden closing could cause a can open and passengers can
WARNING - Rear door serious injury. Close the door by fall out of the vehicle.
locks pulling the door handle after the door
Use the rear door safety locks is open fully. Do not pull the door
whenever children are in the handle while rear passengers are
vehicle. If a child accidently getting in or out. The door could sud-
opens the rear doors while the denly close by itself and cause a
vehicle is motion, he can fall out. serious injury. It takes about 5 sec-
onds for the power sliding door to
close and latch completely.
4 40
• The left power sliding door cannot • If the power sliding door is not • The half-opened power sliding door
be opened while the fuel filler lid is closed and latched completely is automatically opened or closed
open fully. If the main or sub control after power closing operation, the fully by pushing the door forward or
button is pushed, the chime chime sounds 3 times. Open and backward without pulling the door
sounds once. Also, if the fuel filler close the door again. handle while the power door
lid open button is pushed while the • If the power sliding door is operat- ON/OFF button is in ON (not
left power sliding door is opening, ed while the door is in partially depressed). However, when the
the chime sounds 3 times. opened position (less than 12 door is in partially opened position
in./300 mm), the door is automati- (less than 300 mm/12 in.), the door
is not closed automatically.
✽ NOTICE cally opened fully.
If the fuel filler lid is opened when • If the power sliding door is operat-
the left sliding door is not closed ed while the door is in half-opened
completely, the door may be opened. position (more than 300 mm/12
Close the left sliding door before in.), the door is automatically
refueling to prevent possible dam- closed completely.
age to the door or the fuel filler lid. • If the power sliding door is operated
again while the door is closing, the
door is automatically opened fully.
• If the power sliding door is operated
again while the door is opening, the
door is automatically closed com-
pletely. However, If the power slid-
ing door is operated again when
the door is in partially opened posi-
tion (less than 300 mm/12 in.), the
door is opened continuously.
4 41
Power sliding door non-opening Power liftgate operation • When the power liftgate is operat-
conditions (if equipped) ed with the main or sub control but-
The power sliding door is not auto- ton or transmitter, the chime
matically opened, but closed under sounds and hazard warning lights
the following conditions. If the main flash 2 times.
or sub control button is pushed for
power opening operation, the chime
sounds once.
When the ignition switch is in the ON
position,
1. Vehicle is moving above 5 km/h (3
mph).
2. The gearshift lever is not in P
(Park) for automatic transaxle. OYP044026K
• Push the power liftgate main con-

trol button for approximately 1 sec-
ond on the overhead console to
open or close the power liftgate.
However, the power liftgate will not
open with the main control button
when all power sliding doors and
power liftgate are locked and
closed. But the power liftgate will
be opened with the folding key (or
smart key).
4 42
• When the power door ON/OFF but- ✽ NOTICE

ton is OFF (depressed), the power If the power liftgate does not operate
liftgate can not be controlled with normally, first check the following
the sub control buttons or liftgate condition before using the power
handle. liftgate.
However, the liftgate may be • Make sure the shift lever is in P
opened manually by pulling the (Park).
exterior handle and lifting the lift- • Make sure the Power Liftgate Off
gate upward. The liftgate may be switch is not pressed.
manually closed by pushing the lift-
gate downward. If any of the power liftgate buttons
OYP048446 • Do not drive the vehicle until the are pressed while the power liftgate
• When the power door ON/OFF but- power liftgate completely closed. is in operation, the power liftgate
ton is ON (not depressed), do as The power liftgate may not close will stop. If any button is pressed
follows to open or close the power completely if the vehicle is started again the power liftgate will reverse
liftgate: during automatic closing. direction.
- Pushing the sub control button on
the bottom of the liftgate will close
the power liftgate automatically.
✽ NOTICE
- Pressing and pulling up the lift-
The button on the liftgate will not
gate handle slightly will open the
illuminated and operated when the
power liftgate automatically when
power door ON/OFF button is OFF
the liftgate is unlocked.
(depressed).
4 43
• Even though the Power door • Make sure the liftgate is closed • If the power liftgate is operated
ON/OFF button is in the OFF firmly before driving. If the liftgate while the liftgate is in the partially
(depressed) position, if the liftgate is open, you will draw dangerous closed position (less than
is manually closed to the second- exhaust fumes into your vehicle degrees), the liftgate will open fully.
ary latch position, the liftgate will which can cause serious injury or • If the power liftgate is operated while
be electrically moved to the fully death to vehicle occupants. the liftgate is in the partially opened
latched position. Make sure that • If the power liftgate is not closed position (less than 9degrees), the
face, arms, hands, and other and latched completely after power liftgate will stop at approximately
obstructions are safely out of the closing operation, the chime will 9degree open position.
way before operating the liftgate. sound and hazard warning lights
• The chime will sound and the haz- will blink 10 times. Stop the driving
ard warning flasher will blink 10 immediately and close the liftgate
times if you drive with the liftgate securely at the safe place.
closed but not fully secured. Stop • If the power liftgate is operated
your vehicle immediately at a safe while the liftgate is in the partially
place to check if your liftgate is opened position (more than
securely locked. 9degrees), the liftgate will stop the
• Make sure there are no people or operation. If you operate the power
objects around the liftgate before liftgate again, the power liftgate will
operating the power liftgate. Wait be operate in the opposite direction.
until the liftgate is open fully and
stopped before loading or unload-
ing cargo or passengers from the
vehicle.
4 44
Power liftgate non-opening Power liftgate opening height

conditions user setting WARNING
The power liftgate will not open auto-
matically, but will close under the fol-
lowing conditions.
position,
1. Vehicle is moving above 3 km/h (2
mph).
2. The gearshift lever is not in P
OYP048247
(Park) for automatic transaxle.
The chime will sound continuously if Make sure that there are no peo-
you drive over 3km/h (2mph) with the ple or objects in the path of the
OYP048446 power liftgate (or smart liftgate)
liftgate opened. Stop your vehicle at
a safe place as soon as possible to The driver may set the height of a prior to use. Serious injury,
check if your liftgate is opened. fully opened liftgate by following the damage to the vehicle or dam-
below instruction. age to surrounding objects may
1. Confirm the position of the power result if contact with the power
door ON/OFF button is ON (not liftgate (or smart liftgate)
depressed). occurs.
2. Position the liftgate manually or
via automatic operation to the
height you prefer.
4 45
3. Press the liftgate close button for Emergency liftgate safety Smart Liftgate (if equipped)
more than 3 seconds. release
4. You will hear the system beep
twice indicating height has been
set up.
The liftgate will open to the height

the driver has set up.
OYP048028
OYP048447
On a vehicle equipped with a smart
Your vehicle is equipped with an key, the liftgate can be opened using
emergency liftgate safety release the Smart liftgate system.
lever located on the bottom of the lift- If the power door ON/OFF button is
gate. When someone is inadvertent- in the OFF (depressed) position, the
ly locked in the cargo area, the lift- smart liftgate will not operate.
gate can be opened by pushing the
release lever and pushing open the
liftgate.
4 46
How to use the Smart Liftgate ✽ NOTICE 1. Setting

The liftgate can be opened with no- • The Smart Liftgate does not oper- To activate the Smart Liftgate, go to
touch activation satisfying all the ate when: User Settings Mode and select
conditions below. - The smart key is detected within Smart Liftgate on the LCD display.
• After 15 seconds when all doors 15 seconds after the doors are ❈ For more information, refer to
are closed and locked closed and locked, and is contin-
the “LCD Display” section in
• Positioned in the detecting area for uously detected.
this chapter.
more than 3 seconds. - The smart key is detected within
15 seconds after the doors are
closed and locked, and within 1.5
m (60 inches) from the front door
handles. (for vehicles equipped
with Welcome Light)
- A door is not locked or closed.
- The smart key is in the vehicle.
4 47
✽ NOTICE
Do not approach the detecting area
if you do not want the liftgate to
open. If you have unintentionally
entered the detecting area and the
hazard warning lights and chime
starts to operate, leave the detecting
area with the smart key. The liftgate
will stay closed.
OYP048029 OYP048030
2. Detect and Alert 3. Automatic opening
If you are positioned in the detecting The hazard warning lights will blink
area (50 ~ 100 cm (20 ~ 40 inches) and chime will sound 2 times and
behind the vehicle) carrying a smart then the liftgate will open.
key, the hazard warning lights will
blink and chime will sound for about
3 seconds to alert you the smart key
has been detected and the liftgate
will open.
4 48
Make sure you close the liftgate How to deactivate the Smart
before driving your vehicle. CAUTION Liftgate function using the smart
Make sure there are no people or - Liftgate lift key
objects around the liftgate before Make certain that you close the
opening or closing the liftgate. Make liftgate before driving your vehi-
sure objects in the liftgate do not cle. Possible damage may occur
come out when opening the liftgate to the liftgate lift cylinders and
on a slope. It may cause serious attached hardware if the liftgate
injury. Make sure to deactivate the is not closed prior to driving.
Smart Liftgate when washing your
vehicle. Otherwise, the liftgate may
open inadvertently. The key should
be kept out of reach of children.
Children may inadvertently open the
Smart Liftgate while playing around
the rear area of the vehicle. OYP044078K
1. Door lock
2. Door unlock
3. Liftgate open/close
4. Panic
5. Right side power sliding door
open/close
6. Left side power sliding door
open/close
4 49
If you press any button of the smart ✽ NOTICE Detecting area

key during the Detect and Alert • If you press the door unlock but-
stage, the Smart Liftgate function will ton (2), the Smart Liftgate func-
be deactivated. tion will be deactivated temporar-
Make sure to be aware of how to ily. But, if you do not open any
deactivate the Smart Liftgate func- door for 30 seconds, the smart lift-
tion for emergency situations. gate function will be activated
again.
• If you press the liftgate open but-
ton (3) for more than 1 second, the
liftgate opens.
• If you press the door lock button
(1) or liftgate open button (3)
OYP048031C
when the Smart Liftgate function
is not in the Detect and Alert stage, • The Smart Liftgate operates with a
the smart liftgate function will not welcome alert if the smart key is
be deactivated. detected within 50 ~ 100 cm (20 ~
• In case you have deactivated the 40 inches) from the liftgate.
Smart Liftgate function by press- • The alert stops at once if the smart
ing the smart key button and key is positioned outside the
opened a door, the smart liftgate detecting area during the Detect
function can be activated again by and Alert stage.
closing and locking all doors.
4 50
✽ NOTICE
• The Smart Liftgate function will
not work if any of the following
occurs:
- The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio sta-
tion or an airport which can
interfere with normal operation
of the transmitter.
- The smart key is near a mobile
two way radio system or a cellu-
lar phone.
- Another vehicle’s smart key is
being operated close to your
vehicle.
• The detecting range may decrease
or increase when :
- One side of the tire is raised to
replace a tire or to inspect the
vehicle.
- The vehicle is parked on a slope
or unpaved road, etc.
4 51
WINDOWS
(1) Driver’s door power window
switch
(2) Front passenger’s door power
window switch
(3) Rear door (left) power window
switch
(4) Rear door (right) power window
switch
(5) Window opening and closing
(6) Automatic power window
up/down* (Driver's and
Passenger's window)
(7) Power window and rear sunroof*
lock switch
* if equipped
In cold and wet climates, power win-

dows may not work properly due to
freezing conditions.
OYP048032N
4 52
Power windows ✽ NOTICE Window opening and closing

The ignition switch must be in the ON While driving with the rear windows
position for power windows to operate. down or with the sunroof (if
Each door has a power window equipped) in an open (or partially
switch that controls the door's win- open) position, your vehicle may
dow. The driver has a power window demonstrate a wind buffeting or
lock button which can block the oper- pulsation noise. This noise is a nor-
ation of rear passenger windows. mal occurrence and can be reduced
The power windows can be operated or eliminated by taking the follow-
for approximately 30 seconds after ing actions. If the noise occurs with
the ignition key is removed or turned one or both of the rear windows
to the ACC or LOCK (or OFF) posi- down, partially lower both front
tion. However, if the front doors are windows approximately 2.5 cm (1
OYP044035K
opened, the power windows cannot in.) If you experience the noise with
be operated even within the 30 sec- the sunroof open, slightly reduce the The driver’s door has a master power
ond period. size of the sunroof opening. window switch that controls all the
windows in the vehicle.
If the window cannot be close
because it is blocked by objects, CAUTION To open or close a window, press
remove the objects and close the down or pull up the front portion of
Do not install any accessories the corresponding switch to the first
window. in the area of windows. It may detent position (5).
impact jam protection.
4 53
Auto up/down window (if equipped) 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2. Close the driver's and passenger's
window and continue pulling up
the driver’s power window switch
for at least 1 second after the win-
dow is completely closed.
OUN026013
OYP044033K
Automatic reversal
(for Auto up/down window)
Pressing or pulling up the power win-
If the upward movement of the win-
dow switch momentarily to the second
detent position (6) completely lowers dow is blocked by an object or part of
or raises the window even when the the body, the window will detect the
switch is released. To stop the window resistance and will stop upward
at the desired position while the win- movement. The window will then
dow is in operation, pull up or press lower approximately 30 cm (11.8 in.)
down and release the switch. to allow the object to be cleared.
If the power window does not operate The distance may vary based on the
normally, the automatic power win- size or position of the window. If the
dow system must be reset as follows: window detects the resistance while
the power window switch is pulled up
continuously, the window will stop
upward movement then lower
approximately 2.5 cm (1 in.) .
4 54
And if the power window switch is Power window and rear sunroof*
pulled up continuously again within 5 WARNING lock button
seconds after the window is lowered The automatic reverse feature
by the automatic window reversal doesn’t activate while resetting
feature, the automatic window rever- power window system. Make
sal will not operate. sure body parts or other objects
The automatic reverse feature for the are safely out of the way before
driver’s window is only active when closing the windows to avoid
the “auto up” feature is used by fully injuries or vehicle damage.
pulling up the switch. The automatic
reverse feature will not operate if the
window is raised using the halfway
position on the power window switch.
OYP044036K
WARNING • The driver can disable the power
Always check for obstructions window switches on a rear passen-
before raising any window to ger door and the rear sunroof switch
avoid injuries or vehicle dam- on a rear passenger room lamp by
age. If an object less than 4 mm depressing the power window and
(0.16 in.) in diameter is caught rear sunroof lock switch on the dri-
between the window glass and ver’s door to LOCK (pressed).
the upper window channel, the
automatic reverse window may * : if equipped
not detect the resistance and
will not stop and reverse direc-
tion.
4 55
When the power window and rear

sunroof lock switch is pressed: CAUTION - Opening/clos-
• The driver's master control can ing Window
operate all the power windows. To prevent possible damage to
• The front passenger's control the power window system, do
can operate the front passen- not open or close two windows
ger's power window. or more at the same time. This
will also ensure the longevity of
• The rear passenger's control the fuse.
cannot operate the rear passen-
ger's power window.
• The rear sunroof control cannot Always double check to make sure
operate the rear sunroof. But all arms, hands, head and other
The front master sunroof control obstructions are safely out of the way
can operate both front and rear before closing a window.
sunroofs (if equipped).
WARNING - Power win-
dows
• Do not allow children to play
with the power windows. Keep
the power window lock button
(on the driver's door) in the
LOCK (pressed) position.
• Do not extend a face or arms
outside through the window
opening while driving.
4 56
HOOD
Opening the hood
OYP048038N OYP044039K
OYP044037K 2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise 3. Pull out the support rod.
the hood slightly, pull up the sec- 4. Hold the hood opened with the
1. Pull the release lever to unlatch ondary latch (1) inside of the hood support rod.
the hood. The hood should pop center and lift the hood (2).
open slightly.
Open the hood after turning off the ✽ NOTICE - Hot parts
engine on a flat surface, shifting the Grab the support rod in the area
shift lever to the P (Park) position wrapped in rubber. The plastic will
and setting the parking brake. help prevent you from being burned
by hot metal when the engine is hot.
4 57
Hood open warning Closing the hood

(if equipped) CAUTION - Hood obstruc-
1. Before closing the hood, check the tion
following:
Before closing the hood, ensure
• All filler caps in the engine com- that all obstructions are
partment must be correctly removed from the hood open-
installed. ing. Closing the hood with an
• Gloves, rags or any other com- obstruction present in the hood
bustible material must be opening may result in property
removed from the engine com- damage.
partment.
2. Return the support rod to its clip to
prevent it from rattling. WARNING - Fire risk
OYP048389N
3. Lower the hood until it is about 30 Do not leave gloves, rags or any
cm (1 ft.) above the closed posi- other combustible material in the
The warning message will appear on tion and let it drop. Make sure that engine compartment. Doing so
the LCD display when hood is open. it locks into place. may cause a heat-induced fire.
The warning chime will operate when 4. Check that the hood has engaged
the vehicle is being driven at or properly. If the hood can be raised
above 3 km/h (2 mph) with the hood slightly, it is not properly engaged
open. Open it again and close it with a lit-
tle more force.
4 58
WARNING - Unsecured
engine hood
Always double check to be sure
that the hood is firmly latched
before driving away. If it is not
latched, the hood could fly open
while the vehicle is being driv-
en, causing a total loss of visi-
bility, which might result in an
accident.
The support rod must be inserted

completely into the hole whenever
you inspect the engine compartment.
This will prevent the hood from falling
and possibly injuring you.
4 59
FUEL FILLER LID

Opening the fuel filler lid Closing the fuel filler lid
1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise
until it “clicks” once. This indicates
that the cap is securely tightened.
2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it
in lightly making sure that it is
securely closed.
✽ NOTICE
There may be an intermittent noise
OYP048044N near the refueling hole while the
OYP044043K 1. Stop the engine. engine is idling if the fuel cap is not
2. To open the fuel filler lid, push the closed securely. This occurs normal-
The fuel filler lid must be opened fuel filler lid opener button. ly with the OBD system.
from inside the vehicle by pulling up
the fuel filler lid opener. 3. Pull open the fuel filler lid (1). ✽ NOTICE
If the fuel filler lid does not open 4. To remove the cap, turn the fuel
When refueling fully at an up hill,
because ice has formed around it, filler cap (2) counterclockwise.
the fuel gauge may not point to the F
tap lightly or push on the lid to break 5. Refuel as needed. position.
the ice and release the lid. Do not pry It is not a malfunction. If you move
on the lid. If necessary, spray around your vehicle to a level ground, the fuel
the lid with an approved de-icer fluid gauge will move to the full position.
(do not use radiator anti-freeze) or
move the vehicle to a warm place
and allow the ice to melt.
4 60
WARNING - Refueling WARNING - Fire/explo- WARNING - Static

Always remove the fuel cap sion risk electricity
carefully and slowly. If the cap Read and follow all warnings • Before touching the fuel noz-
is venting fuel or if you hear a posted at the gas station facili- zle, you should eliminate
hissing sound, wait until the ty. Failure to follow all warnings potentially dangerous static
condition stops before com- will result in severe personal electricity discharge by touch-
pletely removing the cap. If injury, severe burns or death ing another metal part of the
pressurized fuel sprays out, it due to fire or explosion. vehicle, a safe distance away
can cover your clothes or skin from the fuel filler neck, noz-
and subject you to the risk of zle, or other gas source.
fire and burns. • Do not get back into a vehicle
once you have begun refuel-
ing since you can generate
Always check that the fuel cap is static electricity by touching,
installed securely to prevent fuel rubbing or sliding against any
spillage in the event of an accident. item or fabric (polyester, satin,
nylon, etc.) capable of produc-
✽ NOTICE ing static electricity. Static
electricity discharge can
Tighten the cap until it clicks once, ignite fuel vapors resulting in
otherwise the fuel cap open warning rapid burning. If you must
indicator light will illuminate reenter the vehicle, you
should once again eliminate
potentially dangerous static
electricity discharge by touch-
ing a metal part of the vehicle,
away from the fuel filler neck,
nozzle or other gasoline
source.
4 61
WARNING - Portable fuel WARNING - Cell phone WARNING - Refueling &

container fires Vehicle fires
When using an approved Do not use cellular phones When refueling, always shut the
portable fuel container, be sure while refueling. Electric current engine off. Sparks produced by
to place the container on the and/or electronic interference electrical components related
ground prior to refueling. Static from cellular phones can poten- to the engine can ignite fuel
electricity discharge from the tially ignite fuel vapors causing vapors causing a fire. Once
container can ignite fuel vapors a fire. refueling is complete, check to
causing a fire. Once refueling make sure the filler cap and
has begun, contact with the filler door are securely closed,
vehicle should be maintained WARNING - Smoking before starting the engine.
until the filling is complete. Use DO NOT use matches or a lighter
only approved portable plastic and DO NOT SMOKE or leave a lit
fuel containers designed to cigarette in your vehicle while at
carry and store gasoline. a gas station especially during
refueling. Automotive fuel is
highly flammable and can, when
ignited, result in fire.
4 62
Make sure to refuel your vehicle Emergency fuel filler lid release
according to the “Fuel requirements” CAUTION
suggested in chapter 1. Do not pull the handle exces-
If the fuel filler cap requires replace- sively, otherwise the luggage
ment, use only a genuine Kia cap or area trim or release handle may
the equivalent specified for your vehi- be damaged.
cle. An incorrect fuel filler cap can
result in a serious malfunction of the
fuel system or emission control sys-
tem.
CAUTION - Exterior paint

Do not spill fuel on the exterior OYP044165K
surfaces of the vehicle. Any
type of fuel spilled on painted If the fuel filler lid does not open
surfaces may damage the paint. using the remote fuel filler lid
release, you can open it manually by
pulling the handle outward slightly.
4 63
SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)

■ Front (Type A for Dual Sunroof) If your vehicle is equipped with a
sunroof, you can slide or tilt your CAUTION - Sunroof motor
sunroof with the sunroof control lever damage
located on the overhead console. To prevent damage to the sun-
For a vehicle with a single sunroof, a roof, periodically remove any
sunroof switch for the rear seats is dirt that may accumulate on the
not equipped. guide rail.
The sunroof can only be opened,
OYP044046K closed, or tilted when the ignition
■ Front(Type B for Single Sunroof) switch is in the ON position. In cold and wet climates, the sunroof
may not work properly due to freez-
The sunroof can be operated for ing conditions. After the vehicle is
approximately 30 seconds after the washed or in a rainstorm, be sure to
ignition key is removed or turned to wipe off any water that is on the sun-
the ACC or LOCK (or OFF) position. roof before operating it.
However, if the front door is opened,
the sunroof cannot be operated even
within the 30 second period.
OYP048046N
■ Rear (for Dual Sunroof)
OYP044047K
4 64
Sliding the sunroof

CAUTION - Sunroof CAUTION
control lever • In order to prevent accidental
Do not continue to press the sun- operation of the sunroof,
roof control lever after the sun- especially by a child, do not let
roof is fully opened, closed, or a child operate the sunroof.
tilted. Damage to the motor or • Do not sit on the top of the
system components could occur. vehicle. It may cause vehicle
■ Front
damage.
WARNING
Never adjust the sunroof or WARNING - Roof cargo
sunshade while driving. This Do not operate the sun roof
could result in loss of control while using the roof rack to ■ Rear
and an accident that may cause transport cargo. This may cause
death, serious injury, or proper- the cargo to come loose and
ty damage. distract the driver.
OYP044048K
To open the sunroof, pull the sunroof

control lever backward.
To close the sunroof, push the sun-
roof control lever forward.
4 65
To open the sunroof automatically: To close the sunroof automatically: Automatic reversal
Pull the sunroof control lever back- Pull the sunroof control lever back-
ward to the second detent position ward to the second detent position
and then release it. and then release it. The sunroof will
The sunroof will open as below: slide all the way open.
- Front sunroof : sunroof will slide all To stop the sunroof sliding at any
the way open. point, pull or push the sunroof control
lever momentarily.
- Rear sunroof : sunroof will not
open fully. While driving with the sunroof in an
open (or partially open position),
To open the sun roof fully, pull the your vehicle may demonstrate a wind
sunroof control lever again. buffeting or pulsation noise. This
To stop the sunroof sliding at any noise is a normal occurrence and OBK049018
point, pull or push the sunroof control can be reduced or eliminated by tak-
lever momentarily. If an object or part of the body is
ing the following actions. If you expe-
detected while the sunroof is closing
rience the noise with the sunroof
automatically, it will reverse direction,
open, slightly reduce the size of the
and then stop.
sunroof opening.
The auto reverse function does not
work if a tiny obstacle is between the
sliding glass and the sunroof sash.
You should always check that all pas-
sengers and objects are away from
the sunroof before closing it.
4 66
Tilting the sunroof Do not extend the face, neck, arms or Sunshade
(for front sunroof) body outside the sunroof while driving.
Care should be taken that no objects
stick out through the sunroof. In a
sudden stop, pertinent parts may be
damaged.
With the sunroof open for an extended
period of time, dirt may accumulate on
the guide rails causing noise during
opening and closing. Periodically
remove dirt using a clean cloth.
WARNING - Sunroof OBK049019

OYP044049K
Do not extend the face, neck, When opening the sunroof, the sun-
To open the sunroof, push the sunroof arms or body outside through shade will also open. Once the sun-
control lever upward until the sunroof the sunroof opening while driv- roof is closed, the sunshade can be
moves to the desired position. ing or operating the sunroof. manually closed.
To close the sunroof, push the sun-
roof lever forward or pull downward
until the sunroof moves to the CAUTION - Sunroof motor
desired position. damage
If you try to open the sunroof
when the temperature is below
freezing or when the sunroof is
covered with snow or ice, the
glass or the motor could be
damaged.
4 67
Resetting the sunroof 5.Push the sunroof control lever for- Rear sunroof lock
Whenever the vehicle battery is dis- ward in the direction of close, until When the power window lock switch
connected or discharged, you must the sunroof operates as follows is pressed, the rear sunroof control
reset your sunroof system as follows: again: cannot operate the rear sunroof. But
The front master sunroof control can
1.Turn the ignition switch to the ON The sunroof glass slide open → operate both front and rear sunroofs
position. The sunroof glass slide close (if equipped).
2.Close the sunshade and sunroof
completely if opened. Then, release the lever.
3.Release the sunroof control lever.
4.Push the sunroof control lever for- When this is complete, the sunroof
ward in the direction of close (about system has been reset.
10~15 seconds) until the sunroof
moves a little. Then, release the
lever. CAUTION
If the sunroof is not reset when
the vehicle battery is discon-
nected or discharged, or related
fuse is blown, the sunroof may
operate improperly.
4 68
Sunroof open warning Close the sunroof securely when

(if equipped) leaving your vehicle.
■ Type A
OYP048382N
■ Type B
OYP048404N
If the driver removes the ignition key

(smart key: turns off the engine)
when the sunroof is not fully closed,
the warning chime will sound for a
few seconds and a message will
appear on the LCD display.
4 69
STEERING WHEEL
Power steering (if equipped) If the power steering drive belt Electric power steering
Power steering uses energy from the breaks or if the power steering pump (if equipped)
engine to assist you in steering the malfunctions, the steering effort will
Power steering uses the motor to
vehicle. If the engine is off or if the greatly increase.
assist you in steering the vehicle. If
power steering system becomes the engine is off or if the power steer-
inoperative, the vehicle may still be ✽ NOTICE ing system becomes inoperative, the
steered, but it will require increased • If the vehicle is parked for extend- vehicle may still be steered, but it will
steering effort. ed periods outside in cold weather require increased steering effort.
Should you notice any change in the (below -10°C/14°F), the power The motor driven power steering is
effort required to steer during normal steering may require increased controlled by the power steering con-
vehicle operation, have the power effort when the engine is first trol unit which senses the steering
steering checked by an authorized started. This is caused by wheel torque and vehicle speed to
Kia dealer. increased fluid viscosity due to the command the motor.
cold weather and does not indicate The steering wheel becomes heavier
CAUTION - Power a malfunction. as the vehicle’s speed increases and
steering pump When this happens, increase the becomes lighter as the vehicle’s
engine RPM by depressing the speed decreases for better control of
Never hold the steering wheel to accelerator until the RPM reaches
the extreme right or left for more the steering wheel.
1,500 rpm then release or let the Should you notice any change in the
than 5 seconds with the engine engine idle for two or three min-
running. Holding the steering effort required to steer during normal
utes to warm up the fluid. vehicle operation, have the power
wheel for more than 5 seconds in
either position may cause dam- steering checked by an authorized
age to the power steering pump. Kia dealer.
4 70
✽ NOTICE If the Electric Power Steering System Tilt and telescopic steering
The following symptoms may occur does not operate normally, the warn- Tilt and telescopic steering allows
during normal vehicle operation: ing light will illuminate on the instru- you to adjust the steering wheel
• The steering effort is high immedi- ment cluster. The steering wheel may before you drive. You can also raise it
ately after turning the ignition become difficult to control or operate to give your legs more room when
switch on. This happens as the sys- abnormally. Take your vehicle to an you exit and enter the vehicle.
tem performs the EPS system authorized Kia dealer and have the
diagnostics. When the diagnostics vehicle checked as soon as possible.
The steering wheel should be posi-
is completed, the steering wheel tioned so that it is comfortable for
will return to its normal condition. you to drive, while permitting you to
• A click noise may be heard from see the instrument panel warning
the EPS relay after the ignition lights and gauges.
switch is turned to the ON or
LOCK position.
• Motor noise may be heard when WARNING
the vehicle is at a stop or at a low Never adjust the angle of the
driving speed. steering wheel while driving.
• The steering effort increases if the You may lose steering control
steering wheel is rotated continu- and cause severe personal
ously when the vehicle is not in injury, death or accidents.
motion. However, after a few min-
utes, it will return to its normal
conditions.
• When you operate the steering
wheel in low temperature, abnor-
mal noise could occur. If tempera-
ture rises, the noise will disappear.
This is a normal condition.
4 71
Heated steering wheel The heated steering wheel will turn

(if equipped) off automatically approximately 30
minutes after the heated steering
wheel is turned on.
If you turn off the engine within 30
minutes while the heated steering
wheel is ON, the heated steering
wheel will turn on automatically
when you set the ignition switch in
the ON position.
OYP047050
CAUTION
To change the steering wheel angle, Do not install any grip or acces-
pull down the lock-release lever (1), OYP048430 sory to operate the steering
adjust the steering wheel to the wheel. This causes damage to
desired angle (2) and height (3) then With the ignition switch in the ON
position, pressing the heated steer- the heated steering wheel sys-
pull up the lock-release lever (4) to tem.
lock the steering wheel in place. Be ing wheel button warms the steering
sure to adjust the steering wheel to wheel. The indicator on the button
the desired position before driving. will illuminate and notify you on the
LCD display. (if equipped)
To turn the heated steering wheel off,
press the button once again. The
indicator on the button will turn off
and notify you on the LCD display. (if
equipped)
4 72
Horn
OYP047052
To sound the horn, press the horn

symbols on your steering wheel.
Check the horn regularly to be sure it
operates properly.
✽ NOTICE
To sound the horn, press the area
indicated by the horn symbol on
your steering wheel (see illustra-
tion). The horn will operate only
when this area is pressed.
4 73
MIRRORS
Inside rearview mirror Day/night rearview mirror Electric chromatic mirror (ECM)
Adjust the rearview mirror so that the (if equipped) (if equipped)
center view through the rear window The electric rearview mirror automat-
is seen. Make this adjustment before ically controls the glare from the
you start driving. headlights of the vehicles behind you
Do not place objects in the rear seat or in nighttime or low light driving condi-
cargo area which would interfere with Night tions. The sensor (3) mounted in the
your vision through the rear window. mirror senses the light level around
the vehicle, and automatically con-
trols the headlight glare from the
WARNING - Mirror vehicles behind you.
adjustment When the engine is running, the
Do not adjust the rearview mirror Day glare is automatically controlled by
while the vehicle is moving. This OAM049023
the sensor mounted in the rearview
could result in loss of control. mirror.
Make this adjustment before you Whenever the shift lever is shifted
start driving and while the day/night into reverse (R), the mirror will auto-
lever is in the day position. matically go to the brightest setting in
WARNING
Pull the day/night lever toward you to order to improve the drivers view
Do not modify the inside mirror reduce the glare from the headlights behind the vehicle.
and don’t install a wide mirror. It of the vehicles behind you during
could result in injury, during an night driving.
accident or deployment of the
air bag. Remember that you lose some
rearview clarity in the night position.
4 74
Electric chromatic mirror (ECM) And telematics buttons are on the

CAUTION - Cleaning with UVO service (if equipped) mirror.
mirror (1) Roadside Assist
When cleaning the mirror, use a (2) AVN : UVO Voice Local Search
paper towel or similar material
dampened with glass cleaner. D-AUDIO, UVO AUDIO : Phone
Do not spray glass cleaner Projection Map
directly on the mirror. It may (3) SOS
cause the liquid cleaner to enter (4) Rear light sensor
the mirror housing.
OCK047065C
The electric rearview mirror automat-

ically controls the glare from the
headlights of the vehicles behind you
in nighttime or low light driving condi-
tions. The sensor (4) mounted in the
mirror senses the light level around
the vehicle, and automatically con-
rols the headlight glare from the vehi-
cles behind you.
When the engine is running, the
glare is automatically controlled by
the sensor mounted in the rearview
mirror.
4 75
Electric chromic mirror (ECM) Automatic-Dimming Night Vision

with HomeLink® system and com- Safety™ (NVS®) Mirror
pass (if equipped) The NVS® Mirror in your vehicle is
Your vehicle may be equipped with a the most advanced way to reduce
Gentex Automatic-Dimming Mirror annoying glare in the rearview mirror
with a Z-Nav® Electronic Compass during any driving situation. For more
Display and an Integrated HomeLink® information regarding NVS® mirrors
Wireless Control System. and other applications, please refer
During nighttime driving, this feature to the Gentex website:
will automatically detect and reduce www.gentex.com
rearview mirror glare while the com- ❈ Night Vision Safety™ is a registered
pass indicates the direction the vehi- OCK047066C
trademark of Gentex Corporation.
cle is pointed. The HomeLink® (1) Roadside Assist button
Universal Transceiver allows you to (2) AVN : UVO Voice Local Search
activate your garage door(s), electric button
CAUTION
gate, home lighting, etc. The NVS® Mirror automatically
D-AUDIO, UVO AUDIO : Phone reduces glare during driving
Projection Map button conditions based upon light lev-
(3) SOS button els monitored in front of the
(4) Dimming ON/OFF button vehicle and from the rear of the
(5) Status indicator LED vehicle. These light sensors are
visible through openings in the
(6) Channel 1 button front and rear of the mirror case.
(7) Channel 2 button Any object that obstructs either
(8) Channel 3 button light sensor will degrade the
(9) Compass display automatic dimming control fea-
ture.
(10) Rear light sensor
4 76
Automatic-dimming function Z-Nav™ Compass Display Compass function

Your mirror will automatically dim The NVS® Mirror in your vehicle is The Compass can be turned ON and
upon detecting glare from the vehi- also equipped with a Z-NAV™ OFF and will remember the last state
cles traveling behind you. The auto- Compass that shows the vehicle when the ignition is cycled. To turn
dimming function can be controlled Compass heading in the Display the display feature ON/OFF:
by the Dimming ON/OFF Button: Window using the 8 basic cardinal
1. Press and release the button to
headings (N, NE, E, SE, etc.).
turn the display feature OFF.
❈ Z-Nav™ is a registered trademark
1. Pressing the button turns the 2. Press and release the button
of Gentex Corporation.
auto-dimming function OFF which again to turn the display back ON.
is indicated by the green Status Additional options can be set with
Indicator LED turning off. press and hold sequences of the
2. Pressing the button again turns button and are detailed below.
the auto-dimming function ON
which is indicated by the green
Status Indicator LED turning on. There is a difference between mag-
netic north and true north. The com-
pass in the mirror can compensate
✽ NOTICE for this difference when it knows the
Magnetic Zone in which it is operat-
The mirror defaults to the ON posi- ing. This is set either by the dealer or
tion each time the vehicle is started. by the user. The operating Zone
Numbers for North America are
shown in the figure on the following
section.
4 77
To adjust the Zone setting:

1. Determine the desired Zone
Number based upon your current
location on the Zone Map.
2. Press and hold the button for
more than 3, but less than 6 sec-
onds, the current Zone Number
will appear on the display.
3. Pressing and holding the button
again will cause the numbers to
increment (Note: they will repeat
…13, 14, 15, 1, 2, …). Releasing
the button when the desired Zone
Number appears on the display
will set the new Zone.
4. Within about 5 seconds, the com-
pass will start displaying a com-
pass heading again.
B520C05NF
4 78
There are some conditions that can Integrated HomeLink® Wireless Retain the original transmitter of the
cause changes to the vehicle mag- Control System RF device you are programming for
nets, such as installing a ski rack or The HomeLink® Wireless Control use in other vehicles as well as for
a CB antenna. Body repair work on System provides a convenient way to future HomeLink® programming. It is
the vehicle can also cause changes replace up to three hand-held radio- also suggested that upon the sale of
to the vehicle's magnetic field. In frequency (RF) transmitters with a the vehicle, the programmed
these situations, the compass will single built-in device. This innovative HomeLink® buttons be erased for
need to be re-calibrated to quickly feature will learn the radio frequency security purposes.
correct for these changes. To re-cali- codes of most current transmitters to
brate the compass: operate devices such as gate opera-
1. Press and hold the button for tors, garage door openers, entry
more than 6 seconds. When the door locks, security systems, even
compass memory is cleared, a "C" home lighting. Both standard and
will appear in the display. rolling code-equipped transmitters
2. To calibrate the compass, drive can be programmed by following the
the vehicle in 2 complete circles at outlined procedures. Additional
less than 8 km/h (5 mph). HomeLink® information can be found
at: www.homelink.com or by calling
1-800-355-3515.
❈ HomeLink® is a registered trade-
mark of Johnson Controls, Inc.
4 79
Programming HomeLink® Standard programming 5. Press and hold the just-trained

HomeLink® button and observe
✽ NOTICE To train most devices, follow these
the red Status Indicator LED. If the
• When programming a garage instructions:
indicator light stays on constantly,
door opener, it is advised to park 1. For first-time programming, press programming is complete and
the vehicle outside of the garage. and hold the two outside buttons, your device should activate when
• It is recommended that a new bat- HomeLink® Channel 1 and the HomeLink® button is pressed
tery be placed in the hand-held Channel 3 Buttons, until the indi- and released.
transmitter of the device being pro- cator light begins to flash (after 20
seconds). Release both buttons. 6. To program the remaining two
grammed to HomeLink® for quick- HomeLink® buttons, follow steps 2
er training and accurate transmis- Do not hold the buttons for longer
than 30 seconds. through 5.
sion of the radio-frequency signal.
• Some vehicles may require the igni- 2. Position the end of your hand-held
tion switch to be turned to the sec- transmitter 2-8 cm (1-3 inches)
ond position for programming away from the HomeLink® buttons
and/or operation of HomeLink®. while keeping the indicator light in
• In the event that there are still pro- view.
gramming difficulties or questions 3. Simultaneously press and hold
after following the programming both the HomeLink® and hand-
steps listed below, contact held transmitter button. DO NOT
HomeLink® at: www.homelink.com release the buttons until step 4
or 1-800-355-3515. has been completed.
4. While continuing to hold the but-
tons the red Indicator Status LED
will flash slowly and then rapidly
after HomeLink® successfully
trains to the frequency signal from
the hand-held transmitter. Release
both buttons.
4 80
Rolling code programming To train rolling code devices, follow 3.Return to the vehicle, firmly press
Rolling code devices which are these instructions: and hold for two seconds the
“code-protected” and manufactured 1.At the garage door opener receiver desired HomeLink® button then
after 1996 may be determined by the (motor-head unit) in the garage, release. Repeat the
following: locate the “learn” or “smart” button. “press/hold/release” sequence a
This can usually be found where second time to complete the pro-
• Reference the device owner's gramming. (Some devices may
manual for verification. the hanging antenna wire is
attached to the motor-head unit. require you to repeat this sequence
• The handheld transmitter appears Exact location and color of the but- a third time to complete the pro-
to program the HomeLink® ton may vary by garage door open- gramming.)
Universal Transceiver but does not er brand. 4.Press and hold the just-trained
activate the device. HomeLink® button and observe the
If there is difficulty locating the
• Press and hold the trained training button, reference the red Status Indicator LED. If the indi-
HomeLink® button. The device has device owner's manual or please cator light stays on constantly, pro-
the rolling code feature if the indi- visit our web site at www.home- gramming is complete and your
cator light flashes rapidly and then link.com. device should activate.
turns solid after 2 seconds. 5.To program the remaining two
2.Firmly press and release the
“learn” or “smart” button (which HomeLink® buttons, follow either
activates the “training light”). steps 1 through 4 above for other
Rolling Code devices or steps 2
through 5 in Standard Programming
✽ NOTICE for standard devices.
There are 30 seconds in which to ini-
tiate step 3.
4 81
Gate operator & Canadian pro- Operating HomeLink® Reprogramming a single

gramming To operate, simply press and release HomeLink® button
During programming, your handheld the programmed HomeLink® button. To program a new device to a previ-
transmitter may automatically stop Activation will now occur for the ously trained HomeLink® button, fol-
transmitting. Continue to press the trained device (i.e. garage door low these steps:
Integrated HomeLink® Wireless opener, gate operator, security sys- 1. Press and hold the desired
Control System button (note steps 2 tem, entry door lock, home/office HomeLink® button. Do NOT
through 4 in the Standard lighting, etc.). For convenience, the release until step 4 has been com-
Programming portion of this docu- hand-held transmitter of the device pleted.
ment) while you press and re-press may also be used at any time.
(“cycle”) your handheld transmitter 2. When the indicator light begins to
every two seconds until the frequen- flash slowly (after 20 seconds),
cy signal has been learned. The indi- position the handheld transmitter 2
cator light will flash slowly and then to 8 cm (1 to 3 inches) away from
rapidly after several seconds upon the HomeLink® surface.
successful training. 3. Press and hold the handheld
transmitter button. The HomeLink®
indicator light will flash, first slowly
and then rapidly.
4. When the indicator light begins to
flash rapidly, release both buttons.
5. Press and hold the just-trained
HomeLink® button and observe
the red Status Indicator LED. If the
indicator light stays on constantly,
programming is complete and
your new device should activate.
4 82
Erasing HomeLink® buttons RSS ID: NZLZTVHL3 The transceiver has been tested and
IC: 4112A-ZTVHL3 complies with RSS and Industry
Individual buttons cannot be erased.
Canada rules. Changes or modifica-
However, to erase all three pro-
tions not expressly approved by the
grammed buttons: This device complies with Industry party responsible for compliance
1. Press and hold the two outer Canada licence-exempt RSS stan- could void the user's authority to
HomeLink® buttons until the indi- dard(s). operate the device.
cator light begins to flash-after 20 Operation is subject to the following NVS® and Z-NAV™ are registered
seconds. two conditions: trademarks. Nav® are of Gentex
2. Release both buttons. Do not hold (1) This device may not cause inter- Corporation, Zeeland, Michigan.
for longer than 30 seconds. ference, and HomeLink® is a registered trademark
The Integrated HomeLink® Wireless (2) This device must accept any owned by Johnson Controls
Control System is now in the training interference, including interfer- Technology Company, Holland,
(learn) mode and can be pro- ence that may cause undesired Michigan.
grammed at any time following the operation of the device.
appropriate steps in the
Programming sections above.
4 83
Conversation mirror Outside rearview mirror The right outside rearview mirror is
Be sure to adjust the mirror angles convex. Objects seen in the mirror
before driving. are closer than they appear.
Your vehicle is equipped with both Use your interior rearview mirror or
left-hand and right-hand outside direct observation to determine the
rearview mirrors. The mirrors can be actual distance of following vehicles
adjusted remotely with the remote when changing lanes.
switch. The mirror heads can be fold-
ed back to prevent damage during an CAUTION - Rearview
automatic vehicle wash or when mirror
passing through a narrow street. Do not scrape ice off the mirror
face; this may damage the sur-
OYP044055K face of the glass. If ice should
The mirror is a convenient feature to restrict the movement of the mir-
help the front passenger talk with ror, do not force the mirror for
rear passengers without turning the adjustment. To remove ice, use a
head or body rearward. deicer spray, or a sponge or soft
cloth with very warm water.
To use the mirror, push the cover and
open it.
Close the cover after use.
4 84
If the mirror is jammed with ice, do Adjusting outside rearview mirror

not adjust the mirror by force. Use an CAUTION - Outside mirror
approved spray de-icer (not radiator • The mirrors stop moving when
antifreeze) to release the frozen they reach the maximum
mechanism or move the vehicle to a adjusting angles, but the
warm place and allow the ice to melt. motor continues to operate
while the switch is pressed.
WARNING - Mirror Do not press the switch longer
than necessary, the motor
adjustment
may be damaged.
Do not adjust or fold the outside
• Do not attempt to adjust the
rearview mirrors while the vehi-
outside rearview mirror by
cle is moving. This could result
hand. Doing so may damage
in loss of control. OYP044057K
the parts.
Adjusting the rearview mirrors:
Press either the L (driver’s side) or R
(passenger’s side) button (1) to
select the rearview mirror you would
like to adjust when the ignition switch
is ACC or ON position.
Use the mirror adjustment control (2)
to position the selected mirror up,
down, left or right.
After adjustment, press the L or R
button (1) again to prevent inadver-
tent adjustment.
4 85
Reverse parking aid function L/R : When the remote control outside Folding the outside rearview mirror
(if equipped) rearview mirror switch is select-
ed to the L (left) or R (right) posi-
tion, both outside rearview mir-
rors will move downward.
Neutral : When neither switch is
selected, the outside
rearview mirrors will not
operate.
The outside rearview mirrors will auto-

matically revert to their original posi-
tions under the following conditions: OYP044058K
OYP046177 1. The ignition switch is in the OFF Electric type
position.
While the vehicle is moving rear- The outside rearview mirror can be
ward, the outside rearview mirror(s) 2. Shift lever is moved to any position folded or unfolded by pressing the
will move downward to aid reverse except R (Reverse). switch when the ignition switch is
parking. According to the position of 3. Remote control outside rearview ACC or ON position as below.
the outside rearview mirror switch mirror switch is placed in the middle. Left (1) : The mirror will unfold.
(1), the outside rearview mirror(s) will
operate as follows: Right (2) : The mirror will fold.
4 86
Center (AUTO, 3) :
The mirror will fold or unfold auto- CAUTION - Electric type
matically as follows: outside rearview mirror
• The mirror will fold or unfold when The electric type outside
the door is locked or unlocked by rearview mirror operates even
the folding key or smart key. though the engine start/stopo
button is in the OFF position.
• The mirror will fold or unfold when However, to prevent unneces-
the door is locked or unlocked by the sary battery discharge, do not
button on the outside door handle. adjust the mirrors longer than
• The mirror will unfold when you necessary while the engine is
approach the vehicle (all doors not running. OYP044269N
closed and locked) with a smart In case it is an electric type out- Manual type
key in possession. side rearview mirror, don’t fold it To fold the outside rearview mirror,
by hand. It could cause motor grasp the housing of the mirror and
failure. then fold it toward the rear of the
vehicle.
4 87
Blind zone mirror (if equipped)

WARNING
• Always check the road condi-
tion while driving for unexpect-
ed situations even though the
vehicle is equipped with a blind
zone mirror.
• The blind zone mirror is a
device made for convenience.
Do not solely rely on the mirror
but always pay attention to traf-
OYP044267N fic around you.
CAUTION
Do not clean the mirror with
harsh abrasives, fuel or other
petroleum based cleaning prod-
ucts.
OYP044268N
The Blind Zone Mirror (BZM) is a

supplemental mirror that reduces the
driver’s blind zone by showing the
rear side area of the vehicle. The
blind zone mirror is equipped on the
left-hand outside rearview mirror.
4 88
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
■ Type A
1. Tachometer
2. Speedometer
3. Engine coolant temperature gauge
4. Fuel gauge
5. LCD display
■ Type B 6. Warning and indicator lights
❈ The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ

from the illustration.
For more details, refer to the "Gauges" in
this chapter.
OYP048101C/OYP048100C
4 89
Instrument Cluster Control LCD Display Control

Adjusting Instrument Cluster
Illumination
OYP048381N
• If you hold the illumination control OYP048060N
button (“+” or “-”), the brightness will
be changed continuously. The LCD display modes can be
OYP044059K
• If the brightness reaches to the changed by using the control buttons
The brightness of the instrument maximum or minimum level, an on the steering wheel.
panel illumination is changed by alarm will sound.
pressing the illumination control button
(“+” or “-”) when the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop button is ON, or the
tale lights are turned on.
4 90
(1) : MODE button for changing Gauges Tachometer

modes Speedometer
(2) ▲ / ▼ / OK : SELECT scroll
switch for setting the
selected item and
RESET scroll switch
for resetting items
(3) : RETURN button for move
the previous mode or item (if
equipped)
❈ For the LCD modes, refer to “LCD

Display” in this chapter. OYP044103N
OYP044102C The tachometer indicates the
The speedometer indicates the approximate number of engine revo-
speed of the vehicle and is calibrated lutions per minute (rpm).
in kilometers per hour (km/h) and/or Use the tachometer to select the cor-
miles per hour (mph). rect shift points and to prevent lug-
ging and/or over-revving the engine.
CAUTION - Red zone

Do not operate the engine with-
in the tachometer's RED ZONE.
This may cause severe engine
damage.
4 91
Engine Coolant Temperature Fuel Gauge

Gauge WARNING - Hot radiator ■ Type A ■ Type B
■ Type A ■ Type B
Never remove the radiator cap
when the engine is hot. The
engine coolant is under pressure
and could severely burn. Wait
until the engine is cool before
adding coolant to the reservoir.
OYP048106N
OYP048105N This gauge indicates the approxi-
This gauge indicates the tempera- mate amount of fuel remaining in the
ture of the engine coolant when the fuel tank.
ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop
button is ON.
✽ NOTICE
If the gauge pointer moves beyond
the normal range area toward the “H” • The fuel tank capacity is given in
position, it indicates overheating that chapter 8.
may damage the engine. • The fuel gauge is supplemented by
a low fuel warning light, which
Do not continue driving with an over- will illuminate when the fuel tank
heated engine. If your vehicle over- is nearly empty.
heats, refer to “If the Engine • On inclines or curves, the fuel
Overheats” in chapter 6. gauge pointer may fluctuate or the
low fuel warning light may come
on earlier than usual due to the
movement of fuel in the tank.
4 92
Odometer Outside Temperature Gauge

WARNING - Fuel gauge ■ Type A ■ Type A
Stop and obtain additional fuel
as soon as possible after the
warning light comes on or when
the gauge indicator comes
close to the E level. Running out
of fuel can expose vehicle occu-
pants to danger.
CAUTION - Low fuel OYP048383C OYP048385C

Avoid driving with an extremely ■ Type B ■ Type B
low fuel level. Running out of

fuel could cause the engine to
misfire damaging the catalytic
converter.
✽ NOTICE
Fuel display may not be accurate if
you are filling in sloping places.
OYP048384C OYP048386C
The odometer Indicates the total dis- This gauge indicates the current out-
tance that the vehicle has been driv- side air temperatures by 1°C (1°F).
en and should be used to determine - Temperature range : -40°C ~ 85°C
when periodic maintenance should (-40°F ~ 211°F)
be performed.
- Odometer range : 0 ~ 159999 kilo-
meters or 0 ~ 999999 miles.
4 93
The outside temperature on the dis- Transaxle Shift Indicator • Park : P

play may not change immediately Automatic Transaxle Shift Indicator • Reverse : R
like a general thermometer to pre-
vent the driver from being inattentive. ■ Type A • Neutral : N
To change the temperature unit (from • Drive : D
°C to °F or from °F to °C) can be • Sports Mode : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8
changed by using the “User Settings”
mode of the LCD display.
❈ For more details, refer to “LCD
Display” in this chapter.
OYP048387N
■ Type B
OYP048388N
This indicator displays which auto-

matic transaxle shift lever is selected.
4 94
LCD DISPLAY
LCD Modes
Modes Symbol Explanation
This mode displays driving information like the tripmeter, fuel economy, and so on.
Trip Computer
❈ For more details, refer to “Trip Computer” in this chapter
Turn by Turn mode

This mode displays the state of the navigation.
(if equipped)
This mode displays the state of below systems.

Assist mode - SCC with S&G(Refer to “Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go System” in chapter 5)
(if equipped)
- Lane Departure Warning (Refer to “Lane Departure Warning system” in chapter 5)
User Settings On this mode, you can change settings of the doors, lamps and etc.
Master warning This mode informs of warning messages related to malfunction of Blind-spot Collision
mode Warning and etc.
❈ For controlling the LCD modes, refer to “LCD Display Control” in this chapter.
4 95
TRIP MODES (TRIP COMPUTER)

The trip computer is a microcomput- Trip Modes Fuel Economy
er-controlled driver information sys-
tem that displays information related Fuel Economy
to driving.
• Average Fuel Economy
✽ NOTICE • Instant Fuel Economy
Some driving information stored in
the trip computer (for example Accumulated Info
Average Vehicle Speed) resets if the
battery is disconnected. • Tripmeter
• Fuel Economy
• Timer
OYP048397C
Average Fuel Economy (1)

Drive Info
• The average fuel economy is cal-
• Tripmeter culated by the total driving dis-
• Fuel Economy tance and fuel consumption since
• Timer the last average fuel economy
reset.
- Fuel economy range: 0.0 ~ 99.9
km/L, L/100km or MPG
Digital speedometer
• The average fuel economy can be
reset both manually and automati-
cally.
Smart shift*
* : if equipped
To change the trip mode, scroll the
MOVE scroll switch (▲/▼) in the trip
computer mode.
4 96
Manual reset • OFF - You may set to default man- Instant Fuel Economy (2)
To reset average fuel economy manually by using the trip switch reset • This mode displays the instant fuel
ually, press the OK button (reset) on button. economy during the last few sec-
the steering wheel for more than 1 • When driving - The vehicle will onds when the vehicle speed is
second when the average fuel econ- automatically set to default once 4 more than 8 km/h (5 mph).
omy is displayed. hours pass after the Engine - Fuel economy range: 0 ~ 30
Start/Stop Button or ignition switch km/L, L/100km or 0 ~ 50 MPG
is in the ACC or OFF position.
Automatic reset
• When refueling - After refueling
To make the average fuel economy more than 6 liters (1.6 gallons) and
be reset automatically whenever driving over 1 km/h (1 mph), the
refueling, select the “Auto Reset” vehicle will reset to default auto-
mode in User Setting menu of the matically.
LCD display (Refer to “LCD
Display”).
✽ NOTICE
The average fuel economy is not dis-
played for more accurate calculation
if the vehicle does not drive more
than 300 meters (0.2 miles) since the
ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop
button is turned to ON.
4 97
Accumulated driving informa- One time driving information - If you press “OK” button for more
tion mode mode than 1 second after the Driving
Information is displayed, the infor-
mation will be reset.
- If the engine is running, even when
the vehicle is not in motion, the
information will be accumulated.
OYP048398C OYP048399C
Displays accumulated information The vehicle will display Driving

starting from mileage/fuel efficien- Information once per one ignition
cy/time default point. cycle.
• Accumulated information is calcu- - Fuel efficiency is calculated after
lated after the vehicle has run for the vehicle has run for more than
more than 300 meters (0.2 mi.). 300 meters (0.2 mi.).
• If you press “OK” button for more - The Driving Information will be
than 1 second after the Cumulative reset 4 hours after ignition has
Information is displayed, the infor- been turned off. So, when the vehi-
mation will be reset. cle ignition is turned on within 4
• If the engine is running, even when hours, the information will not be
the vehicle is not in motion, the reset.
information will be accumulated.
4 98
Digital speedometer Smart Shift (if equipped) Turn By Turn Mode (if equipped)
OUMA048558 OYP048400N OUMA048531C
This mode displays the current This mode displays the currently This mode displays the state of the
speed of the vehicle. selected drive mode. navigation.
4 99
Assist mode (if equipped) Assist mode displays the state of Service mode
below systems.
■ SCC with S&G ■ Type A
- Smart Cruise Control with Stop &
Go (if equipped)
- Lane Departure Warning (Refer to
“Lane Departure Warning system”
in chapter 5)
OYP048401N OYP048394C
■ LDW ■ Type B
OYP048402N OYP048391C
When Service Required is set, the

remaining distance/period to drive
appears on the LCD screen.
4 100
From the point at which the remain- ❈See User Settings Master Warning Mode
ing distance to drive amounts to Mode in this chapter for further
1,500 km (900 mi.) or the remaining information about Service Required
period amounts to 3 days, Service Setting.
Required message automatically • This warning light informs the driv-
displays and remained on LCD er of the following situations
screen for a number of seconds ❈Service Required Setting - Forward Collision-Avoidance
every time the engine start/stop but- Battery Cable Disconnection, Fuse (if equipped) blockage
ton is ON. Switch OFF, or Service Required - Forward Collision-Avoidance
With Service Required in place, Setting values (an amount of (if equipped) malfunction
Service Required Alarm message miles/time driven) can be randomly
changed. In such cases, re-enter - Blind-Spot Collision Warning
pops up when an aggregated (if equipped) malfunction
amount of miles/time driven reaches Service Required Setting values.
a certain point. - Blind-Spot Collision Warning
(if equipped) blockage
With Service Required mode, press
OK button for more than 1 second. - LED headlamp (if equipped) mal-
function
The values will return to initial setting
values. - High Beam Assist (if equipped)
malfunction
- Low engine oil
- Smart Cruise Control with Stop
&Go (if equipped) blockage
- Smart Cruise Control with Stop &
Go (if equipped) malfunction
4 101
The Master Warning Light illumi- Distance to empty ✽ NOTICE

nates when more than one of the • If the vehicle is not on level ground
above warning situations occur. or the battery power has been
If the warning situation is solved, the interrupted, the distance to empty
master warning light will be turned function may not operate correct-
off. ly.
• The distance to empty may differ
from the actual driving distance as
it is an estimate of the available
driving distance.
• The trip computer may not regis-
ter additional fuel if less than 6
liters (1.6 gallons) of fuel are
OYP048390C
added to the vehicle.
• The distance to empty is the esti- • The fuel economy and distance to
mated distance the vehicle can be empty may vary significantly
driven with the remaining fuel. based on driving conditions, driv-
- Distance range : 1 ~ 9,999 km (1 ing habits, and condition of the
~ 9,999 mi.) vehicle.
• If the estimated distance is below 1
km (1 mi.), the trip computer will
display “---” as distance to empty.
4 102
User Settings Mode Shift to P to edit settings Driver Assistance (if equipped)
Description • Smart Cruise Control with Stop &
Go Reaction (if equipped) :
- Choose the sensitivity
(Slow/Normal/Fast) of the smart
cruise control.
❈For more details, refer to “Smart
Cruise Control with Stop & Go” in
chapter 5.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist (FCA, if equipped) :
OYP048406N - To activate or deactivate the FCA
OYP048392N system.
This warning message appears if
In this mode, you can change setting you try to adjust the User Settings ❈For more details, refer to “Forward
of the doors, lights, and so on. while driving. Collision-Avoidance Assist(FCA)”
in chapter 5.
For your safety, change the User • Forward Collision Warning (FCW, if
Settings after parking the vehicle, equipped)
applying the parking brake and mov- - Choose the sensitivity of the for-
ing the shift lever to P (Park). ward collision warning.
(Late/Normal/Early)
❈For more details, refer to “Forward
Collision Avoidance Assist(FCA)”
in chapter 5.
4 103
• Driver Attention Warning (DAW, if • Rear Cross Traffic Collision Door/Liftgate

equipped) Warning (if equipped) • Automatically Unlock :
❈For more details, refer to ‘Driver - If this item is checked, the rea - Disable : The auto door unlock
Attention Warning (DAW)” in chap- cross traffic collision warning will operation will be canceled.
ter 5. be activated.
- Vehicle Off : All doors will be
• Blind Spot Collision Warning ❈For more details, refer to “Blind-spot automatically unlocked when the
Timing (if equipped) Collision Warning” in chapter 5. Engine Star/Stop Button or igni-
- Choose the sensitivity tion switch is set to the OFF posi-
(Late/Normal/Fast) of the Blind tion.
Spot Collision Warning Timing - On Shift to P : All doors will be
control. automatically unlocked if the
❈For more details, refer to “Blind spot automatic transmission shift lever
Collision Warning” in chapter 5. is shifted to the P (Park) position.
• Blind Spot Collision Warning • Two Press Unlock (if equipped)

Sound (if equipped) - If this item checked, the two press
- If this item is checked, the blind unlock function will be activated.
spot collision warning sound (Only the driver’s door will unlock
function will be activated. when unlock button is pressed
once and all doors will unlock
❈For more details, refer to “Blind spot when the same button is pressed
Collision Warning” in chapter 5. again within 4 seconds.)
4 104
• Smart Liftgate (if equipped) Lights Sound

- If this item is checked, the smart • One Touch Turn Signal : • Parking Distance Warning Volume
liftgate function will be activated. - Off : The one touch turn signal (if equipped) :
- If the power liftgate function is not function will be deactivated. - Adjust the Parking Distance
activated, you cannot activate - 3, 5, 7 Flashes : The lane change Warning Volume. (Level 1 ~ 3)
this function. signals will blink 3, 5 or 7 times ❈For more details, refer to “Parking
❈For more details, refer to “Smart when the turn signal lever is Distance Warning Volume” in this
Liftgate” in this chapter. moved slightly. chapter.
❈For more details, refer to “Light” in • Welcome Sound (if equipped) :
this chapter.
- If this item checked, the welcome
• Head Light Delay : sound function will be activated.
- If this item checked, the head
light delay function will be activat-
ed.
4 105
Convenience • Welcome Light (if equipped) : Service interval

• Seat Easy Access (if equipped) - If this item checked, the welcome • Enable Service Interval
- Off : The seat easy access func- light function will be activated. To activate or deactivate the serv-
tion will be deactivated. • Auto rear wiper (in R, if equipped) : ice interval function.
- Normal/Extended : When you turn - If this item is checked, the rear • Adjust Interval
off the engine, the driver’s seat will wiper will automatically activated
automatically move rear 7.6 cm (3 To adjust the interval by mileage-
when the front wiper is in ON and period.
in.) (Enhanced) for you to enter or position and shift lever is in R
exit the vehicle more comfortably. (reverse) position. • Reset
- If you change the Engine To reset the service interval func-
Start/Stop Button from OFF posi- • Gear Position Pop-up (if equipped) :
tion.
tion to the AC function, the driver’s - If this item checked, the gear
seat will return to the original posi- position pop-up display will be
tion. activated.
❈For more details, refer to “Driver • Icy road warning (if equipped) :
Position Memory System” in chap-
ter 3. - If this item checked, the Icy road
warning display will be activated.
• Welcome Mirror/Light (if equipped) :
- If this item checked, the welcome
Mirror/light function will be acti-
vated.
• Wiper/Lights Display (if equipped) :
- If this item checked, the
Wiper/Lights Display will be acti-
vated.
4 106
Other features Language (if equipped) Warning Messages

• Fuel Economy Auto Reset Choose the language Shift to P position
- Off : The average fuel economy (for smart key system)
will not reset automatically when- Reset • This warning message illuminates if
ever refueling. you try to turn off the engine without
You can reset the menus in the User
- After Ignition : The average fuel Settings Mode. All menus in the User the shift lever in P (Park) position.
economy will reset automatically Settings Mode are initialized, except • At this time, the Engine Start/Stop
whenever it has passed 4 hours language and service interval. Button turns to the ACC position (If
after turning OFF the engine. you press the Engine Start/Stop
- After Refueling : The average fuel Button once more, it will turn to the
economy will reset automatically ON position).
when refueling.
❈For more information, refer to “Trip Low Key Battery
Computer” in this chapter. (for smart key system)
• Fuel Economy Unit • This warning message illuminates
- Choose the fuel economy unit. if the battery of the smart key is
(US gallon/UK gallon) discharged when the Engine
Start/Stop Button changes to the
• Temperature Unit OFF position.
- Choose the temperature u (°C,°F)
• Tire Pressure Unit (if equipped)
- Choose the tire pressure u (psi,
kPa, bar)
4 107
Press start button while turn Press brake pedal to start engine Key not in vehicle
steering (for smart key system) (for smart key system) (for smart key system)
• This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates
if the steering wheel does not if the Engine Start/Stop Button if the smart key is not in the vehicle
unlock normally when the Engine changes to the ACC position twice when you press the Engine
Start/Stop Button is pressed. by pressing the button repeatedly Start/Stop Button.
• It means that you should press the without depressing the brake pedal. • It means that you should always
Engine Start/Stop Button while turn- • It means that you should depress have the smart key with you.
ing the steering wheel right and left. the brake pedal to start the engine.
Key not detected
Steering wheel unlocked Check steering wheel lock sys- (for smart key system)
(for smart key system) tem (for smart key system) • This warning message illuminates
• This warning message illuminates if • This warning message illuminates if the smart key is not detected
the steering wheel does not lock if the steering wheel does not lock when you press the Engine
when the Engine Start/Stop Button normally when the Engine Start/Stop Button.
changes to the OFF position. Start/Stop Button changes to the
OFF position.
4 108
Press start button again Press start button with key Shift to P or N to start engine
(for smart key system) (for smart key system) (for smart key system)
• This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates
if you can not operate the Engine if you press the Engine Start/Stop if you try to start the engine with
Start/Stop Button when there is a Button while the warning message the shift lever not in the P (Park) or
problem with the Engine Start/Stop “Key not detected” is illuminating. N (Neutral) position.
Button system. • At this time, the immobilizer indica-
• It means that you could start the tor light blinks. ✽ NOTICE
engine by pressing the Engine
Start/ Stop Button once more. You can start the engine with the
Check fuse BRAKE SWITCH shift lever in the N (Neutral) position.
• If the warning illuminates each (for smart key system) But, for your safety, we recommend
time you press the Engine that you start the engine with the
Start/Stop Button, have your vehi- • This warning message illuminates
if the brake switch fuse is discon- shift lever in the P (Park) position.
cle inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer. nected.
• It means that you should replace
the fuse with a new one. If that is
not possible, you can start the
engine by pressing the Engine
Start/Stop Button for 10 seconds in
the ACC position.
4 109
Door / Hood / Liftgate Open Sunroof Open (if equipped) Align steering wheel
■ Type A ■ Type A • This warning message illuminates
if you start the engine when the
steering wheel is turned to more
than 90 degrees to the left or right.
• It means that you should turn the
steering wheel and make the angle
of the steering wheel be less than
30 degrees.
OYP048395N OYP048382N
Low Washer Fluid
■ Type B ■ Type B • This warning message illuminates
on the service reminder mode if
the washer fluid level in the reser-
voir is nearly empty.
• It means that you should refill the
washer fluid.
OYP048405N OYP048404N
• It means that any door, hood, or • The warning message illuminates

liftgate is open. if you turn off the engine and then
open the driver's door when the
sunroof is open.
4 110
Turn on FUSE SWITCH Check high beam assist system Check Forward Collision
• This warning message illuminates (if equipped) Avoidance Assist system
if the fuse switch on the fuse box is This warning message illuminates if (if equipped)
OFF. there is a malfunction (burned-out • This warning message illuminates
• It means that you should turn the bulb or circuit malfunction) with the if there is a malfunction with the
fuse switch on. headlamp. In this case, have your Forward Collision Avoidance Assist
vehicle inspected by an authorized (FCA) system. In this case, have
❈For more details, refer to “Fuses” in Kia dealer. your vehicle inspected by an
chapter 7. authorized Kia dealer.
Check headlight ❈For more details, refer to “Forward
Low Fuel This warning message illuminates if Collision Avoidance Assist(FCA)
This warning message illuminates if there is a malfunction (burned-out system” in chapter 5.
the fuel tank is nearly empty. bulb except LED lamp or circuit mal-
- When the low fuel level warning function) with the headlamp. In this
light is illuminated. case, have your vehicle inspected by
- When the trip computer displays an authorized Kia dealer.
"--- km (or mile)" as range.
Add fuel as soon as possible. ✽ NOTICE
When replacing the bulb, use the
same wattage bulb.
❈ For more information, refer to
“BULB WATTAGE” in chapter 8.
4 111
Icy Road Warning (if equipped)
OYP048396C
This warning pop-up message and
light are to warn the driver the road
may be icy.
When the Outside Temperature is
below approximately 4°C (39°F),
- The warning light (including
Outside Temperature and unit)
blinks 5 times and then illuminates.
- The warning pop-up message dis-
plays, and the warning chime
sounds once at the same time only
once for each ignition cycle.
4 112
WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS

Warning lights Air bag Warning Light Seat Belt Warning Light
✽ NOTICE - Warning lights

Make sure that all warning lights This warning light illuminates: This warning light informs the driver
are OFF after starting the engine. If • Once you set the ignition switch or that the seat belt is not fastened.
any light is still ON, this indicates a Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON ❈For more details, refer to the “Seat
situation that needs attention. position. Belts” in chapter 3.
- It illuminates for approximately 6
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the SRS.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
4 113
Parking Brake & Brake If the brake fluid level in the reservoir Dual-diagonal braking system
Fluid Warning Light is low: Your vehicle is equipped with dual-
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe diagonal braking systems. This
This warning light illuminates: location and stop your vehicle. means you still have braking on two
2. With the engine stopped, check the wheels even if one of the dual sys-
• Once you set the ignition switch or tems should fail.
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON brake fluid level immediately and add
position. fluid as required (For more details, With only one of the dual systems
refer to “Brake Fluid” in chapter 7). working, more than normal pedal
- It illuminates for approximately 3 travel and greater pedal pressure are
seconds Then check all brake components
for fluid leaks. If any leaks in the required to stop the vehicle.
- It remains on if the parking brake brake system are still found, the Also, the vehicle will not stop in as
is applied. warning light remains on, or the short a distance with only a portion
• When the parking brake is applied. brakes do not operate properly, do of the brake system working.
• When the brake fluid level in the not drive the vehicle. If the brakes fail while you are driv-
reservoir is low. In this case, have your vehicle ing, shift to a lower gear for addition-
- If the warning light illuminates towed to an authorized Kia dealer al engine braking and stop the vehi-
with the parking brake released, it and inspected. cle as soon as it is safe to do so.
indicates the brake fluid level in
reservoir is low. Driving the vehicle with a warning
light ON is dangerous. If the Parking
Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light
illuminates when the parking brake
released, it indicates that the brake
fluid level is low.
In this case, have your vehicle inspect-
ed by an authorized Kia dealer.
4 114
Anti-lock Brake System Electronic

(ABS) Warning Light Brake force WARNING - Electronic
Distribution Brake force Distribution
(EBD) System (EBD) System Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
Warning Light When both ABS and Parking
• Once you set the ignition switch or Brake & Brake Fluid Warning
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON These two warning lights illuminate at
the same time while driving: Lights are on, the brake system
position. will not work normally and you
- It illuminates for approximately 3 • When the ABS and regular brake
system may not work normally. may experience an unexpected
seconds and then goes off. and dangerous situation during
• When there is a malfunction with In this case, have your vehicle sudden braking thereby
the ABS (The normal braking sys- inspected by an authorized Kia increasing the risk of a crash.
tem will still be operational without dealer.
In this case, avoid high speed
the assistance of the anti-lock driving and abrupt braking.
brake system). Have your vehicle inspected by
In this case, have your vehicle an authorized Kia dealer as
inspected by an authorized Kia soon as possible thereby
dealer. increasing the risk of a crash
and injury.
4 115
✽ NOTICE - Electronic Brake Electronic Power Malfunction Indicator

force Distribution (EBD) Steering (EPS) Warning Lamp (MIL)
System Warning Light Light
When the ABS Warning Light is on This warning light illuminates: This warning light illuminates:
or both ABS and Parking Brake & • Once you set the ignition switch or • Once you set the ignition switch or
Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on, Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
the speedometer, odometer, or trip- position. position.
meter may not work. Also, the EPS - It remains on until the engine is - It remains on until the engine is
Warning Light may illuminate and started. started.
the steering effort may increase or
decrease. • When there is a malfunction with • When there is a malfunction with
In this case, have your vehicle inspect- the EPS. the emission control system.
ed by an authorized Kia dealer as In this case, have your vehicle In this case, have your vehicle
soon as possible. inspected by an authorized Kia inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer. dealer.
4 116
Charging System Engine Oil Pressure

CAUTION - Malfunction Warning Light Warning Light
Indicator Lamp (MIL)
Driving with the Malfunction This warning light illuminates: This warning light illuminates:
Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may
cause damage to the emission • Once you set the ignition switch or • Once you set the ignition switch or
control systems which could Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
affect drivability and/or fuel position. position.
economy. - It remains on until the engine is - It remains on until the engine is
started. started.
• When there is a malfunction with • When the engine oil pressure is low.
CAUTION - Catalytic either the alternator or electrical
Converter Damage charging system.
If the engine oil pressure is low:
If the Malfunction Indicator 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
Lamp (MIL) illuminates, poten- If there is a malfunction with either location and stop your vehicle.
tial catalytic converter damage the alternator or electrical charging
2. Turn the engine off and check the
is possible which could result in system:
engine oil level (For more details,
loss of engine power. 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe refer to “Engine Oil” in section 7). If
In this case, have your vehicle location and stop your vehicle. the level is low, add oil as required.
inspected by an authorized Kia 2. Turn the engine off and check the If the warning light remains on
dealer as soon as possible. alternator drive belt for looseness after adding oil or if oil is not avail-
or breakage. able, have your vehicle inspected
If the belt is adjusted properly, by an authorized Kia dealer as
there may be a problem in the soon as possible.
electrical charging system.
dealer as soon as possible.
4 117
If the warning light stays on while the Dynamic Bending Light

CAUTION - Engine engine is running, it indicates that (DBL) Warning Light
damage there may be serious engine dam- (if equipped)
If the engine is not stopped age or malfunction. In this case, This warning light blinks:
immediately after the engine oil 1. Stop the vehicle as soon as it is • When there is a malfunction with
pressure warning light is illumi- safe to do so. the Dynamic Bending Light (DBL).
nated and stays on while the 2. Turn off the engine and check the
engine is running, serious oil level. If the oil level is low, fill the
engine damage may result. engine oil to the proper level. If there is a malfunction with the
Dynamic Bending Light (DBL):
3. Start the engine again. If the warn-
ing light stays on after the engine 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
is started, turn the engine off location and stop your vehicle.
immediately. In this case, have 2. Turn the engine off and restart the
your vehicle inspected by an engine. If the warning light
authorized Kia dealer. remains on, have the vehicle
dealer.
4 118
LED Headlamp Warning Low Fuel Level Warning Electronic Parking Brake
Light (if equipped) Light (EPB) Warning Light EPB
(if equipped)
This warning light illuminates: This warning light illuminates: This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop When the fuel tank is nearly empty. • Once you set the ignition switch or
Button to the ON position. Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3 If the fuel tank is nearly empty:
seconds and then goes off. - It illuminates for approximately 3
Add fuel as soon as possible. seconds and then goes off.
the LED headlamp. • When there is a malfunction with
CAUTION - Low Fuel the EPB.
In this case, have the vehicle inspect-
ed by an authorized Kia dealer. Level In this case, have your vehicle
Driving with the Low Fuel Level inspected by an authorized Kia
warning light on or with the fuel dealer.
This warning light blinks:
level below “0 or E” can cause
• When there is a malfunction with a
LED headlamp related part.
the engine to misfire and dam- ✽ NOTICE - Electronic Parking
age the catalytic converter (if Brake (EPB) Warning Light
In this case, have the vehicle inspect- equipped).
ed by an authorized Kia dealer. The Electronic Parking Brake
(EPB) Warning Light may illumi-
nate when the Electronic Stability
✽ NOTICE control (ESC) Indicator Light comes
Continuous driving with the LED on to indicate that the ESC is not
Headlamp Warning Light on or working properly (This does not
blinking can reduce LED headlamp indicate malfunction of the EPB).
(low beam) life.
4 119
Master Warning light Forward Collision-avoid- Indicator Lights

(if equipped) ance Assist Warning Electronic Stability
light (FCA, if equipped) Control (ESC) Indicator
• This warning light informs the driv- This indicator light illuminates: Light
er of the following situations • When there is a malfunction with This indicator light illuminates:
- LED head lamp malfunction (if the FCA.
equipped) • Once you set the ignition switch or
In this case, have the vehicle inspect- Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
- Smart Cruise Control with Stop & ed by an authorized Kia dealer. position.
Go malfunction (if equipped)
- It illuminates for approximately 3
- Forward Collision-Avoidance seconds and then goes off.
Assist malfunction (if equipped)
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning the ESC system.
radar blind (if equipped)
- Smart Cruise Control with Stop & inspected by an authorized Kia
Go radar blind (if equipped) dealer.
- Lamp malfunction
- High Beam Assist malfunction (if This indicator light blinks:
equipped)
While the ESC is operating.
The Master Warning Light illumi ❈ For more details, refer to

nates when more than one of the “Electronic Stability Control (ESC)”
above warning situations occur. in chapter 5.
If the warning situation is solved, the
master warning light will be turned
off.
4 120
Electronic Stability Immobilizer Indicator Immobilizer Indicator

Control (ESC) OFF Light (Without Smart Key) Light (With Smart Key)
Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates for up
This indicator light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch or to 30 seconds:
• When the vehicle detects the
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON • When the vehicle detects the
immobilizer in your key properly
position. smart key in the vehicle properly
while the ignition switch is ON.
- It illuminates for approximately 3 while the Engine Start/Stop Button
- At this time, you can start the is ACC or ON.
seconds and then goes off.
engine.
• When you deactivate the ESC sys- - At this time, you can start the
- The indicator light goes off after engine.
tem by pressing the ESC OFF but-
starting the engine.
ton. - The indicator light goes off after
❈For more details, refer to starting the engine.
This indicator light blinks:
“Electronic Stability Control (ESC)”
in chapter 5. • When there is a malfunction with This indicator light blinks for a few
the immobilizer system. seconds:
In this case, have your vehicle • When the smart key is not in the
inspected by an authorized Kia vehicle.
dealer.
- At this time, you can not start the
engine.
4 121
This indicator light illuminates for 2 Turn Signal Indicator High Beam Indicator
seconds and goes off: Light Light
• When the vehicle can not detect
the smart key which is in the vehi- This indicator light blinks: This indicator light illuminates:
cle while the Engine Start/Stop
Button is ON. • When you turn the turn signal light • When the headlights are on and in
on. the high beam position
inspected by an authorized Kia • When the turn signal lever is pulled
dealer. If any of the following occurs, there into the Flash-to-Pass position.
may be a malfunction with the turn
signal system. In this case, have your High beam assist indica-
This indicator light blinks: vehicle inspected by an authorized tor (if equipped)
• When the battery of the smart key Kia dealer.
is weak. - The indicator light does not blink
- At this time, you can not start the but illuminates. This warning light illuminates :
engine. However, you can start - The indicator light blinks more • When the high-Beam is on with the
the engine if you press the Engine rapidly. light switch in the AUTO light posi-
Start/Stop Button with the smart tion.
key. (For more details, refer to - The indicator light does not illumi-
nate at all. • If your vehicle detects oncoming or
“Starting the Engine” in section 5). preceding vehicles, the High beam
• When there is a malfunction with assist system will switch the high
the immobilizer system. beam to low beam automatically.
In this case, have your vehicle ❈For more details, refer to “High
inspected by an authorized Kia beam assist” in this chapter.
dealer.
4 122
Light ON Indicator Light AUTO HOLD Indicator Lane Departure

Light (if equipped)
AUTO Warning(LDW) System
HOLD Indicator Light |
This indicator light illuminates: (if equipped)
• When the tail lights or headlights • [White] When you activate the auto
are on. hold system by pressing the AUTO • [White] When the lane departure
HOLD button. warning system does not detect
the lane marker or vehicle speed is
• [Green] When you stop the vehicle
Front Fog Indicator less than 65 km/h (40 mph).
completely by depressing the
Light (if equipped) brake pedal with the auto hold sys- • [Green] When the lane departure
tem activated. warning system detects the lane
This indicator light illuminates: marker.
• [Yellow] When there is a malfunc-
• When the front fog lights are on. tion with the auto hold system. • [Yellow] When there is a malfunc-
tion with the lane departure warn-
ing system.
dealer. In this case, have your vehicle inspect-
ed by an authorized Kia dealer.
❈ For more details, refer to “Auto
Hold” in chapter 5. ❈ For more details, refer to “Lane
Departure Warning(LDW) System”
in chapter 5.
4 123
ECO Mode indicator COMFORT Mode

Light (if equipped) ECO Indicator Light
(if equipped)
Active ECO system This indicator light illuminates:
• When you select “COMFORT”
This indicator light illuminates: mode as drive mode.
When the Active ECO button is ❈ For more details, refer to “Drive
pressed the ECO Mode indicator Mode” in chapter 5.
(green) will illuminate to show that
the Active ECO is operating.
❈ For more detailed information,
refer to “Active ECO” or “Drive
mode” in chapter 5.
4 124
PARKING DISTANCE WARNING-REVERSE (IF EQUIPPED)

Operation of the parking dis-
WARNING tance warning-reverse
- Parking distance warning- Operating condition
reverse
• This system will activate when the
Never rely solely on the parking indicator on the rear parking assist
distance warning-reverse. OFF button is not illuminated. If
Always perform a visual inspec- you desire to deactivate the park-
tion to make sure the vehicle is ing distance warning-reverse,
clear of all obstructions before press the rear parking assist OFF
moving the vehicle in any direc- button again. (The indicator on the
tion. Stop immediately if you are button will illuminate.) To turn the
Sensors
OYP048061N aware of a child anywhere near system on, press the button again.
The parking distance warning-reverse your vehicle. Some objects may (The indicator on the button will go
assists the driver during backward not be detected by the sensors, off.)
movement of the vehicle by chiming if due to the object's size or mate-
If the vehicle is moving at a speed
any object is sensed within a distance rial.
over 5 km/h (3 mph), the system
of 120 cm (47 in.) behind the vehicle. may not be activated correctly.
This system is a supplemental system
and it is not intended to nor does it
replace the need for extreme care and
attention of the driver. The sensing
range and objects detectable by the
back sensors are limited. Whenever
backing-up, pay as much attention to
what is behind you as you would in a
vehicle without a parking distance
warning-reverse.
4 125
• This system will activate when Types of warning sound Non-operational conditions of
backing up with the ignition switch • When an object is 120 cm to 61 cm the parking distance warning-
ON. (47 in. to 24 in.) from the rear reverse
If the vehicle is moving at a speed bumper: Buzzer beeps intermit- The parking distance warning-
over 5 km/h (3 mph), the system tently. reverse may not operate properly
may not be activated correctly. • When an object is 60 cm to 31 cm when:
• The sensing distance while the (24 in. to 12 in.) from the rear 1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It
back-up warning system is in oper- bumper: Buzzer beeps more fre- will operate normally when the
ation is approximately 120 cm (47 quently. moisture has been cleared.)
in.) at the rear bumper center area, • When an object is within 30 cm (12
60 cm (23.5 in.) at the rear bumper 2. The sensor is covered with foreign
in.) of the rear bumper: matter, such as snow or water, or
both side area.
Buzzer sounds continuously. the sensor cover is blocked. (It will
• When more than two objects are operate normally when the materi-
sensed at the same time, the clos- al is removed or the sensor is no
est one will be recognized first. longer blocked.)
3. Driving on uneven road surfaces
(unpaved roads, gravel, bumps,
gradient).
4. Objects generating excessive
noise (vehicle horns, loud motor-
cycle engines, or truck air brakes)
are within range of the sensor.
5. Heavy rain or water spray exists.
6. Wireless transmitters or mobile
phones are within range of the
sensor.
7. The sensor is covered with snow.
8. Trailer towing
4 126
The detecting range may decrease Parking distance warning- ✽ NOTICE

when: reverse precautions This system can only sense objects
1. The sensor is stained with foreign • The parking distance warning- within the range and location of the
matter such as snow or water. reverse may not sound consistent- sensors. It cannot detect objects in
(The sensing range will return to ly depending on the speed and other areas where sensors are not
normal when removed.) shapes of the objects detected. installed. Also, small or slim objects,
2. Outside air temperature is • The parking distance warning- such as poles or objects located
extremely hot or cold. reverse may malfunction if the vehi- between sensors may not be detected
cle bumper height or sensor instal- by the sensors.
The following objects may not be lation has been modified or dam- Always visually check behind the
recognized by the sensor: aged. Any non-factory installed vehicle when backing up.
equipment or accessories may also Be sure to inform any drivers of the
1. Sharp or slim objects such as vehicle that may be unfamiliar with
ropes, chains or small poles. interfere with the sensor perform-
ance. the system regarding the systems
2. Objects which tend to absorb the capabilities and limitations.
sensor frequency such as clothes, • The sensor may not recognize
spongy material or snow. objects less than 40 cm (15 in.)
from the sensor, or it may sense an
3. Undetectable objects smaller than incorrect distance. Use caution.
1 m (40 in.) in height and narrower
than 14 cm (6 in.) in diameter. • When the sensor is frozen or
SOILED with snow, dirt, or water,
the sensor may be inoperative until
the MATERIAL IS removed using a
soft cloth.
• Do not push, scratch or strike the
sensor. Sensor damage could
occur.
4 127
Self-diagnosis
If you don’t hear an audible warning
sound or if the buzzer sounds inter-
mittently when shifting the gear to the
R (Reverse) position, this may indi-
cate a malfunction in the parking dis-
tance warning-reverse. If this occurs,
have your vehicle checked by an
authorized Kia dealer as soon as
possible.
✽ NOTICE
Your new vehicle warranty does not
cover any accidents or damage to
the vehicle or injuries to its occu-
pants due to a parking distance
warning-reverse malfunction.
Always drive safely and cautiously.
4 128
PARKING DISTANCE WARNING

The parking distance warning assists Operation of the parking dis-
the driver during movement of the tance warning
vehicle by chiming if any object is
sensed within the distance of 100 cm Operating condition
(39 in) in front or behind the vehicle.
This system is a supplemental sys-
tem and it is not intended to nor does
it replace the need for extreme care
and attention of the driver.
Sensor The sensing range and objects
OYP048062N
detectable by the sensors are limit-
ed. When the vehicle moving, pay
attention to your surroundings.
WARNING - Parking dis- OYP048063N

tance warning
• This system activates when the
Never rely solely on the parking parking assist button is pressed with
distance warning. Always per- the Engine Start/Stop Button ON.
form a visual inspection to
Sensor make sure the vehicle is clear of • The parking assist button turns on
OYP048061N automatically and activates the park-
all obstructions before moving
The parking distance warning is not the vehicle in any direction. ing distance warning when you shift
a substitute for proper and safe park- Stop immediately if you are the gear to the R (Reverse) position.
ing and backing-up procedures. aware of a child anywhere near
Always drive safely and use caution your vehicle. Some objects may
when parking. The parking distance not be detected by the sensors,
warning may not detect every object due to the object's size or mate-
behind or in front of the vehicle. rial.
4 129
• The sensing distance while back- Types of warning sound and indicator
ing up is approximately 100 cm (39
in.) when you are driving less than Warning indicator
10 km/h (6.2 mph). Distance
Warning sound
• The sensing distance while moving from object When driving When driving
forward is approximately 100 cm forward rearward
(39 in.) when you are driving less 100cm ~ 61cm Buzzer beeps
than 10 km/h (6.2 mph). Front -
(39 in. ~ 24 in.) intermittently
• When more than two objects are
sensed at the same time, the clos- 120cm ~ 61cm Buzzer beeps
Rear -
est one will be recognized first. (47 in. ~ 24in.) intermittently
Buzzer beeps
Front
✽ NOTICE 60cm ~ 31cm frequently
The system may not detect and (24 in. ~ 12 in.) Buzzer beeps
Rear -
object if the distance from the object frequently
is already less than approximately Buzzer sounds
25 cm (10 in.) when the system is Front
continuously
turned ON. 30cm (12 in.)
Buzzer sounds
Rear -
continuously
✽ NOTICE
The indicator may differ from the illustration as objects or sensors status.
If the indicator blinks, the system should be checked by an authorized Kia
dealer.
4 130
Non-operational conditions of There is a possibility of parking Detecting range may decrease

parking distance warning distance warning malfunction when:
Parking distance warning may when: 1. Outside air temperature is
not operate normally when: 1. Driving on uneven road surfaces extremely hot or cold.
such as unpaved roads, gravel, 2. Undetectable objects smaller than
1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It
bumps, or gradient. 1 m (39 in.) and narrower than 14
will operate normally when mois-
ture melts.) 2. Objects generating excessive noise cm (5.5 in.) in diameter.
such as vehicle horns, loud motor-
2. Sensor is covered with foreign
cycle engines, or truck air brakes
matter, such as snow or water, or The following objects may not be
can interfere with the sensor.
the sensor cover is blocked. (It will recognized by the sensor:
operate normally when the materi- 3. Heavy rain or water spray.
1. Sharp or slim objects such as
al is removed or the sensor is no 4. Wireless transmitters or mobile ropes, chains or small poles.
longer blocked.) phones present near the sensor.
2. Objects, which tend to absorb sen-
3. Sensor is stained with foreign mat- 5. Sensor is covered with snow. sor frequency such as clothes,
ter such as snow or water. (Sensing spongy material or snow.
range will return to normal when
removed.)
4. The parking assist button is off.
4 131
✽ NOTICE (Continued) Self-diagnosis

1. The warning may not sound 4. When the sensor is frozen or If you don’t hear an audible warning
sequentially depending on the stained with snow or water, the sound or if the buzzer sounds inter-
speed and shapes of the objects sensor may be inoperative until mittently when shifting the shift lever
detected. the stains are removed using a into the R (Reverse) position, this
2. The parking distance warning soft cloth. may indicate a malfunction in the
may malfunction if the vehicle 5. Do not push, scratch or strike the parking distance warning. If this
bumper height or sensor installa- sensor with any hard objects that occurs, have the system checked by
tion has been modified. Any non- could damage the surface of the an authorized Kia dealer.
factory installed equipment or sensor. Sensor damage could occur.
Your new vehicle warranty does not
accessories may also interfere cover any accidents or damage to the
with the sensor performance. ✽ NOTICE vehicle or injuries to its occupants
3. Sensor may not recognize objects This system can only sense objects related to a parking distance warning.
less than 30 cm (12 in.) from the within the range and location of the Always drive safely and cautiously.
sensor, or it may sense an incor- sensors, it can not detect objects in
rect distance. Use with caution. other areas where sensors are not
(Continued) installed. Also, small or slim objects,
or objects located between sensors
may not be detected.
Always visually check in front and
behind the vehicle when driving.
Be sure to inform any drivers in the
vehicle that may be unfamiliar with
the system regarding the system’s
capabilities and limitations.
4 132
REAR VIEW MONITOR (IF EQUIPPED)

This system is a supplemental sys-
tem that shows behind the vehicle WARNING - Backing up &
through an AVN system screen while using camera
backing up. Never rely solely on the rear view
• This system is a supplementary camera when backing up. You
function only. It is the responsibility must always view the areas
of the driver to always check the behind you including looking
inside/outside rearview mirrors and over both shoulders as well as
the area behind the vehicle before continuously checking all three
and while backing up because rear view mirrors. Due to the dif-
OYP048064N
there is a dead zone that can't be ficulty of ensuring that the areas
seen by the camera. behind you remains clear, always
• Always keep the camera lens back up slowly and stop immedi-
clean. If lens is covered with for- ately if you even suspect that a
eign matter, the camera may not person, and especially a child,
operate normally. might be behind you.
OYP048055N
The rear view monitor will activate
with the ignition switch ON and the
shift lever in the R (Reverse) position.
4 133
360° CAMERA MONITORING SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

Operating conditions • If the 360° camera monitoring sys-
- When the Engine Start/Stop tem system is not operating normal-
Button is ON position ly, the system should be checked by
- When the transaxle is on D, N or R
• When the vehicle moves over 10
- When the vehicle speed is not over km/h (6.2 mph) forward after mov-
20 km/h (12.4 mph) ing backward, the 360° camera
• When the vehicle speed is over 20 monitoring system screen will be
km/h (12.4 mph), the 360° camera turned off.
monitoring system system is turned
off. If the vehicle speed is not over
OYP048407N 20 km/h (12.4 mph) after turning off WARNING
the 360° camera monitoring system This system is a supplementary
The 360° camera monitoring system by over speed, the 360° camera
is not a substitute for proper and safe function only. It is the responsi-
monitoring system is not turned on. bility of the driver to always
parking procedures. The 360° cam- To operate again, push the button.
era monitoring system may not check the area around the vehi-
detect every object surrounding the • When the vehicle moves back- cle before and while moving.
vehicle. Always drive safely and use wards, regardless of On/Off of but-
caution when parking. ton and vehicle speed, the 360°
camera monitoring system is oper-
The 360° camera monitoring system ated.
can assist in parking by allowing the
driver to see around the vehicle. • When the trunk and driver/passen-
Push the button into the [ON] posi- ger door are opened and the out-
tion to operate the system. side mirror is folded, the warning is
illuminated in 360° camera moni-
To cancel the system, push the but- toring system system.
ton again.
4 134
LIGHTING
Battery saver function Headlight escort function Daytime running light
• The purpose of this feature is to If you turn the ignition switch to the (if equipped)
prevent the battery from being dis- ACC or OFF position with the head- The Daytime Running Lights (DRL)
charged if the lights are left in the lights ON, the headlights remain on can make it easier for others to see
ON position. The system automati- for about 5 minutes. However, if the the front of your vehicle during the
cally shuts off the parking lights 30 driver's door is opened and closed, day. DRL can be helpful in many dif-
seconds after the ignition key is the headlights are turned off after 15 ferent driving conditions, and it is
removed and the driver’s door is seconds. especially helpful after dawn and
opened and closed. The headlights can be turned off by before sunset.
• With this feature, the parking lights pressing the lock button on the trans- The DRL system turns OFF when:
will turn off automatically if the driver mitter (or smart key) twice or turning 1. The headlight switch is on
parks on the side of the road at night the light switch to the OFF position.
and opens the driver’s side door. 2. The engine is off
If the driver gets out of the vehicle
If necessary, to keep the parking through other doors (except driver’s 3. The front fog light is on.
lights on when the ignition key is door), the battery saver function 4. Engaging the Parking Brake
removed, perform the following: does not operate and the headlight
1) Open the driver-side door. escort function does not turn off
automatically. Therefore, It causes
2) Turn the parking lights OFF and the battery to be discharged. In this
ON again using the light switch case, make sure to turn off the lamp
on the steering column. before getting out of the vehicle.
4 135
Lighting control Position & Tail light ( ) Headlight position ( )
OYP047355 OYP047356 OYP047357
The light switch has a Headlight and When the light switch is in the park- When the light switch is in the head-
a Parking light position. ing light position, the tail, license and light position, the head, tail, license
To operate the lights, turn the knob at instrument panel lights will turn ON. lights will turn ON.
the end of the control lever to one of
the following positions: ✽ NOTICE
(1) OFF position The ignition switch must be in the ON
(2) Auto light position (if equipped) position to turn on the headlights.
(3) Position & Tail light
(4) Headlight position
4 136
Auto light position (if equipped) Headlights On with Wipers High beam operation
(Available With Auto lights Only)
- When the light switch is in the
AUTO light position, the headlights
will turn ON automatically the next
5 seconds with wiper is ON.
If this feature allows headlights to turn
On, the headlights will be turned off on
the next 60 seconds with wiper is off.
• Never place anything over the sen-
sor (1) located on the instrument
panel. This will ensure better auto-
OYP047363N light system control. OYP047359
When the light switch is in the AUTO • Don’t clean the sensor using a win- To turn on the high beam headlights,
light position, the taillights and head- dow cleaner. The cleaner may push the lever away from you. The
lights will turn ON or OFF automati- leave a light film which could inter- lever will return to its original posi-
cally depending on the amount of fere with sensor operation. tion.
light outside the vehicle. • If your vehicle has window tint or The high beam indicator will light
When the light switch is positioned at other types of metallic coating on when the headlight high beams are
an auto light position, at first, the the front windshield, the Auto light switched on.
wiper will turn on and then, after 5 system may not work properly.
To prevent the battery from being
seconds the head lamp will turn on discharged, do not leave the lights
automatically. on for a prolonged time while the
If the head lamp has been turned on engine is not running.
due to this function of the vehicle, the
head lamp will turn off 60 seconds
after the wiper has been turned off.
4 137
High Beam Assist

WARNING - High beams (if equipped)
Do not use high beam when
there are other vehicles. Using
high beam could obstruct the
other driver’s vision.
OYP047358
To flash the headlights, pull the lever
towards you. It will return to the nor- OYP047362
mal (low beam) position when
released. The headlight switch does The High Beam Assist is a system
not need to be on to use this flashing that automatically adjusts the head-
feature. lamp range (switches between high
beam and low beam) according to
the brightness of other vehicles and
road conditions.
4 138
Operating condition • If the light switch is pulled When the High Beam Assist is oper-
1.Place the light switch in the AUTO towards you when the high beam ating, the high beam switches to low
position. is on by the High Beam Assist, beam in the below conditions.
the low beam will be on and the - When the headlamp is detected
2.Turn on the high beam by pushing
High Beam Assist will turn off. from the on-coming vehicle.
the lever away from you.
• If the light switch is turned to the - When the tail lamp is detected
The High Beam Assist ( ) indica-
headlamp position ( ) from from the front vehicle.
tor will illuminate.
AUTO position, the High Beam
3.The High Beam Assist will turn on Assist will turn off and the low - When headlamp/tail lamp of bicy-
when vehicle speed is above 40 beam will be on continuously. cle/motorcycle is detected.
km/h (25 mph). - When the surrounding is so bright
4.The details of operation with the that high beams are not needed.
light switch while the High Beam - When streetlights or other lights
Assist is on are below. are detected.
• If the light switch is pushed away, - When the light switch is not in the
the High Beam Assist will turn off AUTO position.
and the high beam will be on con- - When the High Beam Assist is off.
tinuously.
- When vehicle speed is below 24
• If the light switch is pulled kph (15 mph).
towards you when the high beam
is off, the high beam will be on
without cancellation of the High
Beam Assist. (When you hands
off, the lever will move to the mid-
dle and the high beam will turn
off.)
4 139
Warning message Take your vehicle to an authorized (Continued)

Kia dealer and have the system
■ Type A
checked. When external condition is
intervened
• When there is a similar shape
CAUTION lamp with the front vehicle’s
The driver must be cautious in lamps.
the below situations may not • When the headlamp is not
work properly when recognition repaired or replaced at an
of light from on-coming or front authorized Kia dealer.
vehicle is poor or limited:
• When headlamp aiming is not
OYP058236N
when the light from on-coming properly adjusted.
■ Type B
or front vehicle is poor
• When driving on a narrow
• When the light from the on- curved road, rough road,
coming or front vehicle is not downhill or uphill.
detected because of lamp
damage, hidden from sight, • When only part of the vehicle
etc. in front is visible on a cross-
road or curved road.
• When the lamp of the on-com-
ing or front vehicle is covered • When there is a traffic light,
with dust, snow or water. reflecting sign, flashing sign
or mirror ahead.
OYP058237N
• When the front vehicle’s head-
lamps are off but the fog • When there is a temporary
When the High Beam Assist is not lamps on and etc. reflector or flash ahead (con-
working properly, the warning mes- struction area).
(Continued)
sage will come on for a few second. • When the road conditions are
After the message disappears, the bad such as being wet, iced or
master warning light ( ) will illumi- covered with snow.
nate. (Continued)
4 140
(Continued) (Continued) (Continued)

• When a vehicle suddenly • Do not disassemble a front • At times, the High Beam
appears from a curve. view camera temporarily for Assist may not work properly.
• When the vehicle is tilted from tinted window or attaching The system is for your con-
a flat tire or being towed. any types of coatings and venience only. It is the respon-
accesorsories. If you disas- sibility of the driver for safe
• When the LDW (Lane semble the camera and driving practices and always
Departure Warning) system assemble it again, take your check the road conditions for
warning light illuminates (if vehicle to an authorized Kia your safety.
equipped) and etc. dealer and have the system • When the system does not
When front visibility is poor checked to need a calibration. operate normally, change the
• When the lamp of the on-com- • When you replace or reinstall lamp position manually
ing or front vehicle is covered the windshield glass, front between the high beam and
with dust, snow or water. view camera, take your vehicle low beam.
• When the light from the on- to an authorized Kia dealer
coming or front vehicle is not and have the system checked.
detected because of exhaust • Be careful that water doesn’t
fume, smoke, fog, snow, etc. get into the High Beam Assist
• When the front window is cov- unit and do not remove or
ered with foreign matters. damage related parts of the
• When it is hard to see because High Beam Assist system.
of fog, heavy rain or snow and • Do not place objects on the
etc. crash pad that reflect light
(Continued) such as mirrors, white paper,
etc. The system may malfunc-
tion if sunlight is reflected.
(Continued)
4 141
Turn signals and lane change To signal a lane change, move the One touch turn signal
signals turn signal lever slightly and hold it in When changing lanes, move the lane
position (B). The lever will return to change switch to the direction you
the OFF position when released. want briefly. The lane change switch
If an indicator stays on and does not will move back to the original position
flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of but the turn signal will flash three
the turn signal bulbs may be burned times. This function assists the driver
out and will require replacement. when changing lanes without press-
ing down on the lane change signal.
Depending on the vehicle, the driver
may select or deselect the one touch
turn signal function. For more details,
please refer to "vehicle settings" in
OYP047360
chapter 4.
The ignition switch must be on for the

turn signals to function. To turn on ✽ NOTICE
the turn signals, move the lever up or If an indicator flash is abnormally
down (A). The green arrow indicators quick or slow, a bulb may be burned
on the instrument panel indicate out or have a poor electrical connec-
which turn signal is operating. They tion in the circuit.
will self-cancel after a turn is com-
pleted. If the indicator continues to
flash after a turn, manually return the
lever to the OFF position.
4 142
Front fog light (if equipped) Headlight leveling device Dynamic Bending Light (DBL)
(if equipped) (if equipped)
Automatic type
To ensure the proper headlight beam
is used under various conditions, the
headlight beam levels are automati-
cally adjusted depending on the
number of passengers, the weight in
the trunk, and other driving condi-
tions.
OYP047361
✽ NOTICE
If it does not work properly even OYP047363N
Fog lights are used to provide though your car is inclined backward
improved visibility when visibility is according to passenger's posture, or Dynamic bending light uses the
poor due to fog, rain or snow, etc. The the headlight beam is irradiated to steering angle and vehicle speed, to
fog lights will turn on when the fog light the high or low position, have the sys- keep your field of vision wide by
switch (1) is turned to the on position tem be inspected by an authorized swiveling the headlamp.
after the headlight is turned on. Kia dealer. Change the switch to the AUTO posi-
To turn off the fog lights, turn the fog Do not attempt to inspect or replace tion when the engine is running. The
light switch (1) to the OFF position. the wiring yourself. dynamic bending light will operate
When in operation, the fog lights when the headlamp is ON. To turn off
consume large amounts of vehicle the DBL, change the switch to other
electrical power. Only use the fog positions. After turning the DBL off,
lights when visibility is poor. headlamp swiveling no longer
occurs.
4 143
If the DBL malfunction indicator

comes on, the DBL is not working
properly. Drive to the nearest safe
location and restart the engine. If the
indicator continuously remains on,
have system be checked by an
4 144
WIPERS AND WASHERS

Windshield wiper/washer Rear window wiper/washer Windshield wipers
Operates as follows when the igni-
tion switch is turned ON.
MIST : For a single wiping cycle,
move the lever to this
(MIST/ ) position and
release it. The wipers will
operate continuously if the
lever is held in this position.
OFF : Wiper is not in operation
INT : Wiper operates intermittently at
the same wiping intervals. Use
this mode in light rain or mist.
OYP048181N/OYP048182N To vary the speed setting, turn
the speed control knob.
A : Wiper speed control (front) D : Rear wiper/washer control*
LO : Normal wiper speed
· MIST – Single wipe · HI – Continuous wipe
HI : Fast wiper speed
· OFF – Off · LO – Intermittent wipe*
· INT – Intermittent wipe · OFF – Off
· LO – Low wiper speed
✽ NOTICE
If there is heavy accumulation of
· HI – High wiper speed E : Wash with brief wipes (rear)* snow or ice on the windshield, defrost
* if equipped the windshield for about 10 minutes,
B : Intermittent control wipe time or until the snow and/or ice is
adjustment removed before using the windshield
wipers to ensure proper operation.
If you do not remove the snow and/or
C : Wash with brief wipes (front)* ice before using the wiper and wash-
er, it may damage the wiper and
washer system.
4 145
Front windshield washers The reservoir filler neck is located in

the front of the engine compartment CAUTION - Wipers &
on the passenger side. windshields
• To prevent possible damage
CAUTION - Washer pump to the wipers or windshield,
do not operate the wipers
To prevent possible damage to when the windshield is dry.
the washer pump, do not oper-
ate the washer when the fluid • To prevent damage to the wiper
reservoir is empty. blades, do not use gasoline,
kerosene, paint thinner, or
other solvents on or near them.
• To prevent damage to the
OYP048185N
WARNING - Obscured wiper arms and other compo-
visibility nents, do not attempt to move
In the OFF position, pull the lever Do not use the washer in freez- the wipers manually.
gently toward you to spray washer ing temperatures without first
fluid on the windshield and to run the warming the windshield with
wipers 1-3 cycles. the defrosters; the washer solu-
Use this function when the wind- tion could freeze on the wind-
shield is dirty. shield and obscure your vision.
The spray and wiper operation will
continue until you release the lever.
If the washer does not work, check
the washer fluid level. If the fluid level
is not sufficient, you will need to add
appropriate non-abrasive windshield
washer fluid to the washer reservoir.
4 146
Rear window wiper and wash- The rear window wiper is switched
er switch on automatically when the ignition is
in OFF and the gear is shifted to R
(Reverse) while the wiper is in
motion.
The automatic rear wiper function
can be turned on or off in 'User set-
ting mode' on the cluster display.
OYP048186N
Push the lever away from you to
OYP048184N
spray rear washer fluid and to run the
rear wipers 1~3 cycles. The spray
The rear window wiper and washer and wiper operation will continue
switch is located at the end of the until you release the lever
wiper and washer switch lever. Turn
the switch to the desired position to
operate the rear wiper and washer.
HI : Continuous wipe
LO : Intermittent wipe
OFF : OFF
4 147
INTERIOR LIGHTS
Do not use the interior lights for Automatic turn off function Room lamp
extended periods when the engine is (if equipped) ■ Type A
not running.
The interior lights automatically turn
It may cause battery discharge. off approximately 20 minutes after
the ignition switch is turned off, if the
WARNING - Interior lights lights are in the ON position.
Do not use the interior lights If your vehicle is equipped with the
when driving in the dark. theft alarm system, the interior lights
Accidents could happen automatically turn off approximately
because the view may be 5 seconds after the system in armed
obscured by interior lights. stage.
OYP044067K
■ Type B
OYP044068N
Press the button(1) or lens(1) to turn

the light on or off.
If the front map lamp turns on by the
front map lamp switch, the room
lamp will turn on.
4 148
Map lamp • (2) : The light comes on when • (3) : The light stays on at all
any door (or liftgate) is times.
opened regardless of the
ignition switch position.
When doors are unlocked
✽ NOTICE
by the transmitter (or • The mode and mode can not
smart key) or the key is be selected at the same time.
removed from the ignition • When the lamp is turned on by
switch, the light comes on pressing the lens (1), the lamp does
for approximately 30 sec- not turn off even if the mode or
onds as long as any door mode is not selected (not
is not opened. The light pressed).
goes out gradually after
OYP044066N approximately 30 sec-
Press the lens (1) to turn the map onds if the door is closed.
lamp on or off However, if the ignition
switch is ON or all doors
are locked, the light will
turn off immediately. If a
door is opened with the
ignition switch in the ACC
or LOCK position, the
light stays on for about
20 minutes. However, if a
door is opened with the
ignition switch in the ON
position, the light stays
on continuously.
4 149
Luggage lamp (if equipped) Vanity mirror lamp (if equipped) Glove box lamp (if equipped)
OYP044069K OHG040128 OYP048431N
• DOOR : The light comes on when Opening the lid of the vanity mirror The glove box lamp comes on when
the liftgate is opened. will automatically turn on the mirror the glove box is opened.
• OFF : The light stays off at all times. light. To prevent unnecessary charging
• ON : The light stays on at all times. system drain, close the glove box
securely after using the glove box.
4 150
DEFROSTER
Rear window defroster To activate the rear window
CAUTION - Conductors defroster, press the rear window
■ Manual type
To prevent damage to the con- defroster button located in the center
ductors bonded to the inside facia switch panel. The indicator on
surface of the rear window, the rear window defroster button illu-
never use sharp instruments or minates when the defroster is ON.
window cleaners containing If there is heavy accumulation of
abrasives to clean the window. snow on the rear window, brush it off
before operating the rear defroster.
If you want to defrost and defog the The rear window defroster automati-
front windshield, refer to “Windshield cally turns off after approximately 20
defrosting and defogging” in this sec- OYP044200K minutes or when the ignition switch is
■ Automatic type turned off. To turn off the defroster,
tion.
press the rear window defroster button
again.
Outside rearview mirror defroster

(if equipped)
If your vehicle is equipped with the
outside rearview mirror defrosters,
they will operate at the same time you
OYP044201K turn on the rear window defroster.
The defroster heats the window to
remove frost, fog and thin ice from Wiper deicer (if equipped)
the rear window, while the engine is If your vehicle is equipped with the
running. wiper deicer, it will operate at the
same time you turn on the rear win-
dow defroster.
4 151
MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
■ Front
1. Front fan speed control knob 7. Front mode selection button

2. Front window defroster button 8. Rear fan speed control knob
3. Rear window defroster button 9. Rear temperature control knob
4. Air conditioning button 10. Rear control lock button
5. Air intake control button 11. Rear control on button
6. Front temperature control knob
* if equipped
OYP044202K
4 152
Heating and air conditioning

1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired posi-
tion.
For improving the effectiveness of
heating and cooling;
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position (if
equipped).
5. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn
the air conditioning system (if
equipped) on.
OYP048245N
4 153
Mode selection
Face-Level (B, D) Floor-Level (A, C, D, E)
Air flow is directed toward the upper Most of the air flow is directed to the
body and face. Additionally, each floor, with a small amount of the air
outlet can be controlled to direct the being directed to the windshield and
air discharged from the outlet. side window defrosters.
Floor/Defrost-Level
Bi-Level (A, B, C, D, E) (A, C, D, E)
OYP044204K Air flow is directed towards the face Most of the air flow is directed to the
The mode selection button controls and the floor. floor and the windshield with a small
the direction of the air flow through amount directed to the side window
the ventilation system. defrosters.
Air can be directed to the floor, dash-
board outlets, or windshield. Six
symbols are used to represent MAX
A/C, Face, Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-
Defrost and Defrost air position.
The MAX A/C mode is used to cool
the inside of the vehicle faster.
4 154
Temperature control Air intake control

■ Type A
OYP044206K
Instrument panel vents OYP044207K OYP044208K
The outlet vents can be opened or The temperature control knob allows The air intake control is used to
closed separately using the thumb- you to control the temperature of the select the outside (fresh) air position
wheel (if equipped). air flowing from the ventilation system. or recirculated air position.
Also, you can adjust the direction of To change the air temperature in the To change the air intake control posi-
air delivery from these vents using passenger compartment, turn the tion, press the control button.
the vent control lever as shown. knob to the right position for warm and
hot air or left position for cooler air.
4 155
Recirculated air position Prolonged operation of the heater in Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation
With the recirculated air the recirculated air position (without (if equipped)
position selected, air air conditioning selected) may cause When the heater or air conditioning
from the passenger fogging of the windshield and side system is on with the sunroof
compartment will be windows and the air within the pas- opened, the outside (fresh) air posi-
drawn through the heat- senger compartment may become tion will be automatically selected. At
ing system and heated stale. this time, if you press the recirculated
or cooled according to In addition, prolonged use of the air air position button, the recirculated
the function selected. conditioning with the recirculated air air position will be selected but will
position selected will result in exces- change back to the outside (fresh) air
sively dry air in the passenger composition after 3 minutes.
Outside (fresh) air position
partment. When the sunroof is closed, the air
With the outside (fresh)
air position selected, air intake position will return to the orig-
enters the vehicle from inal position that was selected.
outside and is heated or
cooled according to the
function selected.
4 156
Fan speed control

WARNING - Reduced visi- WARNING - Recirculated
bility air
Continued use of the climate Continued use of the climate
control system in the recirculat- control system in the recirculat-
ed air position may allow ed air position can cause
humidity to increase inside the drowsiness or sleepiness, and
vehicle which may fog the glass loss of vehicle control. Set the
and obscure visibility. air intake control to the outside
(fresh) air position as much as
possible while driving.
WARNING - Sleeping with
AC on OYP044209K
Do not sleep in a vehicle with The ignition switch must be in the ON
the air conditioning or heating position for fan operation.
system on as this may cause
The fan speed control knob allows
serious harm or death due to a
you to control the fan speed of the air
drop in the oxygen level and/or
flowing from the ventilation system.
body temperature.
To change the fan speed, turn the
knob to the right for higher speed or
left for lower speed.
4 157
Air conditioning
OYP044210K
Press the A/C button to turn the air
conditioning system on (indicator
light will illuminate). Press the button
again to turn the air conditioning sys-
tem off.
4 158
■ Rear
1. Rear air conditioning OFF button 3. Rear mode selection button

2. Rear fan speed control button 4. Rear temperature control button
OYP044212K
4 159
Rear climate control From the front seat From the rear seat
(if equipped) 1. Set the rear climate control selec- 1. Set the rear climate control selec-
To turn on the rear climate control tion (REAR ON) button in the front tion (REAR ON) button in the front
system; climate control panel to the ON climate control panel to the ON
position. position.
2. Set the rear fan speed control 2. Set the rear climate control selec-
knob in the front climate control tion (REAR LOCK) button in the
panel to the desired position. front climate control panel to the
3. Set the rear temperature control OFF position.
knob in the front climate control 3. Set the rear fan speed control but-
panel to the desired position. ton on the rear climate control
panel to the desired position.
4. Set the rear temperature control
button on the rear climate control
5. Select the desired rear mode button
on the rear climate control panel.
6. To turn off the rear air conditioning
system, press the off button in the
rear climate control panel.
4 160
Rear fan speed control Rear temperature control
OYP044214K
OYP044213K
From rear seat OYP044215K
From front seat Set the rear climate control selection From front seat
(REAR ON) button in the front cli-
Set the rear climate control selection mate control panel to the ON posi- Set the rear climate control selection
(REAR ON) button to the ON position and set the rear climate control (REAR ON) button to the ON posi-
tion and turn the rear fan speed con- selection(REAR LOCK) button in the tion and turn the rear temperature
trol (REAR) knob in the front climate front climate control panel to the control (REAR TEMP) knob in the
control panel to the desired position. OFF position and press the rear fan front climate control panel to the
To change the rear fan speed, turn speed control button on the rear con- desired position.
the knob to the right for higher speed trol panel to the desired position. To change the rear air temperature,
or left for lower speed. To turn off the rear air conditioning turn the knob to the right position for
system press the off button in the warm and hot air or left position for
rear climate control panel. cooler air.
4 161
Rear mode selection (if equipped)
OYP044216K OYP044218K
From rear seat OYP044217K
When the rear climate control selec-
Set the rear climate control selection tion (REAR ON) button in the front
• Front climate control is MAX A/C, climate control panel is in the ON
(REAR ON) button in the front cli- :
mate control panel to the ON posi- position and set the rear climate con-
tion and set the rear climate control Rear air blows from the upper trol selection(REAR LOCK) button in
selection(REAR LOCK) button in the vents on the rear ceiling. the front climate control panel to the
front climate control panel to the • Front climate control is : OFF position and the rear mode is
OFF position. Rear air blows from the upper vents selected by pushing the rear mode
on the rear ceiling and the lower selection button on the rear control
To change the rear air temperature,
vents on the right rear trim together. panel as follows:
press the button ( ) for warmer air
or press the button ( ) for cooler air. • Front climate control is , :
Rear air blows from the lower vents
on the right rear trim.
4 162
• : Rear air blows from the upper Rear vents (if equipped) System operation
vents on the rear ceiling. Ventilation
• : Rear air blows from the 1. Set the mode to the position.
upper vents on the rear ceil- 2. Set the air intake control to the
ing and the lower vents on outside (fresh) air position.
the right rear trim together.
• : Rear air blows from the lower desired position.
vents on the right rear trim.
desired speed.
OYP044166N
The vent can be adjusted by rotating
the blade.
✽ NOTICE
If all the vents are closed, it may
cause some noise. Always open 2
vents or more.
4 163
Heating Operation Tips Air conditioning

1. Set the mode to the position. • To keep dust or unpleasant fumes Kia Air Conditioning Systems are
2. Set the air intake control to the from entering the vehicle through filled with refrigerant*.
outside (fresh) air position. the ventilation system, temporarily 1. Start the engine. Push the air con-
set the air intake control to the ditioning button.
3. Set the temperature control to the recirculated air position. Be sure to
desired position. return the control to the fresh air 2. Set the mode to the position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the position when the irritation has 3. Set the air intake control to the
desired speed. passed to keep fresh air in the outside air or recirculated air posi-
5. If dehumidified heating is desired, vehicle. This will help keep the driv- tion.
turn the air conditioning system (if er alert and comfortable. 4. Adjust the fan speed control and
equipped) on. • Air for the heating/cooling system temperature control to maintain
• If the windshield fogs up, set the is drawn in through the grilles just maximum comfort.
mode to the or position. ahead of the windshield. Care
should be taken that these are not
blocked by leaves, snow, ice or
other obstructions.
• To prevent interior fog on the wind-
shield, set the air intake control to
the fresh air position and fan speed
to the desired position, turn on the
air conditioning system, and adjust
the temperature control to desired
temperature.
4 164
• The refrigerant system should only Air conditioning system operation tips
be serviced by trained and certified CAUTION - Excessive AC • If the vehicle has been parked in
technicians to insure proper and • When using the air condition- direct sunlight during hot weather,
safe operation. ing system, monitor the tem- open the windows for a short time
• The refrigerant system should be perature gauge closely while to let the hot air inside the vehicle
serviced in a well-ventilated place. driving up hills or in heavy traf- escape.
• The air conditioning evaporator fic when outside temperatures • To help reduce moisture inside of
(cooling coil) shall never be repaired are high. Air conditioning sys- the windows on rainy or humid
or replaced with one removed from tem operation may cause days, decrease the humidity inside
a used or salvaged vehicle and new engine overheating. Continue the vehicle by operating the air
replacement MAC evaporators shall to use the blower fan but turn conditioning system.
be certified (and labeled) as meet- the air conditioning system off
if the temperature gauge indi- • During air conditioning system
ing SAE Standard J2842. operation, you may occasionally
cates engine overheating.
notice a slight change in engine
• When opening the windows in speed as the air conditioning com-
humid weather air condition- pressor cycles. This is a normal
ing may create water droplets system operation characteristic.
inside the vehicle. Since
excessive water droplets may • Use the air conditioning system
cause damage to electrical every month only for a few minutes
equipment, air conditioning to ensure maximum system per-
should only be used with the formance.
windows closed.
4 165
• When using the air conditioning Climate control air filter ✽ NOTICE
system, you may notice clear water (if equipped) • Replace the filter according to the
dripping (or even puddling) on the Maintenance Schedule.
ground under the passenger side If the vehicle is being driven in
of the vehicle. This is a normal sys- Outside air
severe conditions such as dusty or
tem operation characteristic. rough roads, more frequent cli-
Recirculated
• Operating the air conditioning sys- air mate control air filter inspections
tem in the recirculated air position and changes are required.
provides maximum cooling, how- • When the air flow rate suddenly
ever, continual operation in this decreases, we recommend that the
mode may cause the air inside the system should be checked at an
vehicle to become stale. Blower authorized Kia dealer.
• During cooling operation, you may Climate control Heater core
Evaporator
occasionally notice a misty air flow air filter core
1LDA5047
because of rapid cooling and
humid air intake. This is a normal The climate control air filter installed
system operation characteristic. behind the glove box filters the dust
or other pollutants that come into the
vehicle from the outside through the
heating and air conditioning system.
If dust or other pollutants accumulate
in the filter over a period of time, the
air flow from the air vents may
decrease, resulting in moisture accu-
mulation on the inside of the wind-
shield even when the outside (fresh)
air position is selected. If this hap-
pens, we recommend that the cli-
mate control air filter be replaced by
4 166
Checking the amount of air

conditioner refrigerant and CAUTION - AC Repair
compressor lubricant It is important that the correct
type and amount of oil and
When the amount of refrigerant is
refrigerant is used, otherwise
low, the performance of the air con-
damage to the vehicle may
ditioning is reduced. Overfilling also
occur. To prevent damage, the
has a negative influence on the air
air conditioning system in your
conditioning system.
vehicle should only be serviced
Therefore, if abnormal operation is by trained and certified techni-
found, have the system inspected by cians.
WARNING - Vehicles
equipped with R-1234yf
Because the refriger-
ant is mildly inflam-
mable and at very
high pressure, the air
conditioning system
should only be serv-
iced by trained and
certified technicians.
It is important that the correct
refrigerant is used.
Otherwise, it may cause damage
to the vehicle and personal injury.
4 167
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

■ Type A
1. Driver`s temperature control knob

2. AUTO(automatic control) button
3. A/C display
4. Passenger’s temperature control knob
5. SYNC temperature control selection
button
6. Front fan speed control button
7.Front blower off button
8. Front mode selection button
9. Rear fan speed control button
■ Type B 10. A/C on button
11. Air intake control button
12. Front windshield defroster button
13. Rear window defroster button
14. Rear control lock button
15. Rear control on button
16. Rear temperature control knob
17. Climate information screen selection
button
OYP047220L/OYP047366N
4 168
Automatic heating and air con- ■ Driver’s side ■ Passenger’s side ✽ NOTICE
ditioning • To turn the automatic operation
off, select any button or switch of
the following:
- Mode selection button
- Air conditioning button
- Front windshield defroster button
(Press the button one more time
to deselect the front windshield
defroster function. The AUTO
sign will illuminate on the infor-
OYP044226K mation display once again.)
2. Turn the temperature control knob - Air intake control button
to the desired temperature. - Fan speed control switch
OYP044222K
The selected function will be con-
1. Press the AUTO button. The trolled manually while other func-
modes, fan speeds, air intake and tions operate automatically.
air-conditioning will be controlled • For your convenience and to
automatically by setting the tem- improve the effectiveness of the
perature. climate control, use the AUTO
button and set the temperature to
23°C (73°F).
4 169
Manual heating and air condi- 3. Set the temperature control to the
tioning desired position.
The heating and cooling system can 4. Set the air intake control to the
be controlled manually by pressing outside (fresh) air position.
buttons or turning knob(s) other than 5. Set the fan speed control to the
the AUTO button. In this case, the desired speed.
system works sequentially according 6. If air conditioning is desired, turn
to the order of buttons or knob(s) the air conditioning system on.
selected.
Press the AUTO button in order to
1. Start the engine. convert to full automatic control of
OYP044223K 2. Set the mode to the desired posi- the system.
tion.
✽ NOTICE
For improving the effectiveness of
Never place anything over the sensor heating and cooling;
located on the instrument panel to
ensure better control of the heating - Heating:
and cooling system. - Cooling:
4 170
Mode selection
■ Type A ■ Type B Face-Level Floor-Level
Air flow is directed toward the upper Most of the air flow is directed to the
body and face. Additionally, each floor, with a small amount of the air
outlet can be controlled to direct the being directed to the windshield and
air discharged from the outlet. side window defrosters.
Bi-Level Floor/Defrost-Level
OYP044224K Air flow is directed towards the face Most of the air flow is directed to the
The mode selection button controls and the floor. floor and the windshield with a small
the direction of the air flow through amount directed to the side window
the ventilation system. defrosters.
The air flow outlet port is converted
as follows:
Refer to the illustration in the

“Manual climate control system”.
4 171
■ Type A ■ Type B Temperature control

■ Driver’s side ■ Passenger’s side
OYP044225K OYP044206K
Defrost-Level Instrument panel vents OYP044226K
Most of the air flow is directed to the The outlet vents can be opened or The temperature will increase to the
windshield with a small amount of air closed separately using the thumb- maximum (HI) by turning the knob to
directed to the side window defrosters. wheel (if equipped). the extreme right.
Also, you can adjust the direction of The temperature will decrease to the
air delivery from these vents using minimum (Lo) by turning the knob to
the vent control lever as shown. the extreme left.
When turning the knob, the tempera-
ture will increase or decrease by
1°F/0.5°C. When set to the lowest
temperature setting, the air condi-
tioning will operate continuously.
4 172
Adjusting the driver and passenger Temperature conversion

side temperature individually You can switch the temperature
1. Press the SYNC button again to mode from Centigrade to Fahrenheit
operate the driver and passenger as follows:
side temperature individually. Also, While pressing the OFF button,
if the passenger side temperature press the AUTO button for 3 seconds
control knob is operated, it will or more.
individually.
The display will change from
2. Operate the left temperature con- Centigrade to Fahrenheit, or from
trol to adjust the driver side tem- Fahrenheit to Centigrade.
perature. Operate the right side
OYP044227K temperature control to adjust the If the battery has been discharged or
passenger side temperature. disconnected, the temperature mode
Adjusting the driver and passenger display will reset to Fahrenheit.
side temperature equally
1. Press the SYNC button to activate When the driver side temperature is
SYNC mode. The passenger side set to the highest (HI) or lowest (Lo)
temperature will be set to the temperature setting, the SYNC mode
same temperature as the driver is deactivated for maximum heating
side. or cooling.
2. Operate the driver side tempera-
ture control knob. The driver and
passenger side temperature will
be adjusted equally.
4 173
Outside thermometer • The outside temperature on the Air intake control

display may not change immedi-
■ Type A
ately like a general thermometer to
prevent the driver from being inat-
tentive.
OYP048443C
■ Type B
OYP047228L
This is used to select the outside
(fresh) air position or recirculated air
position.
To change the air intake control posi-
tion, push the control button.
OYP048444C
The current outside temperature is

displayed in 1°C (1°F) increments.
The temperature range is between -
40°C ~ 60°C (-40°F ~ 140°F).
4 174
Recirculated air position Prolonged operation of the heater in Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation
With the recirculated air the recirculated air position (without (if equipped)
position selected, air air conditioning selected) may cause When the heater or air conditioning
from the passenger fogging of the windshield and side system is on with the sunroof
compartment will be windows and the air within the pas- opened, the outside (fresh) air posi-
drawn through the heat- senger compartment may become tion will be automatically selected. At
ing system and heated stale. this time, if you press the recirculated
or cooled according to In addition, prolonged use of the air air position button, the recirculated
the function selected. conditioning with the recirculated air air position will be selected but will
position selected will result in exces- change back to the outside (fresh) air
sively dry air in the passenger composition after 3 minutes.
Outside (fresh) air position
partment. When the sunroof is closed, the air
With the outside (fresh)
air position selected, air intake position will return to the orig-
enters the vehicle from inal position that was selected.
outside and is heated or
cooled according to the
function selected.
4 175
Fan speed control

WARNING - Reduced visi- WARNING - Recirculated ■ Type A ■ Type B
bility air
Continued use of the climate Continued use of the climate
control system in the recirculat- control system in the recirculat-
ed air position may allow ed air position can cause
humidity to increase inside the drowsiness or sleepiness, and
vehicle which may fog the glass loss of vehicle control. Set the
and obscure visibility. air intake control to the outside
(fresh) air position as much as
possible while driving.
WARNING - Sleeping with
AC on OYP044229K
Do not sleep in a vehicle with The fan speed can be set to the
the air conditioning or heating desired speed by operating the fan
system on as this may cause speed control button.
serious harm or death due to a
To change the fan speed, press ( )
drop in the oxygen level and/or
the button for higher speed, or push
body temperature.
( ) the button for lower speed. To
turn the fan speed control off, press
the front blower OFF button.
4 176
Air conditioning OFF mode Climate information screen selec-

tion (for Type B)
OYP047230L OYP044231K
Press the A/C button to turn the air Press the front blower OFF button to OYP044253N
conditioning system on (indicator turn off the front air climate control Press the climate information screen
light will illuminate). system. However, you can still oper- selection button to display climate
Press the button again to turn the air ate the mode and air intake buttons information on the screen.
conditioning system off. as long as the ignition switch is in the
ON position.
4 177
■ Rear
1. Rear temperature control button 4. Rear air conditioning OFF button

2. Rear AUTO button 5. Rear fan speed control button
3. Rear mode selection button
OYP044234K
4 178
Rear climate control From the rear seat Rear fan speed control
(if equipped) 1. Set the rear climate control selec-
To turn on the rear climate control tion (REAR ON) button in the front
system; climate control panel to the ON
position.
From the front seat 2. Set the rear climate control selec-
tion(REAR LOCK) button in the
1. Set the rear climate control selec- front climate control panel to the
tion (REAR ON) button in the front OFF position.
climate control panel to the ON
3. Set the rear fan speed control but-
position.
ton on the rear climate control
2. Set the rear fan speed control but- panel to the desired position.
ton in the front climate control OYP044235K
4. Set the rear temperature control
button on the rear climate control From front seat
3. Set the rear temperature control panel to the desired position. Set the rear climate control selection
knob in the front climate control
5. Select the desired rear mode but- (REAR ON) button to the ON posi-
panel to the desired position. (if
ton on the rear climate control tion and press the rear fan speed
equipped)
panel. (if equipped) control button in the front climate
6. To turn off the rear air conditioning control panel to the desired position.
system press the off button in the To change the fan speed, press
rear climate control panel. ( ) the button for higher speed, or
press the ( ) the button for lower
speed. To turn the fan speed control
off, press the REAR ON button.
4 179
Rear temperature control
OYP044236K OYP044237K
From rear seat (if equipped) OYP044248K
From rear seat
Set the rear climate control selection From front seat Set the rear climate control selection
(REAR ON) button in the front cli- (REAR ON) button in the front cli-
mate control panel to the ON posi- Set the rear climate control selection mate control panel to the ON posi-
tion and set the rear climate control (REAR ON) button to the ON position and set the rear climate control
selection(REAR LOCK) button in the tion and press the rear fan speed selection(REAR LOCK) button in the
front climate control panel to the control button in the front climate front climate control panel to the
OFF position and press the rear fan control panel to the desired position. OFF position and press the rear fan
speed control button on the rear con- To change the rear air temperature, speed control button on the rear con-
trol panel to the desired position. turn the knob to the right position for trol panel to the desired position.
To change the fan speed, press warm and hot air or left position for To change the rear air temperature,
( ) the button for higher speed, or cooler air. press the button ( ) for warmer air
press the ( ) the button for lower or press the button ( ) for cooler air.
speed. To turn the fan speed control
off, press the rear blower OFF button.
4 180
Rear mode selection (if equipped) • : Rear air blows from the upper
vents on the rear ceiling.
• : Rear air blows from the
upper vents on the rear ceil-
ing and the lower vents on
the right rear trim together.
• : Rear air blows from the lower
vents on the right rear trim.
OYP044239K
OYP044217K When the rear climate control selec-

tion (REAR ON) button in the front
• Front climate control is : climate control panel is in the ON
Rear air blows from the upper position and set the rear climate con-
vents on the rear ceiling. trol selection (REAR LOCK) button in
• Front climate control is : the front climate control panel to the
OFF position and the rear mode is
Rear air blows from the upper selected by pushing the rear mode
vents on the rear ceiling and the selection button on the rear control
lower vents on the right rear trim panel as follows:
together.
• Front climate control is , :
Rear air blows from the lower vents
on the right rear trim together.
4 181
Rear vents System operation Heating

Ventilation 1. Set the mode to the position.
1. Set the mode to the position. 2. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
2. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position. 3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
desired position. 4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
desired speed. 5. If dehumidified heating is desired,
turn the air conditioning system (if
equipped) on.
OYP044166N • If the windshield fogs up, set the
mode to the or position.
The vent can be adjusted by rotating
the blade.
✽ NOTICE
If all the vents are closed, it may
cause some noise. Always open 2
vents or more.
4 182
Operation Tips Air conditioning (if equipped)

• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes Air Conditioning System in this vehi- CAUTION - Excessive A/C
from entering the vehicle through cle is filled with R-1234yf refrigerant. When using the air conditioning
the ventilation system, temporarily 1. Start the engine. Press the air con- system, monitor the engine
set the air intake control to the ditioning button. coolant closely while driving up
recirculated air position. Be sure to hills or in heavy traffic when out-
return the control to the fresh air 2. Set the mode to the position. side temperatures are high. Air
position when the irritation has 3. Set the air intake control to the out- conditioning system operation
passed to keep fresh air in the side air or recirculated air position. may cause engine overheating
vehicle. This will help keep the driv- 4. Adjust the fan speed control and and potential engine damage.
er alert and comfortable. temperature control to maintain Continue to use the blower fan
• Air for the heating/cooling system maximum comfort. but turn the air conditioning sys-
is drawn in through the grilles just tem off if the engine coolant
• When maximum cooling is desired, temperature gauge indicates
ahead of the windshield. Care set the temperature control to the
should be taken that these are not engine overheating.
extreme left position, set the mode
blocked by leaves, snow, ice or control to the MAX A/C position,
other obstructions. then set the fan speed control to
• To prevent interior fog on the wind- the highest speed.
shield, set the air intake control to
the fresh air position and fan speed
to the desired position, turn on the
air conditioning system, and adjust
the temperature control to desired
temperature.
4 183
Air conditioning system operation tips • When using the air conditioning Climate control air filter
• If the vehicle has been parked in system, you may notice clear water (if equipped)
direct sunlight during hot weather, dripping (or even puddling) on the
open the windows for a short time ground under the passenger side
of the vehicle. This is a normal sys- Outside air
to let the hot air inside the vehicle
escape. tem operation characteristic.
Recirculated
• To help reduce moisture inside of • Operating the air conditioning sys- air
the windows on rainy or humid tem in the recirculated air position
days, decrease the humidity inside provides maximum cooling, how-
the vehicle by operating the air ever, continual operation in this
conditioning system. mode may cause the air inside the
vehicle to become stale. Blower
• During air conditioning system
• During cooling operation, you may Heater core
operation, you may occasionally Climate control Evaporator
notice a slight change in engine occasionally notice a misty air flow air filter core
1LDA5047
speed as the air conditioning com- because of rapid cooling and
pressor cycles. This is a normal humid air intake. This is a normal The climate control air filter installed
system operation characteristic. system operation characteristic. behind the glove box filters the dust or
other pollutants that come into the
• Use the air conditioning system vehicle from the outside through the
every month only for a few minutes heating and air conditioning system. If
to ensure maximum system per- dust or other pollutants accumulate in
formance. the filter over a period of time, the air
flow from the air vents may decrease,
resulting in moisture accumulation on
the inside of the windshield even
when the outside (fresh) air position is
selected. If this happens, have the cli-
mate control air filter replaced by an
4 184
✽ NOTICE Checking the amount of air

• Replace the filter every 24,000 km conditioner refrigerant and
(15,000 miles) or once a year. compressor lubricant
If the vehicle is being driven in When the amount of refrigerant is
severe conditions such as dusty or low, the performance of the air con-
rough roads, more frequent air ditioning is reduced. Overfilling also
conditioner filter inspections and has a negative influence on the air
changes are required. conditioning system.
• When the air flow rate suddenly Therefore, if abnormal operation is
decreases, the system should be found, have the system inspected by
checked at an authorized Kia an authorized Kia dealer.
dealer.
CAUTION - AC Repair
It is important that the correct
refrigerant is used, otherwise
damage to the vehicle may
occur. To prevent damage, the
air conditioning system in your
vehicle should only be serviced
by trained and certified techni-
cians.
4 185
WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING

• For maximum defrosting, set the Manual climate control system
WARNING - Windshield temperature control to the extreme To defog inside windshield
heating right/hot position and the fan speed
Do not use the or posi- control to the highest speed.
tion during cooling operation in • If warm air to the floor is desired
extremely humid weather. The while defrosting or defogging, set
difference between the temper- the mode to the floor-defrost posi-
ature of the outside air and the tion.
windshield could cause the • Before driving, clear all snow and
outer surface of the windshield ice from the windshield, rear win-
to fog up, causing loss of visi- dow, outside rear view mirrors, and
bility. In this case, set the mode all side windows.
selection to the position
• Clear all snow and ice from the
and fan speed control to the
hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to OYP044240K
lower speed.
improve heater and defroster effi-
ciency and to reduce the probabili- 1. Set the fan speed to the desired
ty of fogging up the inside of the position.
windshield. 2. Select desired temperature.
3. Select the or position.
4. The outside (fresh) air and air con-
ditioning will be selected automat-
ically.
If the air conditioning and/or outside
(fresh) air position are not selected
automatically, press the correspon-
ding button manually.
4 186
To defrost outside windshield Automatic climate control If the air conditioning and outside
system (fresh) air position are not selected
automatically, adjust the correspon-
To defog inside windshield ding button manually. If the posi-
tion is selected, lower fan speed is
adjusted to a higher fan speed.
OYP044241K
1. Set the fan speed to the highest
position. OYP044242K
2. Set the temperature to the 1. Set the fan speed to the desired
extreme hot position. position.
3. Select the position. 2. Select desired temperature.
4. The outside (fresh) air and air con- 3. Press the defroster button ( ).
ditioning will be selected automat- 4. The outside (fresh) air position will
ically. be selected automatically and the
If the air conditioning is not selected air conditioning will turn on
automatically press the correspon- according to the detected ambient
ding button manually. temperature.
4 187
To defrost outside windshield Defogging logic Manual climate control system

To reduce the possibility of fogging
up the inside of the windshield, the
air intake or air conditioning is con-
trolled automatically according to
certain conditions such as or
position. To cancel or return to the
defogging logic, do the following.
OYP044243K OYP044256N
1. Set the fan speed to the highest 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position. position.
2. Set the temperature to the 2. Turn the fan speed control knob to
extreme hot (HI) position. the other position except the OFF
3. Press the defroster button ( ). (0) position.
4. The outside (fresh) air position will 3. Turn the mode selection knob to
be selected automatically and the the defrost position ( ).
air conditioning will turn on 4. Push the air intake control button
according to the detected ambient ( ) at least 5 times within 3 sec-
temperature. onds.
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, it resets to the defog
logic status while pressing the air
conditioning button (A/C).
4 188
Automatic climate control system If the battery has been discharged or Auto defogging system
disconnected, it resets to the defog (if equipped)
logic status.
OYP044258N
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON OYP057021
position. Auto defogging reduces the probabil-
2. Select the defroster position ity of fogging up the inside of the
pressing the defroster button windshield by automatically sensing
( ). the moisture of inside the windshield.
3. While pressing the air conditioning The auto defogging system operates
button (A/C), press the air intake when the heater or air conditioning is
control button at least 5 times with- on.
in 3 seconds.
The recirculation indicator blinks 3
times with 0.5 second of interval. It
indicates that the defogging logic is
canceled or returned to the pro-
grammed status.
4 189
This indicator illuminates To cancel or reset the Auto Defogging ✽ NOTICE

when the auto defogging System If the A/C off or recirculated air
system senses the mois- position is manually selected while
ture of inside the wind- the auto defogging system is on, the
Press the front windshield defroster
shield and operates. auto defogging indicator will blink 3
button for 3 seconds when the igni-
tion switch is in the ON position. times to give notice that manual
If more moisture is in the vehicle, operation is canceled.
higher steps operate as follow. For
When the ADS system is canceled,
example if auto defogging does not Do not remove the sensor cover
[ADS OFF] symbol will blink 3 times
defog inside the windshield at step 1 located on the upper end of the pas-
per 1 sec and the position [ADS
Outside air position, it tries to defog senger side windshield glass.
OFF] will be displayed on the A/C
again at step 2 Blowing air toward Damage to the system parts could
display. (A TYPE)
the windshield. occur and may not be covered by
your vehicle warranty.
When the ADS system is canceled,
Step 1 : Outside air position
Indicator on the button will blink 3
Step 2 : Blowing air toward the wind- times per 0.5 sec. (B TYPE)
shield
Step 3 : Increasing air flow toward
When the ADS system is reset, [ADS
the windshield
OFF] symbol will blink 6 times per
Step 4 : Operating the air conditioning 0.5sec and the position [ADS OFF]
Step 5 : Maximizing the air condi- will be disappeared on the A/C dis-
tioning play. (A TYPE)
When the ADS system is reset,

Indicator on the button will blink 6
times per 0.25 sec. (B TYPE)
4 190
CLEAN AIR (IF EQUIPPED)
OYP046244N
position, the clean air function turns
on automatically.
Also, the clean air function turns off
automatically, when the ignition
switch turns to the OFF position.
4 191
STORAGE COMPARTMENTS
These compartments can be used to
store small items required by the
driver or passengers.
• To avoid possible theft, do not

leave valuables in the storage
compartment.
• Always keep the storage compart-
OYP048418N OYP044074K ment covers closed while driving.
Do not attempt to place so many
items in the storage compartment
that the storage compartment
cover can not close securely.
WARNING - Flammable
materials
OYP044073N OYP044072K
Do not store, propane cylinders
or other flammable/explosive
materials in the vehicle. These
items may catch fire and/or
explode if the vehicle is
exposed to hot temperatures for
extended periods.
OYP044071K OYP044075K
4 192
Center console storage Glove box

WARNING
To reduce the risk of injury in an
accident or sudden stop, always
keep the glove box door closed
while driving.
✽ NOTICE
If the temperature control knob is in
the warm or hot position, warm or
hot air will flow into the glove box.
OUM044076 OYP044076K
To open the center console storage, The glove box can be locked and
pull up the lever. unlocked with a master key. (if
equipped)
To open the glove box, pull the han-
dle and the glove box will automati-
cally open. Close the glove box after
use.
4 193
Sunglass holder Cool box (if equipped)

WARNING
Do not put perishable food in
the cool box because it may not
maintain the necessary consis-
tent temperature to keep the
food fresh.
OYP048417N OYP048408N
To keep the sunglass, open the cen- You can keep beverage cans or other
ter console storage and keep it in the items cool in the glove box.
sunglass holder. 1. Turn on the air conditioning. The
temperature of the cool box will
change according to the tempera-
ture of air conditioning.
2. Turn the knob to the open position.
3. When the cool box is not used,
turn the knob to the close position.
✽ NOTICE
If some items in the cool box block
the vent, the cooling effectiveness of
the cool box is reduced.
4 194
INTERIOR FEATURES
Cup holder ■ Front Bottle holder
WARNING - Hot liquids

Do not place uncovered cups
with hot liquid in the cup holder
while the vehicle is in motion. If
the hot liquid spills, you may
burn yourself. Such a burn to
the driver could lead to loss of OYP048409N
■ Center
control of the vehicle.
✽ NOTICE OYP044194K
• Keep your drinks sealed while Bottles may be placed in the holder.
driving to prevent spilling your
drink. If liquid spills, it may get
into the vehicle’s electrical/elec- ✽ NOTICE
OYP048081N
tronic system and damage elec- ■ Rear
Only bottles should be place in the
trical/electronic parts. holder as it is written in the vehicle
• When cleaning spilled liquids, do “BOTTLE ONLY”.
not dry the cup holder at high
temperature. This may damage
the cup holder.
OYP04434N
Cups or small beverage cans may be
placed in the cup holders.
4 195
Seat warmer (if equipped) During mild weather or under condi-

■ Front seat
tions where the operation of the seat WARNING - Seat heater
warmer is not needed, keep the burns
switches in the “OFF” position. The seat warmer may cause
• Each time you press the switch, burns, even at low tempera-
the temperature setting of the seat tures, if used over a long period
will change as follows : of time. Never allow passengers
who may not be able to take
OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( )
care of themselves to be
→
exposed to the risk of seat
heater burns. These include:
OYP048318N • The seat warmer defaults to the 1. Infants, children, elderly or
■ Rear seat OFF position whenever the ignition disabled persons, or hospital
switch is turned on. outpatients
2. Persons with sensitive skin
✽ NOTICE or those that burn easily
With the seat warmer switch in the 3. Fatigued individuals
ON position, the heating system in 4. Intoxicated individuals
the seat turns off or on automatical- 5. Individuals taking medication
ly depending on the seat tempera- that can cause drowsiness or
ture. sleepiness (sleeping pills,
OYP044084N cold tablets, etc.)
The seat warmer is provided to warm
the front seats during cold weather.
With the ignition switch in the ON
position, push either of the switches
to warm the driver's seat or the front
passenger's seat.
4 196
Air ventilation seat (if equipped) • The seat warmer (with air ventila- Sunvisor
tion) defaults to the OFF position
whenever the ignition switch is
turned on.
CAUTION - Seat damage

• When cleaning the seats, do
not use an organic solvent
such as paint thinner, ben-
zene, alcohol and gasoline.
Doing so may damage the air
ventilation seat.
OYP048410N • Do not place heavy or sharp OYP044086K
The temperature setting of the seat objects on the seat. Those Use the sunvisor to shield direct light
changes according to the switch things may damage the air through the front or side windows.
position. ventilation seat.
To use the sunvisor, pull it downward.
• If you want to cool your seat cush- • Be careful not to spill liquid
such as water or beverages on To use the sunvisor for the side win-
ion, press the switch (blue color). dow, pull it downward, unsnap it from
• Each time you press the button, the seat. If you spill some liquid,
wipe the seat with a dry towel. the bracket (1) and swing it to the
the airflow will change as follows: side (2).
Before using the air ventilation
seat, dry the seat completely. Adjust the sunvisor extension for-
OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( )
ward or backward (3). (if equipped)
→
To use the vanity mirror, pull down the

✽ NOTICE visor and slide the mirror cover (4).
For best seat cooling results, use
with air-conditioning.
4 197
The ticket holder (5) is provided for Power outlet The power outlet is designed to pro-
holding a tollgate ticket. (if equipped) vide power for mobile telephones or
■ Front
other devices designed to operate
* The actual sunvisor lamp in the vehi- with vehicle electrical systems. The
cle may differ from the illustration. devices should draw less than 10
amps with the engine running.
CAUTION - Vanity mirror • Use the power outlet only when the
lamp engine is running and remove the
accessory plug after use. Using the
If you use the vanity mirror lamp, accessory plug for prolonged peri-
turn off the lamp before return- OYP048420N ods of time with the engine off could
ing the sunvisor to its original cause the battery to discharge.
position, otherwise it could
result in battery discharge and • Only use 12V electric accessories
possible sunvisor damage. which are less than 10A in electric
capacity.
• Adjust the air-conditioner or heater
to the lowest operating level when
using the power outlet.
• Close the cover when not in use.
OYP048419N
■ Rear • Some electronic devices can cause
electronic interference when
plugged into a vehicle’s power out-
let. These devices may cause
excessive audio static and malfunc-
tions in other electronic systems or
devices used in your vehicle.
OYP044089N
4 198
AC inverter (if equipped) The AC inverter supplies 115V/100W

WARNING - Electric shock electric power to operate electric
Do not put a finger or a foreign accessories or equipments.
element (pen, etc.) into a power If you wish to use the AC inverter,
outlet and do not touch with a press the AC inverter button while
wet hand. You may get an elec- the engine is running. The light on
tric shock. the AC inverter button will illuminate.
If you press the AC inverter button
again, the AC inverter will be deacti-
vated and the light on the AC invert-
OYP044090N
er button will turn off.
✽ NOTICE
When turning on the AC inverter,
the indicator on the AC inverter but-
ton illuminates late while the system
conducts a self-check.
OYP044091N
OYP044319N
4 199
• To prevent the battery from being • While the power consumption of

discharged, do not use the AC some electrical devices/appliances
inverter while the engine is not run- may be within the AC inverter’s
ning. electric power range, it may mal-
• When not using the AC inverter, function in below cases.
make sure to turn off the AC invert- - If the device/appliance requires
er (the indicator on the button does high electric power for initial start
not illuminate) and close the AC up
inverter cover. - If the device/appliance processes
• After using an electric accessory or precise/very accurate data
equipment, pull the plug out. - If the device/appliance requires
OYP074067N Leaving the accessory or equip- very stable supply of electricity
✽ NOTICE ment plugged in for a long time
may cause battery discharge.
• Rated voltage : AC 115V CAUTION - Electric acces-
• Maximum electric power : 100W • Do not use an electric accessory
• In order to avoid an electrical sys- or equipment the power consump- sory devices
tem failure, electric shock, etc., be tion of which is greater than 100W • Do not use broken electric
sure to read owner's manual (115V). accessories which may dam-
before use. age the AC inverter and elec-
• Be sure to close the cover except trical systems of the vehicle.
the time of use. • Do not use two or more electric
accessories at the same time. It
may cause damage to the elec-
trical systems of the vehicle.
4 200
USB charger (if equipped) The battery charging state may be Wireless smart phone charg-
monitored on the electrical device. ing system (if equipped)
■ Front
Disconnect the USB cable from the
USB port after use.
• Some devices are not supported
for fast charging but will be
charged with normal speed.
• Use the USB charger when the
engine is running to prevent bat-
tery discharge.
OYP048421N
• Only devices that fits the USB port
■ Rear can be used.
• The USB charger can be used only
for battery charging purposes. OYP048411N
• Battery chargers cannot be A wireless smart phone charging

charged. system located in front of the center
console.
Firmly close all doors, and turn the
ignition to ACC or IGN ON. To start
wireless charging, place the smart
phone equipped with wireless charg-
OYP044097N
ing function on the wireless charging
The USB charger is designed to pad.
recharge batteries of small size elec- For best wireless charging results,
trical devices using a USB cable. The place the smart phone on the center
electrical devices can be recharged of the charging pad.
when the Engine Start/Stop button is
in ACC/ON/START position.
4 201
The wireless charging system is Wireless smart phone charging

designed for one smart phone CAUTION 1. Remove any object on the smart
equipped with QI per single usage - Liquid in Wireless Smart phone charging pad including the
only. Please refer to the smart phone Phone Charger smart key. If there is any foreign
accessory cover or the smart phone To prevent liquid from damag- object on the pad other than a
manufacturer homepage to check ing the wireless smart phone smart phone, the wireless charging
whether your smart phone supports charging system in your vehi- function may not operate properly.
QI function. cle, securely close the tray 2. Place the smart phone on the cen-
cover when charging your ter of the wireless charging pad.
phone.
CAUTION 3. The indicator light will change to
- Metal in Wireless Charging orange once the wireless charging
System begins. After the charging is com-
If any metallic object such as plete, the orange light will change
coins is located between the to green.
wireless charging system and 4. You can choose to turn the wireless
the smart phone, the charging charging function to either ON or
may be disrupted. Also, the OFF by selecting the USM on the
metallic object may heat up and instrument cluster. (Please refer to
potentially damage the charging “Instrument Cluster” for details).
system. If there is any metallic
object between the smart phone
and the charging pad, immedi-
ately remove the smart phone.
Remove the metallic object after
it has cooled down.
4 202
If the wireless charging is not func- ✽ NOTICE (Continued)

tioning properly, the orange light will • Securely close the tray cover when • When the interior temperature of
blink and flash for ten seconds then using the wireless smart phone the wireless charging system rises
turn off. In such cases, remove the charge function. above a set temperature, the wire-
smart phone from the pad and • Close the tray cover when the less charging will cease to func-
replace it on the pad again, or double smart phone is placed in it at all tion. After the interior tempera-
check the charging status. times. If the vehicle is in motion ture drops below the threshold,
If you leave the smart phone on the without the tray cover closed, it is the wireless charging function will
charging pad when the vehicle igni- more likely that the driver may resume.
tion is in OFF, the vehicle will alert use the smart phone. The use of • The wireless charging may not
you through warning messages and smart phones while driving may function properly when there is a
sound (applicable for vehicles with lead to possible injuries and acci- heavy accessory cover on the
voice guidance function). dents. smart phone.
• If it is not possible to close the tray The wireless charging will stop
cover due to the size of the smart when the smart phone is not in
phone, do not use the wireless complete contact with the wireless
smart phone charging function at charging pad.
all. • The smart key detection feature in
• When the tray cover is broken, do operation could temporarily stop
not use the wireless charging func- charging.
tion before the tray cover is (When turning on ignition, open-
repaired. ing doors, or closing doors)
(Continued) • The wireless charging will stop
when the vehicle is turned OFF.
(Continued)
4 203
(Continued) (Continued) This device complies with

• Items equipped with magnetic • The indicator light of some manu- Industry Canada licence-exempt
components such as credit card, facturers’ smart phones may still RSS standard(s).
telephone card, bankbook, any be yellow after the smart phone is Operation is subject to the following
transportation ticket and such fully charged. This is due to the two conditions:
may become damaged during particular characteristic of the
wireless charging. smart phone and not a malfunc- (1) This device may not cause inter-
• Place the smart phone on the cen- tion of the wireless charging. ference, and
ter of the charge pad for best • When any smart phone without a (2) This device must accept any
results. The smart phone may not wireless charging function or a interference, including interfer-
charge when placed near the rim metallic object is placed on the ence that may cause undesired
of the charging pad. When the charging pad, a small noise may operation of the device.
smart phone does get charged, it sound. This small sound is due to
may heat up excessively. the vehicle discerning compatibili-
• For smart phones without built-in ty of the object placed on the
wireless charging system, an charging pad. It does not affect
appropriate accessory has to be your vehicle or the smart phone in
equipped. any way.
• Cellphones without the certifica-
tion for wireless charging ( )
could fail to charge.
• The self-protection feature
equipped in some mobile phones
could slow down or stop charging.
(Continued)
4 204
Coat hook (if equipped) Floor mat anchor (s)

CAUTION - Hanging (if equipped)
clothing
■ Driver seat ■ Passenger seat
Do not hang heavy clothes, since
those may damage the hook.
WARNING
Do not hang other objects such
as hangers or hard objects
except clothes. Also, do not put
heavy, sharp or breakable objects
in the clothe pockets. In an acci- OXM043309
OYP044164K
■ Rear seat
❈ This actual feature may differ from the illus- dent or when the curtain air bag
tration. is inflated, it may cause vehicle
damage or personal injury.
To use the coat hook, pull down the
upper portion of hanger.
OYP044312N
When using a floor mat on the front

floor carpet, make sure it attaches to
the floor mat anchor(s) in your vehi-
cle. This keeps the floor mat from
sliding forward.
4 205
The following must be observed Side curtain (if equipped)

when installing ANY floor mat to the WARNING - After market
vehicle. floor mat
• Ensure that the floor mats are Do not install aftermarket floor
securely attached to the vehicle's mats that are not capable of
floor mat anchor(s) before driving being securely attached to the
the vehicle. vehicle's floor mat anchors.
• Do not use ANY floor mat that can- Unsecured floor mats can inter-
not be firmly attached to the vehi- fere with pedal operation.
cle's floor mat anchors.
• Do not stack floor mats on top of
one another (e.g. all-weather rub- OYP044092K
ber mat on top of a carpeted floor
mat). Only a single floor mat should
be installed in each position.
IMPORTANT – Your vehicle was
manufactured with driver's side floor
mat anchors that are designed to
securely hold the floor mat in place.
To avoid any interference with pedal
operation, Kia recommends that only
the Kia floor mat designed for use in OYP044093K
your vehicle be installed.
To use the side curtain:
1. Lift the curtain by the handle (1).
2. Hang the curtain on the hooks on
both sides of the handle.
4 206
To avoid injury or damage to the side Luggage net holder

curtain and door moldings, lower (if equipped) CAUTION
side curtain by the handle all the way To prevent damage to the vehi-
back to the stowed position. Do not cle, care should be taken when
release handle after disengaging carrying fragile or bulky objects
from the hooks on the door. in the luggage compartment.
WARNING - Luggage net

To avoid eye injury, DO NOT
overstretch the luggage net.
ALWAYS keep your face and
body out of the luggage net’s
OUM044089 recoil path. DO NOT use the lug-
gage net when the strap has vis-
To keep items from shifting in the ible signs of wear or damage.
cargo area, you can use the holders
located in the cargo area to attach
the luggage net.
If necessary, we recommend that
you contact an authorized Kia dealer.
4 207
EXTERIOR FEATURES
Roof rack (if equipped) ✽ NOTICE • The following specification is the
If the vehicle is equipped with a sun- maximum weight that can be
roof, be sure not to position cargo loaded onto the roof rack.
onto the roof rack in such a way that Distribute the load as evenly as
it could interfere with sunroof oper- possible on the roof rack and
ation. secure the load firmly.
ROOF 100 kg (220 lbs.)
✽ NOTICE RACK EVENLY DISTRIBUTED
• When carrying large objects on Loading cargo or luggage in

the roof rack, make sure they do excess of the specified weight limit
not exceed the overall roof length on the roof rack may damage your
or width. vehicle.
OYP044095K • When you are carrying cargo on
If the vehicle has a roof rack, you can the roof rack, do not operate the
load cargo on top of your vehicle. sunroof (if equipped).
4 208
• Always drive slowly and turn corners

WARNING - Driving with carefully when carrying items on the
roof load roof rack. Severe wind updrafts,
Always drive slow and turn cor- caused by passing vehicles or natu-
ners carefully when carrying ral causes, can cause sudden
items on the roof rack. The vehi- upward pressure on items loaded on
cle center of gravity will be the roof rack. This is especially true
higher when items are loaded when carrying large, flat items such
onto the roof rack. as wood panels or mattresses. This
could cause the items to fall off the
roof rack and cause damage to your
vehicle or others around you.
• To prevent damage or loss of cargo
while driving, check frequently
before or while driving to make
sure the items on the roof rack are
securely fastened.
4 209
AUDIO SYSTEM
✽ NOTICE Antenna AUX, USB port
If you install an after market HID
head lamp, your vehicle’s audio and
electronic device may malfunction.
OYP044249K OYP048190N
The shark fin antenna will receive the If your vehicle has an AUX and/or
AM, FM broadcast signals and USB(universal serial bus) port, you
transmit data. can use an AUX port to connect
audio devices and an USB and also
an iPod®.
✽ NOTICE
When using a portable audio device
connected to the power outlet, noise
may occur during playback. If this
happens, use the power source of the
portable audio device.
4 210
Driving your vehicle
Before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Forward Collision-avoidance Assist (FCA) . . . . . 5-44

• Before entering vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 • System setting and activation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44
• Necessary inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 • FCA warning message and system control . . . . . . . . 5-46
• Before starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 • Brake operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48
Key positions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 • FCA front radar/Camera sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48
• Illuminated ignition switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 • System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50
• Ignition switch position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 • Limitation of the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52
• Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Cruise control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59
Engine start/stop button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 • To set cruise control speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59
• Illuminated engine start/stop button . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 • To increase cruise control set speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60
• Engine start/stop button position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 • To decrease the cruising speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60
• Starting the engine with a smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 • To temporarily accelerate with
the cruise control on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61
Automatic transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
• To cancel cruise control, do one of the following . . . 5-61
5
• Automatic transmission operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
• Good driving practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 • To resume cruising speed at more than
Brake system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21 approximately 30 km/h (20 mph) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62
• Power brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21 • To turn cruise control off, do one of the following. . . 5-62
• Parking brake – Foot type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23 Smart cruise control with stop & go system . . . . 5-63
• Electronic parking brake (EPB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24 • Smart cruise control switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65
• Auto hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30 • Speed setting (Smart cruise control system). . . . . . . 5-65
• Anti-lock Brake System (ABS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33 • Vehicle to vehicle distance setting
• Electronic Stability Control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35 (Smart cruise control system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-70
• Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40 • When the lane ahead is clear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71
• Hill-start Assist Control (HAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42 • When there is a vehicle ahead of you in your lane . . . 5-71
• Good braking practices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
• To adjust the sensitivity of smart cruise Economical operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-103
control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75 Special driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-105
• To convert to cruise control mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75 • Hazardous driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-105
• Limitations of the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76 • Reducing the risk of a rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-105
Active ECO system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-82 • Rocking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-106
• Active ECO operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-82 • Smooth cornering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-107
• When Active ECO is activated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-82 • Driving at night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-107
• Limitation of Active ECO operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-82 • Driving in the rain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-108
Drive mode integrated control system . . . . . . . . 5-83 • Driving in flooded areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-109
• DRIVE mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-83 • Driving off-road. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-109
Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW). . . . . . . . . . 5-85 • Highway driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-109
• BCW (Blind-Spot Collision Warning) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-86 Winter driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-111
5 • RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning) . . . 5-88 • Snowy or icy conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-111
• DRIVER’S ATTENTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-92 • Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant . . . . . . . . . 5-112
Driver Attention Warning (DAW). . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94 • Check battery and cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-112
• System setting and activation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94 • Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary . . . . . . 5-112
• Resetting the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-96 • Check spark plugs and ignition system. . . . . . . . . . 5-112
• System standby . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-96 • To keep locks from freezing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-112
• System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-96 • Use approved window washer anti-freeze in system. 5-113
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system. . . . . . . 5-98 • Don’t let your parking brake freeze . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-113
• LDW operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-99 • Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath . . . 5-113
• Warning indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-100 • Carry emergency equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-113
• The LDW does not operate when . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-101 Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-114
• Driver’s attention. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-101 • Hitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-115
• Safety chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-115
• Trailer brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-116
• Driving with a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-116
• Maintenance when trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-120
• If you do decide to pull a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-120
Vehicle load limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-123
• Tire and loading information label . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-123
• Certification label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-127
Vehicle weight glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-129
• Base curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-129
• Vehicle curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-129
• Cargo weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-129
• GAW (Gross Axle Weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-129
• GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-129 5
• GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-129
• GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) . . . . . . . . . . 5-129
Be sure the exhaust system

does not leak. WARNING - Open Liftgate
The exhaust system should be Do not drive with the liftgate
checked whenever the vehicle is open. Poisonous exhaust gases
raised to change the oil or for any can enter the passenger com-
other purpose. If you hear a change partment If you must drive with
the liftgate open proceed as fol-
in the sound of the exhaust or if you lows:
drive over something that strikes the
underneath side of the vehicle, have 1. Close all windows.
the exhaust system checked as soon 2. Open side vents.
as possible by an authorized Kia 3. Set the air intake control at
dealer. "Fresh", the air flow control at
"Floor" or "Face" and the fan
at the highest speed.
WARNING - Engine
exhaust
Do not inhale exhaust fumes or
leave your engine running in a
enclosed area for a prolonged
time. Exhaust fumes contain
carbon monoxide, a colorless,
odorless gas that can cause
unconsciousness and death by
asphyxiation.
5 4
BEFORE DRIVING
Before entering vehicle Necessary inspections Before starting
• Be sure that all windows, outside Fluid levels, such as engine oil, • Close and lock all doors.
mirror(s), and outside lights are engine coolant, brake fluid, and • Position the seat so that all con-
clean. washer fluid should be checked on a trols are easily reached.
• Check the condition of the tires. regular basis, at the exact interval
depending on the fluid. Further • Buckle your seat belt.
• Check under the vehicle for any details are provided in chapter 7, • Adjust the inside and outside
sign of leaks. “Maintenance”. rearview mirrors.
• Be sure there are no obstacles • Be sure that all lights work.
behind you if you intend to back up.
WARNING - Distracted • Check all gauges.
driving • Check the operation of warning
Focus on the road while driving. lights when the ignition switch is
The driver's primary responsi- turned to the ON position.
bility is in the safe and legal • Release the parking brake and
operation of the vehicle. Use of make sure the brake warning light
any handled devices, other goes out.
equipment or vehicle systems For safe operation, be sure you are
that distract the drive should familiar with your vehicle and its
not be used during vehicle equipment.
operation.
5 5
WARNING - Fire risk WARNING - Loose WARNING - Driving while

When you intend to park or stop objects intoxicated
the vehicle with the engine on, Securely store items in your Do not drive while intoxicated.
be careful not to depress the vehicle. When you make a sud- Drinking and driving is danger-
accelerator pedal for a long den stop or turn the steering ous. Even a small amount of
period of time. It may overheat wheel rapidly, loose objects alcohol will affect your reflexes,
the engine or exhaust system may drop on the floor and it perceptions and judgment.
and cause fire. could interfere with the opera- Driving while under the influ-
tion of the foot pedals, possibly ence of drugs is as dangerous
causing an accident. as or more dangerous than driv-
WARNING - Check sur- ing drunk.
roundings
Always check the surrounding
areas near your vehicle for peo-
ple, especially children, before
putting a vehicle into D (Drive)
or R (Reverse).
5 6
KEY POSITIONS (IF EQUIPPED)

Illuminated ignition switch Ignition switch position ACC (Accessory)
LOCK The steering wheel is unlocked and
electrical accessories are operative.
If difficulty is experienced turning the
ignition switch to the ACC position,
turn the key while turning the steer-
ing wheel right and left to release the
tension.
OYP054028K
Whenever a front door is opened, the OYP054029K

ignition switch will illuminate for your The steering wheel locks to protect
convenience, provided the ignition against theft (if equipped). The igni-
switch is not in the ON position. The tion key can be removed only in the
light will go off immediately when the LOCK position.
ignition switch is turned on. It will
also go off after about 30 seconds
when the door is closed.
5 7
ON The anti-theft steering column lock (if Starting the engine

The warning lights can be checked equipped) is not a substitute for the
before the engine is started. This is parking brake. Before leaving the dri-
ver’s seat, always make sure the shift WARNING - Proper
the normal running position after the footwear
engine is started. lever is engaged in P (Park) for auto-
matic transaxle, set the parking Always wear appropriate shoes
Do not leave the ignition switch ON if brake fully and shut the engine off. when operating your vehicle.
the engine is not running to prevent Unexpected and sudden vehicle Unsuitable shoes (high heels,
battery discharge. movement may occur if these pre- ski boots, sandals, etc.) may
cautions are not taken. interfere with your ability to use
START the brake and accelerator pedal.
Turn the ignition switch to the START WARNING - Ignition
position to start the engine. The switch 1.Make sure the parking brake is
engine will crank until you release applied.
the key; then it returns to the ON Never turn the ignition switch to
LOCK or ACC while the vehicle 2.Place the transaxle shift lever in P
position. The brake warning light can (Park). Depress the brake pedal
be checked in this position. is moving. This would result in
loss of directional control and fully.
braking function, which could You can also start the engine when
cause an accident. the shift lever is in the N (Neutral)
position.
5 8
3.Turn the ignition switch to START If the engine stalls while you are in
and hold it there until the engine motion, do not attempt to move the
starts (a maximum of 10 seconds), shift lever to the P (Park) position. If
then release the key. traffic and road conditions permit,
It should be started without you may put the shift lever in the N
depressing the accelerator. (Neutral) position while the vehicle is
still moving and turn the ignition
4.Do not wait for the engine to warm switch to the START position in an
up while the vehicle remains sta- attempt to restart the engine.
tionary.
Start driving at moderate engine
speeds. (Steep accelerating and CAUTION - Starter
decelerating should be avoided.) Do not engage the starter for
more than 10 seconds. If the
engine stalls or fails to start,
WARNING - Steering wait 5 to 10 seconds before re-
wheel engaging the starter. Improper
Never reach for any controls use of the starter may damage it.
through the steering wheel
while the vehicle is in motion.
The presence of your hand or
arm in this area could cause a
loss of vehicle control.
5 9
ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON (IF EQUIPPED)

Illuminated engine start/stop Engine start/stop button posi- In an emergency situation while the
button tion vehicle is in motion, you are able to
turn the engine off and to the ACC
OFF position by pressing the engine
start/stop button for more than 2 sec-
onds or 3 times successively within 3
seconds. If the vehicle is still moving,
you can restart the engine without
Not illuminated
depressing the brake pedal by press-
To turn off the engine (START/RUN ing the engine start/stop button with
position) or vehicle power (ON posi- the shift lever in the N (Neutral) posi-
tion), press the engine start/stop but- tion.
ton with the shift lever in the P (Park)
position. When you press the engine
OYP054001K
start/stop button without the shift
Whenever the front door is opened, lever in the P (Park) position, the
the engine start/stop button will illu- engine start/stop button will not
minate for your convenience. The change to the OFF position but to the
light will go off after about 30 sec- ACC position.
onds when the door is closed.
When all entrances are closed, if you
lock the vehicle by using the trans-
mitter or the smart key, the light will
go off immediately.
5 10
ACC(Accessory) ON START/RUN
Amber Redish orange Not illuminated
Press the engine start/stop button Press the engine start/stop button To start the engine, depress the
while it is in the OFF position without while it is in the ACC position without brake pedal and press the ENGINE
depressing the brake pedal. depressing the brake pedal. START/ STOP button with the shift
If the engine start/stop button is in The warning lights can be checked lever in the P (Park) or the N
the ACC position for more than 1 before the engine is started. Do not (Neutral) position. For your safety,
hour, the button is turned off auto- leave the engine start/stop button in start the engine with the shift lever in
matically to prevent battery dis- the ON position for a long time. The the P (Park) position.
charge. battery may discharge, because the If you press the engine start/stop
engine is not running. button without depressing the brake
pedal for automatic transaxle vehi-
cles, the engine will not start and the
engine start/stop button changes as
follow:
OFF ➔ ACC ➔ ON ➔ OFF or ACC
5 11
✽ NOTICE Starting the engine with a • Even if the smart key is in the vehi-
If you leave the engine start/stop smart key cle, if it is far away from you, the
button in the ACC or ON position engine may not start.
1.Carry the smart key or leave it
for a long time, the battery will dis- inside the vehicle. • When the engine start/stop button
charge. is in the ACC position or above, if
2.Make sure the parking brake is
any door is opened, the system
firmly applied
checks for the smart key. If the
WARNING - Starting 3.Place the transaxle shift lever in P smart key is not in the vehicle, a
vehicle (Park). Depress the brake pedal message "key is not in the vehicle"
Never press the engine fully. will appear on the LCD display. And
start/stop button while the vehi- You can also start the engine when if all doors are closed, the chime
cle is in motion except in an the shift lever is in the N (Neutral) will sound for 5 seconds. The indi-
emergency. This would result in position. cator or warning will turn off while
loss of directional control and 4.Press the engine start/stop button the vehicle is moving. Always have
braking function, which could while depressing the brake pedal. the smart key with you.
cause an accident.
It should be started without
depressing the accelerator.
5.Do not wait for the engine to warm
up while the vehicle remains sta-
tionary.
Start driving at moderate engine
speeds. (Steep accelerating and
decelerating should be avoided.)
5 12
• When the stop lamp fuse is blown,

WARNING - Unintended you can't start the engine normally.
vehicle movement Replace the fuse with a new one. If
Never leave the smart key in the it is not possible, you can start the
vehicle with children or vehicle engine by pressing the engine
occupants who are unfamiliar start/stop button for 10 seconds
with the vehicle operation. while it is in the ACC position. The
Pushing the engine start/stop engine can start without depress-
button while the smart key is in ing the brake pedal. But for your
the vehicle may result in unin- safety always depress the brake
tended engine activation and/or pedal before starting the engine.
unintended vehicle movement. OYP054005K Do not press the engine start/stop
• If the battery is weak or the smart button for more than 10 seconds
key does not work correctly, you except when the stop lamp fuse is
can start the engine by pressing blown.
the engine start/stop button with
the smart key.
The side with the lock button
should contact the engine
start/stop button directly.
When you press the engine
start/stop button directly with the
smart key, the smart key should
contact the button at a right angle.
5 13
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
Automatic transmission opera-
tion
The automatic transmission has 8
forward speeds and one reverse
speed. The individual speeds are
selected automatically, depending on
the position of the shift lever.
✽ NOTICE
The first few shifts on a new vehicle,
+ (UP) if the battery has been disconnected,
may be somewhat abrupt. This is a
normal condition, and the shifting
sequence will adjust after shifts are
cycled a few times by the TCM
(Transmission Control Module) or
- ( D OW N ) PCM (Powertrain Control Module).
Depress the brake pedal and the lock release button when shifting.
(If the shift lock system is not equipped, it is not necessary to depress the brake pedal.
However, it is recommended to depress the brake pedal to avoid inadvertent movement
of the vehicle.)
Press the lock release button when shifting.
The shift lever can be shifted freely.
OYP058194N
5 14
For smooth operation, depress the Transmission ranges

brake pedal and the lock release but- CAUTION - transmission The indicator in the instrument clus-
ton when shifting from N (Neutral) to To avoid damage to your ter displays the shift lever position
a forward or reverse gear. transaxle, do not accelerate the when the ignition switch is in the ON
engine in R (Reverse) or any for- position.
ward gear position with the
WARNING brakes on. The transaxle may be
- Automatic transmission damaged if you shift into P P (Park)
Before leaving the driver’s seat, (Park) while the vehicle is in Always come to a complete stop
always make sure the shift lever motion. before shifting into P (Park). This posi-
is in the P (Park) position; then tion locks the transmission and pre-
set the parking brake fully and vents the drive wheels from rotating.
shut the engine off. Do not use When stopped on an incline, do not Shifting into P (Park) while the vehi-
the P position in place of the hold the vehicle with the engine cle is in motion will cause the drive
parking brake. Always make power. Use the service brake or the wheels to lock which will cause you
sure the shift lever is latched in parking brake. to lose control of the vehicle.
the P position and set the park-
ing brake fully. Unexpected and
sudden vehicle movement can
occur if these precautions are
not followed.
5 15
R (Reverse) - Parking in N (Neutral) gear

Use this position to drive the vehicle Follow below steps when parking WARNING
backward. and you want the vehicle to move • With the exception of parking
when pushed. in neutral gear, always park
CAUTION - Shifting 1. After parking your vehicle, step on the vehicle in P (Park) for safe-
the brake pedal and move the shift ty and engage the parking
Always come to a complete stop brake.
before shifting into or out of R lever to P with the ignition button in
(Reverse); you may damage the ON or while the engine is running. • Before parking in N (Neutral)
transaxle if you shift into R 2. If the parking brake is applied gear, first make sure the park-
(Reverse) while the vehicle is in unlock the parking brake. ing ground is level and flat. Do
motion, except when “Rocking not park in N gear on any
3. While pressing the brake pedal, slopes or gradients.
the vehicle” explained in this turn the ignition button OFF.
section. If parked and left in N, the
- For smart key equipped vehicles, vehicle may move and cause
the ignition switch can be moved serious damage and injury.
N (Neutral) to OFF only when the shift lever
is in P.
The wheels and transmission are not
engaged. The vehicle will roll freely 4. Change the gear shift lever to N
even on the slightest incline unless (Neutral) while pressing the brake
the parking brake or service brakes pedal and pushing [SHIFT LOCK
are applied. RELEASE] button or inserting,
pressing down a tool (e.g. flathead
screw-driver) into the [SHIFT LOCK
RELEASE] access hole at the
same time. Then, the vehicle will
move when external force is
applied.
5 16
D (Drive) In sports mode, moving the shift

This is the normal forward driving lever backwards and forwards will
position. The transmission will auto- allow you to make gearshifts rapidly.
matically shift through a 8-gear In contrast to a manual transmission,
sequence, providing the best fuel the sports mode allows gearshifts
economy and power. with the accelerator pedal
depressed.
+ (UP) Up (+) : Push the lever forward once
For extra power when passing anoth-
Sports to shift up one gear.
er vehicle or climbing grades, mode
depress the accelerator fully, at which Down (-) : Pull the lever backwards
- ( D OW N ) once to shift down one
time the transmission will automati-
OYP058008N gear.
cally downshift to the next lower gear.
Sports mode • In sports mode, the driver must
Whether the vehicle is stationary or execute upshifts in accordance
in motion, sports mode is selected by with road conditions, taking care to
pushing the shift lever from the D keep the engine speed below the
(Drive) position into the manual gate. red zone.
To return to D (Drive) range opera- • In sports mode, only the 8 forward
tion, push the shift lever back into the gears can be selected. To reverse
main gate. or park the vehicle, move the shift
lever to the R (Reverse) or P (Park)
position as required.
5 17
• In sports mode, downshifts are Shift lock system

made automatically when the vehi- For your safety, the automatic trans- WARNING - Shifting from
cle slows down. When the vehicle mission has a shift lock system park
stops, 1st gear is automatically which prevents shifting the transmis- Always fully depress the brake
selected. sion from P (Park) into R (Reverse) pedal before and while shifting
• In sports mode, when the engine unless the brake pedal is depressed. out of the P (Park) position into
rpm approaches the red zone shift To shift the transmission from P another position to avoid inad-
points are varied to upshift auto- (Park) into R (Reverse): vertent motion of the vehicle
matically. which could injure persons in
1.Depress and hold the brake pedal.
• To maintain the required levels of or around the vehicle.
vehicle performance and safety, 2.Start the engine or turn the ignition
the system may not execute cer- switch to the ON position.
tain gearshifts when the shift lever 3.Move the shift lever.
is operated. If the brake pedal is repeatedly
• When driving on a slippery road, depressed and released with the shift
push the shift lever forward into the lever in the P (Park) position, a chat-
+(up) position. This causes the tering noise near the shift lever may
transmission to shift into the 2nd be heard. It is a normal condition.
gear which is better for smooth
driving on a slippery road. Push
the shift lever to the -(down) side to
shift back to the 1st gear.
5 18
Ignition key interlock system Good driving practices

The ignition key cannot be removed • Never move the gear shift lever
unless the shift lever is in the P from P (Park) to any other position
(Park) position. Even if the ignition with the accelerator pedal
switch is in the LOCK position, the depressed.
key also cannot be removed. • Never move the gear shift lever into
If your vehicle is equipped with P (Park) when the vehicle is in
engine start/stop button, the button motion.
will not change to the OFF position • Slow down before shifting to a
unless the shift lever is in the P lower gear. Otherwise, the lower
(Park) position. gear may not be engaged.
OYP058007N
Shift-lock override • Always use the parking brake. Do
not depend on placing the trans-
If the shift lever cannot be moved mission in P (Park) to keep the
from the P (Park) position into R vehicle from moving.
(Reverse) position with the brake
pedal depressed, continue depress- • Optimum vehicle performance and
ing the brake, then do the following: economy is obtained by smoothly
depressing and releasing the
1.Carefully remove the cap covering accelerator pedal.
the shift-lock access hole (1).
2.Insert a screwdriver into the
access hole and press down on
the screwdriver.
3.Move the shift lever.
4.Have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer immediately.
5 19
Moving up a steep grade from a

standing start
To move up a steep grade from a
standing start, depress the brake
pedal, shift the shift lever to D
(Drive). Select the appropriate gear
depending on load weight and steep-
ness of the grade, and release the
parking brake. Depress the accelera-
tor gradually while releasing the
service brakes.
5 20
BRAKE SYSTEM
Power brakes Wet brakes may impair the vehicle’s
CAUTION - Brake Pedal ability to safely slow down; the vehi-
Your vehicle has power-assisted
brakes that adjust automatically Do not drive with your foot rest- cle may also pull to one side when
through normal usage. ing on the brake pedal. This will the brakes are applied. Applying the
create abnormally high brake brakes lightly will indicate whether
In the event that the power-assisted temperatures which can cause they have been affected in this way.
brakes lose power because of a excessive brake lining and pad Always test your brakes in this fash-
stalled engine or some other reason, wear. ion after driving through deep water.
you can still stop your vehicle by To dry the brakes, apply them lightly
applying greater force to the brake while maintaining a safe forward
pedal than you normally would. The speed until brake performance
stopping distance, however, will be WARNING - Steep hill returns to normal.
longer. braking
When the engine is not running, the Avoid continuous application of
reserve brake power is partially the brakes when descending a
depleted each time the brake pedal long or steep hill by shifting to a
is applied. Do not pump the brake lower gear. Continuous brake
pedal when the power assist has application will cause the brakes
been interrupted. to overheat and could result in a
Pump the brake pedal only when temporary loss of braking per-
necessary to maintain steering con- formance.
trol on slippery surfaces.
5 21
In the event of brake failure Disc brakes wear indicator

If service brakes fail to operate while When your brake pads are worn and WARNING - Brake wear
the vehicle is in motion, you can new pads are required, you will hear Avoid applying the parking
make an emergency stop with the a high-pitched warning sound from brake to stop the vehicle while it
parking brake. The stopping dis- your front brakes or rear brakes. You is moving except in an emer-
tance, however, will be much greater may hear this sound come and go or gency situation. If you ignore
than normal. it may occur whenever you depress this audible warning, you will
the brake pedal. eventually lose braking per-
Please remember that some driving formance, which could lead to a
WARNING serious accident.
- Parking brake conditions or climates may cause a
brake squeal when you first apply (or
Applying the parking brake lightly apply) the brakes. This is nor-
while the vehicle is moving at mal and does not indicate a problem
normal speeds can cause a with your brakes.
sudden loss of control of the
vehicle. If you must use the Always replace the front or rear
parking brake to stop the vehi- brake pads as pairs.
cle, use great caution in apply-
ing the brake. CAUTION - Replace brake
pads
Do not continue to drive with
worn brake pads. Continuing to
drive with worn brake pads can
damage the braking system and
result in costly brake repairs.
5 22
Parking brake – Foot type Releasing the parking brake

Applying the parking brake
WARNING
• Never allow a passenger to
touch the parking brake. If the
parking brake is released
unintentionally, serious injury
may occur.
• All vehicles should always
have the parking brake fully
engaged when parked to
avoid inadvertent movement
of the car which can injure
OYP054010K
occupants or pedestrians.
OYP054009K To release the parking brake,
To engage the parking brake, first depress the parking brake pedal a
apply the foot brake and then second time while applying the foot
depress the parking brake pedal brake. The pedal will automatically
down as far as possible. extend to the fully released position.
CAUTION - Parking brake

Driving with the parking brake
applied will cause excessive
brake pad (or lining) and brake
rotor wear.
5 23
If at all possible, cease driving the Electronic parking brake (EPB)

vehicle immediately. If that is not pos- (if equipped)
sible, use extreme caution while
operating the vehicle and only con- Applying the parking brake
tinue to drive the vehicle until you
can reach a safe location or repair
shop.
W-75
Check the brake warning light by

turning the ignition switch ON (do not
start the engine). This light will be
OYP058245N
illuminated when the parking brake is
applied with the ignition switch in the To apply the EPB (electronic parking
START or ON position. brake):
Before driving, be sure the parking 1. Depress the brake pedal.
brake is fully released and the brake 2. Pull up the EPB switch.
warning light is off. Make sure the warning light comes
If the brake warning light remains on on.
after the parking brake is released
while the engine is running, there
may be a malfunction in the brake
system. Immediate attention is nec-
essary.
5 24
Also, the EPB is applied automatical- Do not operate the parking brake/ Releasing the parking brake
ly if the Auto Hold button is on when EPB while the vehicle is moving
the engine is turned off. However, if except in an emergency situation.
you press the EPB switch after the
engine is turned off, the EPB will not ✽ NOTICE
be Applied.
A click or electric brake motor
whine sound may be heard while
✽ NOTICE operating or releasing the EPB, but
On a steep incline or when pulling a these conditions are normal and
trailer, if the vehicle does not remain indicate that the EPB is functioning
at a standstill, do as follows: properly.
1. Apply the EPB.
2. Pull up the EPB switch for more OYP058241N
than 3 seconds. To release the EPB (electronic parking
brake), press the EPB switch in the
following condition:
• Have the ignition switch or engine
start/stop button in the ON posi-
tion.
• Depress the brake pedal.
Make sure the brake warning light
goes off.
5 25
To release EPB (electronic parking ✽ NOTICE

brake) automatically: CAUTION
• For your safety, you can engage
• Shift lever in P (Park) the EPB even though the ignition • If the parking brake warning
With the engine running depress switch or engine stop/start button light is still on even though
the brake pedal and shift out of P is in the OFF position, but you the EPB has been released,
(Park) to R (Reverse) or D (Drive). cannot release it. have the system checked by
• For your safety, depress the brake an authorized Kia dealer.
• Shift lever in N (Neutral)
pedal and release the parking • Do not drive your vehicle with
With the engine running depress brake manually with the EPB the EPB applied. It may cause
the brake pedal and shift out of N switch when you drive downhill or excessive brake pad and
(Neutral) to R (Reverse) or D when backing up the vehicle. brake rotor wear.
(Drive).
• Automatic transmission vehicle Do not follow the above procedure
1. Start the engine. when driving on a flat level ground.
2. Fasten the driver's seat belt. The vehicle may suddenly move for-
ward.
3. Close the driver's door, engine
hood and trunk.
4. Depress the accelerator pedal
while the shift lever is in R
(Rear), D (Drive) or Sports
mode.
Make sure the brake warning light
goes off.
5 26
EPB (electronic parking brake) may System warning If the above situation occurs,
be automatically applied when: depress the brake pedal and release
• The EPB is overheated EPB by pressing the EPB switch.
• Requested by other systems
WARNING - Parking
✽ NOTICE Brake Use
If the driver turns the engine off by All vehicles should always have
mistake while Auto Hold is operat- the parking brake fully engaged
ing, EPB will be automatically when parked to avoid inadver-
applied. (Vehicles equipped with tent movement of the car which
Auto Hold) can injure occupants or pedes-
trians.
OYP058242N
• If you try to drive off depressing the
accelerator pedal with the EPB
applied, but the EPB doesn't
release automatically, a warning
will sound and a message will
appear.
• If the driver's seat belt is not fas-
tened and the engine hood, dri-
ver's door or trunk is opened, a
warning will sound and a message
will appear.
• If there is a problem with the vehi-
cle, a warning may sound and a
message may appear.
5 27
• A click or electric brake motor System warning System warning

whine sound may be heard while
operating or releasing the EPB, but
these conditions are normal and
indicate that the EPB is functioning
properly.
• When leaving your keys with a
parking lot attendant or valet, make
sure to inform him/her how to oper-
ate the EPB.
• The EPB may malfunction if you
drive with the EPB applied.
• When you automatically release OYP058243N OYP058244N
EPB by depressing the accelerator When the conversion from Auto Hold If the EPB is applied while Auto Hold
pedal, depress it slowly. to EPB is not working properly a is activated because of ESC
warning will sound and a message (Electronic Stability Control) signal, a
will appear. warning will sound and a message
will appear.
✽ NOTICE
Depress the brake pedal when the
above message appears for the Auto
Hold and EPB may not activate.
5 28
EPB malfunction indicator If this occurs, have your vehicle • The EPB warning light may illumi-
(if equipped) checked by an authorized Kia dealer nate if the EPB switch operates
as soon as possible. abnormally. Shut the engine off
■ Type A ■ Type B
The EPB malfunction indicator may and turn it on again after a few min-
illuminate when the ESC indicator utes. The warning light will go off
comes on to indicate that the ESC is and the EPB switch will operate
not working properly, but it does not normally. However, if the EPB
indicate a malfunction of the EPB. warning light is still on, have the
system checked by an authorized
Kia dealer.
• If the parking brake warning light
does not illuminate or blinks even
though the EPB switch was pulled
up, the EPB is not applied.
OYP058246N
• If the parking brake warning light
This warning light illuminates if the blinks when the EPB warning light
engine start/stop button is changed is on, press the switch, then pull it
to the ON position and goes off in up. Once more press it back to its
approximately 3 seconds if the sys- original position and pull it back up.
tem is operation normally. If the EPB warning does not go off,
If the EPB malfunction indicator have the system checked by an
remains on, comes on while driving, authorized Kia dealer.
or does not come on when the igni-
tion switch or the engine start/stop
button is changed to the ON position,
this indicates that the EPB may have
malfunctioned.
5 29
Emergency braking If you notice a continuous noise or AUTO HOLD (if equipped)
If there is a problem with the brake burning smell when the EPB is used The Auto Hold maintains the vehicle
pedal while driving, emergency brak- for emergency braking, have your in a standstill even though the brake
ing is possible by pulling up and vehicle checked by an authorized Kia pedal is not depressed after the driv-
holding the EPB switch. Braking is dealer. er brings the vehicle to a complete
possible only while you are holding stop by depressing the brake pedal.
the EPB switch. When the EPB (electronic parking
brake) is not released
WARNING If the EPB does not release normal-
ly, take your vehicle to an authorized
Do not operate the electronic Kia dealer by loading the vehicle on
parking brake while the vehicle a flatbed tow truck and have the sys-
is moving except in an emer- tem checked.
gency situation. Applying the
electronic parking brake while
the vehicle is moving at normal
speeds can cause a sudden
loss of control of the vehicle. If
you must use the electronic
parking brake to stop the vehi-
cle, use great caution in apply-
ing the brake.
✽ NOTICE
During emergency braking by the
EPB, the parking brake warning
light will illuminate to indicate that
the system is operating.
5 30
4.If you press the accelerator pedal

White White with the shift lever in R (Reverse),
D (Drive) or sports mode, the Auto
Hold will be released automatically
and the vehicle will start to move.
The indicator changes from green
to white indicating the Auto Hold is
Green in standby and the EPB is
released.
When driving off from Auto Hold by
depressing the accelerator pedal,
OYP058214N OYP058215N always check the surrounding area
1.Depress the brake pedal, start the 2.When coming to a complete stop near your vehicle.
engine and then press the Auto by depressing the brake pedal, the Slowly depress the accelerator pedal
Hold button. The white AUTO AUTO HOLD indicator changes for a smooth launch.
HOLD indicator will come on indi- from white to green indicating the
cating the system is in standby. AUTO HOLD is engaged and EPB
Before the Auto Hold will engage, is applied. The vehicle will remain
the driver's door, engine hood and at a standstill even if you release
trunk must be closed and the dri- the brake pedal.
ver's seat belt must be fastened. 3.If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be
released.
5 31
Cancel ✽ NOTICE (Continued)

• The following are conditions when In these cases, the brake warning
Light off the Auto Hold will not engage light comes on, the AUTO HOLD
(Auto Hold light will not turn indicator changes from green to
green and the Auto Hold system white, and a warning sounds and a
remains in stand by): message will appear to inform you
- The driver's seat belt is unfas- that EPB has been automatically
tened and driver's door is opened engaged. Before driving off again,
- The engine hood is opened press foot brake pedal, check the
- The trunk is opened surrounding area near your vehi-
- The shift lever is in P (Park) cle and release parking brake
- The EPB is applied manually with the EPB switch.
• For your safety, the Auto Hold • If the AUTO HOLD indicator
OYP058216N
automatically switches to EPB lights up yellow, the Auto Hold is
To cancel the Auto Hold operation, under any of the following condi- not working properly. Take your
press the Auto Hold switch. The tions (Auto Hold light remains vehicle to an authorized Kia deal-
AUTO HOLD indicator will go out. white and the EPB automatically er and have the system checked.
To cancel the Auto Hold operation applies):
when the vehicle is at a standstill, - The driver's seat belt is unfas-
press the Auto Hold switch while tened and driver's door is opened
depressing the brake pedal. - The engine hood is opened
- The trunk is opened
- The vehicle is in a standstill for
more than 10 minutes
- The vehicle is standing on a steep
slope
- The vehicle moved several times
(Continued)
5 32
Anti-lock brake system (ABS) The ABS continuously senses the

WARNING ABS (or ESC) will not prevent acci- speed of the wheels. If the wheels
To reduce the risk of an accidents due to improper or dangerous are going to lock, the ABS system
dent, do not activate Auto Hold driving maneuvers. Even though repeatedly modulates the hydraulic
while driving downhill, backing vehicle control is improved during brake pressure to the wheels.
up or parking your vehicle. emergency braking, always maintain When you apply your brakes under
a safe distance between you and conditions which may lock the
objects ahead. Vehicle speeds wheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’
If there is a malfunction with the dri- should always be reduced during sound from the brakes, or feel a cor-
ver’s door, engine hood or trunk open extreme road conditions. The vehicle responding sensation in the brake
detection system, the Auto Hold may should be driven at reduced speeds pedal. This is normal and it means
not work properly. in the following circumstances: your ABS is active.
Take your vehicle to an authorized Kia • When driving on rough, gravel or In order to obtain the maximum ben-
dealer and have the system checked. snow-covered roads efit from your ABS in an emergency
• When driving on roads where the situation, do not attempt to modulate
your brake pressure and do not try to
✽ NOTICE road surface is pitted or has differ-
pump your brakes. Press your brake
A click or electric brake motor ent surface heights.
pedal as hard as possible or as hard
whine sound may be heard while Driving in these conditions increase as the situation allows the ABS to
operating or releasing the EPB, but the stopping distance for your vehi- control the force being delivered to
these conditions are normal and cle. the brakes.
indicate that the EPB is functioning
properly.
5 33
✽ NOTICE • Even with the anti-lock brake sys-

A click sound may be heard in the tem, your vehicle still requires suf-
engine compartment when the vehi- ficient stopping distance. Always
cle begins to move after the engine is maintain a safe distance from the
started. These conditions are normal vehicle in front of you.
and indicate that the anti-lock brake • Always slow down when cornering.
system is functioning properly. The anti-lock brake system cannot
prevent accidents resulting from
excessive speeds.
• On loose or uneven road surfaces,
operation of the anti-lock brake
system may result in a longer stop- W-78
ping distance than for vehicles The ABS warning light will stay on for
equipped with a conventional approximately 3 seconds after the
brake system. ignition switch is ON. During that
time, the ABS will go through self-
diagnosis and the light will go off if
everything is normal. If the light stays
on, you may have a problem with
your ABS. Contact an authorized Kia
5 34
• When you drive on a road having ✽ NOTICE Electronic stability control

poor traction, such as an icy road, (ESC)
and have operated your brakes When you jump start your vehicle
continuously, the ABS will be active because of a drained battery, the
continuously and the ABS warning engine may not run as smoothly and
light may illuminate. Pull your vehi- the ABS warning light may turn on
cle over to a safe place and stop at the same time. This happens
the engine. because of low battery voltage. It
does not mean your ABS has mal-
• Restart the engine. If the ABS functioned.
warning light goes off, then your • Do not pump your brakes!
ABS system is normal. Otherwise, • Have the battery recharged before
you may have a problem with the driving the vehicle.
ABS. Contact an authorized Kia
OYP054011K
The Electronic Stability control

(ESC) system is designed to stabi-
lize the vehicle during cornering
maneuvers. ESC checks where you
are steering and where the vehicle is
actually going. ESC applies the
brakes on individual wheels and
intervenes with the engine manage-
ment system to stabilize the vehicle.
5 35
Electronic stability control (ESC) will When you apply your brakes under ESC operation
not prevent accidents. Excessive conditions which may lock the wheels, ESC ON condition
speed in turns, abrupt maneuvers you may hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from the
and hydroplaning on wet surfaces brakes, or feel a corresponding sensa- • When the ignition is turned
can still result in serious accidents. tion in the brake pedal. This is normal - ON, ESC and ESC OFF
Only a safe and attentive driver can and it means your ESC is active. indicator lights illuminate for
prevent accidents by avoiding approximately 3 seconds,
maneuvers that cause the vehicle to then ESC is turned on.
lose traction. Even with ESC ✽ NOTICE • Press the ESC OFF but-
installed, always follow all the normal A click sound may be heard in the ton for at least half a sec-
precautions for driving - including engine compartment when the vehi- ond after turning the igni-
driving at safe speeds for the condi- cle begins to move after the engine is tion ON to turn ESC off.
tions. started. These conditions are normal (ESC OFF indicator will
The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) and indicate that the Electronic illuminate). To turn the
system is an electronic system Stability Control System is function- ESC on, press the ESC
designed to help the driver maintain ing properly. OFF button (ESC OFF
vehicle control under adverse condi- indicator light will go off).
tions. It is not a substitute for safe driv- • When starting the engine,
ing practices. Factors including speed, you may hear a slight tick-
road conditions and driver steering ing sound. This is the ESC
input can all affect whether ESC will be performing an automatic
effective in preventing a loss of control. system self-check and does
It is still your responsibility to drive and not indicate a problem.
corner at reasonable speeds and to
leave a sufficient margin of safety.
5 36
When operating ESC operation off ■ Type A
When the ESC is in opera- ESC OFF state

tion, the ESC indicator light This car has 2 kinds of ESC
blinks. off states.
• When the Electronic If the engine stops when
Stability Control is operat- ESC is off, ESC remains off.
ing properly, you can feel a Upon restarting the engine,
slight pulsation in the vehi- the ESC will automatically
cle. This is only the effect turn on again.
of brake control and indi- OYP058220N
cates nothing unusual. ■ Type B
• When moving out of the
mud or driving on a slip-
pery road, pressing the
accelerator pedal may not
cause the engine rpm
(revolutions per minute) to
increase.
OYP058217N
• ESC off state 1
To cancel ESC operation, press the
ESC OFF button (ESC OFF )
shortly (ESC OFF indicator light
(ESC OFF ) illuminates). At this
state, the engine control function
does not operate.
5 37
It means the traction control function ■ Type A At this state, the engine control func-
does not operate. Brake control function and brake control function do not
tion only operates. operate. It means the car stability
If your vehicle is equipped with clus- control function does not operate any
ter type B, C, a message also will more.
appear on the LCD display. If your vehicle is equipped with clus-
ter type B, C, a message also will
appear on the LCD display.
OYP058221N
■ Type B
OYP058219N
• ESC off state 2
To cancel ESC operation, press the
ESC OFF button (ESC OFF ) for
more than 3 seconds. ESC OFF indi-
cator light (ESC OFF ) illuminates
and ESC OFF warning chime will
sound.
5 38
Indicator light ESC OFF usage

WARNING - Electronic sta- When driving
■ ESC indicator light bility control
• ESC should be turned on for daily
Drive carefully even though driving whenever possible.
your vehicle has Electronic
• To turn ESC off while driving, press
Stability Control. It can only
the ESC OFF button while driving
assist you in maintaining con-
■ ESC OFF indicator light
on a flat road surface.
trol under certain circum-
stances.
WARNING - Operating
ESC
Never press the ESC OFF but-
When ignition switch is turned to ON, ton while ESC is operating (ESC
the indicator light illuminates, then indicator light blinks).
goes off if the ESC system is operat- If ESC is turned off while ESC is
ing normally. operating, the vehicle may slip
The ESC indicator light blinks when- out of control.
ever ESC is operating or illuminates
when ESC fails to operate.
The ESC OFF indicator light comes
on when the ESC is turned off with
the button.
5 39
✽ NOTICE Vehicle stability management VSM operation

• When operating the vehicle on a (VSM) (if equipped) When the VSM is in operation, ESC
dynamometer, ensure that the This system provides further indicator light ( ) blinks.
ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light enhancements to vehicle stability When the vehicle stability manage-
illuminated). If the ESC is left on, and steering responses when a vehi- ment is operating properly, you can
it may prevent the vehicle speed cle is driving on a slippery road or a feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle
from increasing, and result in false vehicle detects changes in coeffi- and/or abnormal steering responses
diagnosis. cient of friction between right wheels (EPS). This is only the effect of brake
• Turning the ESC off does not and left wheels when braking. and EPS control and indicates noth-
affect ABS or brake system opera- ing unusual.
tion.
WARNING - Tire/ The VSM does not operate when:
Wheel size
• Driving on bank road such as gra-
When replacing tires and dient or incline
wheels, make sure they are the
same size as the original tires • Driving in reverse
and wheels installed. Driving • ESC OFF indicator light ( )
with varying tire or wheel sizes remains on the instrument cluster
may diminish any supplemental • EPS indicator light remains on the
safety benefits of the VSM sys- instrument cluster
tem.
5 40
VSM operation off Malfunction indicator • The Vehicle Stability Management

If you press the ESC OFF button to The VSM can be deactivated even if system is not a substitute for safe
turn off the ESC, the VSM will also you don’t cancel the VSM operation driving practices but a supplemen-
cancel and the ESC OFF indicator by pressing the ESC OFF button. It tary function only. It is the respon-
light ( ) illuminates. indicates that a malfunction has sibility of the driver to always check
been detected somewhere in the the speed and the distance to the
To turn on the VSM, press the button vehicle ahead. Always hold the
again. The ESC OFF indicator light Electric Power Steering system or
VSM system. If the ESC indicator steering wheel firmly while driving.
goes out.
light ( ) or EPS warning light • Your vehicle is designed to activate
remains on, take your vehicle to an according to the driver’s intention,
authorized Kia dealer and have the even with installed VSM. Always
system checked. follow all the normal precautions
for driving at safe speeds for the
conditions – including driving in
✽ NOTICE clement weather and on a slippery
• The VSM is designed to function road.
above approximately 22 km/h (13
mph) on curves.
• The VSM is designed to function
above approximately 10 km/h (6
mph) when a vehicle is braking on
a split-mu road. The split-mu road
is made of surfaces which have dif-
ferent friction forces.
5 41
Hill-start assist control (HAC) Good braking practices • Don't coast down hills with the
A vehicle has the tendency to roll • Check to be sure the parking brake vehicle out of gear. This is extreme-
back on a steep hill when it starts to is not engaged and the parking ly hazardous. Keep the vehicle in
go after stopping. The Hill-start brake indicator light is out before gear at all times, use the brakes to
Assist Control (HAC) prevents the driving away. slow down, then shift to a lower
vehicle from rolling back by applying gear so that engine braking will
• Driving through water may get the help you maintain a safe speed.
the brakes automatically for about 2 brakes wet. They can also get wet
seconds. The brakes are released when the vehicle is washed. Wet • Don't "ride" the brake pedal.
when the accelerator pedal is brakes can be dangerous! Your Resting your foot on the brake
depressed or after about 2 seconds. vehicle will not stop as quickly if the pedal while driving can be danger-
The HAC is activated only for about 2 brakes are wet. Wet brakes may ous because the brakes might
seconds, so when the vehicle is cause the vehicle to pull to one overheat and lose their effective-
starting off always depress the accel- side. ness. It also increases the wear of
erator pedal. the brake components.
To dry the brakes, apply the brakes
lightly until the braking action • If a tire goes flat while you are driv-
returns to normal, taking care to ing, apply the brakes gently and
WARNING - Maintaining keep the vehicle pointed straight
Brake Pressure on Incline keep the vehicle under control at
all times. If the braking action does ahead while you slow down. When
HAC does not replace the need not return to normal, stop as soon you are moving slowly enough for it
to apply brakes while stopped as it is safe to do so and call an to be safe to do so, pull off the road
on an incline. While stopped, authorized Kia dealer for assis- and stop in a safe place.
make sure you maintain brake tance.
pressure sufficient to prevent
your vehicle from rolling back-
ward and causing an accident.
Don’t release the brake pedal
until you are ready to accelerate
forward.
5 42
• If your vehicle is equipped with an • Under some conditions your park-

automatic transaxle, don't let your ing brake can freeze in the
vehicle creep forward. To avoid engaged position. This is most like-
creeping forward, keep your foot ly to happen when there is an
firmly on the brake pedal when the accumulation of snow or ice
vehicle is stopped. around or near the rear brakes or if
• Be cautious when parking on a hill. the brakes are wet. If there is a risk
Firmly engage the parking brake that the parking brake may freeze,
and place the shift lever in P (auto- apply it only temporarily while you
matic transaxle). If your vehicle is put the shift lever in P (automatic
facing downhill, turn the front transaxle) and block the rear
wheels into the curb to help keep wheels so the vehicle cannot roll.
the vehicle from rolling. If your vehi- Then release the parking brake.
cle is facing uphill, turn the front • Do not hold the vehicle on the
wheels away from the curb to help upgrade with the accelerator
keep the vehicle from rolling. If pedal. This can cause the transaxle
there is no curb or if it is required to overheat. Always use the brake
by other conditions to keep the pedal or parking brake.
vehicle from rolling, block the
wheels.
5 43
FORWARD COLLISION-AVOIDANCE ASSIST (FCA) (IF EQUIPPED)

The FCA system is designed to ✽ NOTICE System setting and activation
detect and monitor the vehicle ahead Take the following precautions when
or detect a pedestrian (if equipped)
System setting
using the forward collision-avoid- The driver can activate the FCA by
in the roadway through radar signals ance assist (FCA):
and camera recognition to warn the placing the ignition switch to the ON
• This system is only a supplemental position and by selecting 'User
driver that a collision is imminent, system and it is not intended to,
and if necessary, apply emergency Settings', 'Driver Assistance', and
nor does it replace the need for ‘Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist’.
braking. extreme care and attention of the The FCA deactivates, when the driv-
driver. The sensing range and er cancels the system setting.
WARNING - Forward objects detectable by the sensors
Collision-Avoidance assist are limited. Pay attention to the
(FCA) Limitations road conditions at all times.
The FCA system is a supple- • NEVER drive too fast in accor-
mental system and is not a sub- dance with the road conditions or
stitute for safe driving prac- while cornering.
tices. It is the responsibility of • Always drive cautiously to prevent
the driver to always check the unexpected and sudden situations
speed and distance to the vehi- from occurring. FCA does not stop
cle ahead to ensure it is safety the vehicle completely and does
to use the FCA system. not avoid collisions.
5 44
The warning light illumi- • EARLY - When this condition is • NORMAL - When this condition is
nates on the LCD display, selected, the initial selected, the initial
when you cancel the FCA Forward Collision Warning Forward Collision
system. The driver can is activated earlier than Warning is activated nor-
monitor the FCA ON/OFF status on normal. This setting maxi- mally. This setting allows
the LCD display. Also, the warning mizes the amount of dis- for a nominal amount of
light illuminates when the tance between the vehicle distance between the
ESC(Electronic Stability Control) is or pedestrian ahead before vehicle or pedestrian
turned off (Traction & Stability control the initial warning occurs. If ahead before the initial
disabled.). When the warning light the ‘EARLY’ condition feels warning occurs.
remains ON with the FCA activated, too sensitive, change it into • LATE - When this condition is
have the system checked by an ‘NORMAL’. When the vehi- selected, the initial Forward
authorized Kia dealer. cle ahead suddenly stops, Collision Warning is activat-
the warning may seem to ed later than normal. This
activate later even if the setting reduces the amount
The driver can select the initial warn- ‘EARLY’ condition was of distance between the
ing activation time in the User selected. vehicle or pedestrian ahead
Settings in the instrument cluster before the initial warning
LCD display. The options for the ini- occurs. Select this condition
tial Forward Collision Warning only when traffic is light,
include the following: and you are driving slowly.
5 45
Prerequisite for activation FCA warning message and

The FCA will activate when the FCA WARNING system control
is selected on the LCD display, and Set or cancel FCA with control- The FCA produces warning mes-
when the following prerequisites are ling switches on steering wheel sages and warning alarms in accor-
satisfied: after stopping the vehicle in the dance with the collision risk levels of
- The ESC (Electronic Stability safe place for your safety. followings like vehicle’s sudden brak-
Control) is activated. Do not attempt to set or cancel ing in front or lack of vehicle to vehicle
- The driving speed is over 10 km/h the FCA while your vehicle is distance or collision to pedestrians.
(6 mph). (The FCA only works moving. Also, it controls the brakes in accor-
within a certain range of vehicle dance with the collision risk levels.
speeds)
• The FCA automatically activates
- When the FCA recognizes a vehi- upon placing the ignition switch to
cle or the pedestrian in front. (The the ON position. The driver can
FCA may not recognize every deactivate the FCA by canceling the
obstacle or provide warnings and system setting on the LCD display.
braking in every situation, so do
not rely on the FCA to stop the • The FCA automatically deactivates
vehicle in instances where the driv- upon canceling the ESC. When the
er sees an obstacle and has the ESC is cancelind, the FCA cannot
ability to apply the brakes) be activated on the LCD display.
The FCA warning light will illumi-
nate, but it does not indicate a mal-
function of the system.
• Set or cancel FCA with controlling
switches on steering wheel after
stopping the vehicle in the safe
place for your safety.
5 46
Collision Warning (1st warning) Emergency braking (2nd warning)

CAUTION
While other beeps such as the
seat belt warning sound are in
operation and override the FCA
alarming system, FCA beeps
may not occur.
OYP058196N OYP058222N
• The warning message appears on • The warning message appears on
the LCD display with the warning the LCD display with the warning
alarms. alarms.
• The FCA controls the brakes within • The FCA controls the brakes with-
certain limit to release shock from in certain limit to release shock
the collision. from the collision.
The FCA controls the maximum
brakes just before the collision.
5 47
Brake operation FCA front radar / camera sensor

• In an urgent situation, the braking
WARNING
system enters into the ready status Never rely solely on the FCA to
for prompt reaction against the dri- stop a collision the drive can It
ver’s depressing the brake pedal. is the driver's responsibility to
safely maneuver the vehicle
• The FCA provides additional brak-
under all conditions.
ing power for optimum braking per-
formance, when the driver
depresses the brake pedal.
✽ NOTICE
• The braking control is automatical-
The FCA operates in accordance
ly deactivated, when the driver
with the risk levels, such as the dis- OYP058140N
sharply depresses the brake pedal,
tance from the vehicle/passer-by in
or when the driver abruptly turns
front, the speed of the vehicle/pass-
the steering wheel.
er-by in front, and the driver's vehi-
• The braking control is automatical- cle operation. For the system to acti-
ly canceled, when risk factors dis- vate, do not attempt risky driving.
appear.
The driver should always exercise

caution when operating the vehicle,
even though there is no warning OYP058020N
message or warning alarm.
In order for the FCA system to oper-
ate properly, always make sure the
sensor or sensor cover is clean and
free of dirt, snow, and debris. Dirt,
snow, or foreign substances on the
lens may adversely affect the sens-
ing performance of the sensor.
5 48
✽ NOTICE (Continued) Warning message and warning

• Do not install any accessories, such • Do not tint the window or install light
as a license plate bracket or stickers, accessories around the
bumper sticker near the sensor inside mirror where the camera is
area. Do not replace the bumper installed.
by yourself. Doing so may adverse- • Make sure the frontal camera
ly affect the sensing performance. installation point does not get wet.
• Always keep the sensor/bumper • Do not impact or arbitrarily
area clean. remove any radar/camera compo-
• Use only a soft cloth to wash the nents.
vehicle. Also, do not spray highly • Do not place reflective
pressurized water on the sensor objects(white paper or mirror etc.)
installed on the bumper. on the crash pad. The system may
• Be careful not to apply unneces- activate unnecessarily due to
sary force on the frontal sensor reflect of the sunlight. OYP058197N
area. When the sensor moves out • Excessive audio volume may dis- When the sensor cover or the sensor
of the correct position due to turb the sound of the system warn lens is smudged with the foreign sub-
external force, the system may not ing alarm. stances, such as snow or rain, the
operate correctly even without the FCA operation may temporarily stop.
warning light or message. In this In this case, the warning message
case, we recommend you to have appears to warn the driver.
the vehicle inspected by an
• Use only the genuine Kia sensor This is not a malfunction with the
cover. Do not arbitrarily apply FCA. To operate the FCA again,
paint on the sensor cover. remove the foreign substances.
(Continued)
5 49
Remove any dirt, snow, or debris and System malfunction

clean the radar sensor cover before WARNING
operating the FCA system. The FCA is only a supplemental
The FCA may not properly operate in system for the driver’s conven-
an area (e.g. open terrain), where ience.
any substances are not detected The driver still maintains
after turning ON the engine. responsibility to control the
vehicle. Do not solely depend
on the FCA system. Rather,
maintain a safe braking dis-
tance, and, if necessary,
depress the brake pedal to
OYP058198N
lower the driving speed.
• When the FCA is not working prop-

erly, the FCA warning light ( )
will illuminate and the warning
message will appear for a few sec-
onds. After the message disap-
pears, the master warning light
( ) will illuminate. In this case,
have the vehicle inspected by an
• The FCA warning message may
appear along with the illumination
of the ESC warning light.
5 50
• The FCA may unnecessarily pro- • If the vehicle in front stops sudden- • The regular braking function will
duce warning messages and warn- ly, you may have less control of the operate normally even if There is a
ing alarms. Due to the sensing lim- brake system. problem with the FCA brake control
itation, the FCA may not produce Therefore, always keep safe dis- system or other functions. In this
warning messages or warning tance between your vehicle and case, the braking control will not
alarm at all. the vehicle in front of you. operate in the risk of a collision.
• When there is a malfunction with • The FCA system may activate dur- • The FCA system may not activate
the FCA, the braking control does ing braking and the vehicle may according to driving condition, traf-
not operate upon detecting a colli- stop suddenly. And the load in the fic on the road, weather, road con-
sion risk even with other braking vehicle may endanger passengers. dition, etc.
systems normally operating. • The FCA system may not activate
Therefore, always be mindful of the
• The FCA operates only for the load volume in the vehicle. to all types of vehicles.
vehicle / pedestrian in front, while
driving forward. It does not operate • The FCA system may not activate
for any animals or vehicles in the if the driver applies the brake pedal
opposite direction. to avoid risk of collision.
• The FCA can not recognize cross- • The FCA system does not operate
traffic or parked vehicles present- when the vehicle is in reverse. In
ing a sideprofile. these cases, you must maintain a
safe braking distance, and if nec-
essary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce the driving speed in order
to maintain a safe dis tance.
5 51
Limitation of the system Recognizing vehicles - The driver's field of view is not well
The sensor may be limited when: illuminated (either too dark or too
The FCA is an assistant system for a
much reflection or too much back-
driver in a certain risky driving condi- - The radar or the camera is con- light that obscures the field of view)
tion and it does not take every taminated with foreign substances.
responsibility for all risks from driving - There is severe irregular reflection
- It heavily rains or snows. from the radar sensor
condition.
- There is interruption by electric - The vehicle in front is driving errat-
The FCA monitors the driving situa- waves.
tions through the radar and the cam- ically
era sensor. Thus, for a situation out - There is severe irregular reflection - The vehicle is driven near areas
of the sensing range, the FCA may from the radar. containing metal substances such
not normally operate. The driver - The vehicle in front has a narrow as a construction zone, railroad,
should pay great caution in the fol- body. (i.e. motor cycle and bicycle) etc.
lowing situations. The FCA operation - The driver’s view is unclear due to - Backlight is reflected in the direc-
may be limited. the backlight, the reflected light, or tion of the vehicle (including front
darkness. light from the vehicle ahead)
- The camera cannot contain the full - Moisture on the windshield is not
image of the vehicle in front. completely removed or frozen.
- The vehicle in front is a special - The weather is misty.
vehicle, such as a heavily-loaded - The vehicle in front does not turn
truck or a trailer. ON the rear lights, does not have
- The outside brightness is greatly rear lights, has asymmetric rear
changed, such as entering/exiting lights, or has rear lights out of
the tunnel. angle.
- The vehicle driving is unstable. - The vehicle is on unpaved or
- The radar/camera sensor recogni- uneven rough surfaces, or roads
tion is limited. with sudden gradient changes.
5 52
- The vehicle is moving under ground - When the back light is projected in
level or inside a building. the direction of the vehicle's motion
- If a sudden change in the sensor (including the headlights of vehi-
recognition takes place while driv- cles)
ing over the speed bump, - Road sign, shadow on the road,
- When the vehicle is severely shaken, tunnel entrance, toll gate, partial
pavement
- When driving around circular inter-
section after the vehicle in front,
- If the front of the camera lens is
contaminated by front glass tinting,
film, water repellent coating, dam- OUM054040L
age on glass, foreign matter (stick-
er, insect, etc.) - Driving on a curve
- The radar or camera or camera The FCA performance decreases
lens is damaged. while driving on a curve. The FCA
may not recognize the vehicle in front
- If the headlights of the vehicle are even in the same lane. It may unnec-
not used at night or in the tunnel essarily produce the warning mes-
section, or the light is too weak sage and the warning alarm, or it
- If street light or the light of the vehi- may not produce the warning mes-
cle coming from the opposite is sage and the warning alarm at all.
reflected or when sunlight is While driving on a curve, exercise
reflected by the water on the road caution, and, if necessary, depress
surface the brake pedal.
5 53
Also, when necessary depress the

accelerator pedal to prevent the sys-
tem from unnecessarily decelerating
your vehicle. Always take a look
around the vehicle for your safety
before activating the FCA system.
OUM054041L OYP054145N
The FCA system may recognize a - Driving on a slope
vehicle in the next lane when driving The FCA performance decreases
on a curved road. while driving upward or downward on
In this case, the system may unnec- a slope, not recognizing the vehicle
essarily alarm the driver and apply in front in the same lane. It may
the brake. unnecessarily produce the warning
message and the warning alarm, or it
Always pay attention to road and may not produce the warning mes-
driving conditions, while driving. If sage and the warning alarm at all.
necessary, depress the brake pedal
to reduce your driving speed in order When the FCA suddenly recognizes
to maintain a safe distance. the vehicle in front while passing
over a slope, you may experience
sharp deceleration.
5 54
Always keep your eyes forward while

driving upward or downward on a
slope, and, if necessary, depress the
brake pedal to reduce your driving
speed in order to maintain distance.
OUM054043L OUM054046L
- Changing lanes When driving in stop-and-go traffic,
When a vehicle changes lanes in and a stopped vehicle in front of you
front of you, the FCA system may not erges out of the lane, the FCA sys-
immediately detect the vehicle, espe- tem may not immediately detect the
cially if the vehicle changes lanes new vehicle that is now in front of
abruptly. In this case, you must main- you. In this case, you must maintain
tain a safe braking distance, and if a safe braking distance, and if nec-
necessary, depress the brake pedal essary, depress the brake pedal to
to reduce your driving speed in order reduce your driving speed in order to
to maintain a safe distance. maintain a safe distance.
5 55
Recognizing pedestrians - There is an item similar to a per-

The sensor may be limited when: son's body structure
- The pedestrian is not fully detected - The pedestrian is small
by the camera recognition system, - The pedestrian has impaired
for example, if the pedestrian is mobility
leaning over or is not fully walking - The sensor recognition is limited
upright
- It is difficult to detect and distin-
- The pedestrian is moving very guish the pedestrian from other
quickly or appears abruptly in the objects in the surroundings, for
camera detection area example, when there is a group of
OYP054151N - The pedestrian is wearing clothing pedestrians or a large crowd
that easily blends into the back- - If a sudden change in the sensor
- Recognizing the vehicle ground, making it difficult to be recognition takes place while driv-
Detecting the vehicle in front of you If detected by the camera recogni- ing over the speed bump,
the vehicle in front of you has cargo tion system
that extends rearward from the cab, - When the vehicle is severely shak-
- The outside lighting is too bright en,
or when the vehicle in front of you (e.g. when driving in bright sunlight
has higher ground clearance, addi- or in sun glare) or too dark (e.g. - When driving around circular inter-
tional special attention is required. when driving on a dark rural road section after the vehicle in front,
The FCA system may not be able to at night) - If the front of the camera lens is
detect the cargo extending from the contaminated by front glass tinting,
vehicle. In these instances, you must film, water repellent coating, dam-
maintain a safe braking distance age on glass, foreign matter (stick-
from the rearmost object, and if nec- er, insect, etc.)
essary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce your driving speed in order to
maintain distance.
5 56
- The radar or camera or camera • Pay great caution to the vehicle in

lens is damaged. WARNING - Testing the front, when it has heavy loading
- If the headlights of the vehicle are FCA extended rearward, or when it has
not used at night or in the tunnel The FCA does not operate in higher ground clearance.
section, or the light is too weak certain situations. Thus, never • The FCA system is designed to
- If street light or the light of the vehi- test-operate the FCA against a detect and monitor the vehicle
cle coming from the opposite is person or an object. It may ahead or detect a pedestrian in the
reflected or when sunlight is cause a severe injury or even roadway through radar signals and
reflected by the water on the road death. camera recognition. It is not
surface designed to detect bicycles, motor-
cycles, or smaller wheeled objects
- When the back light is projected in such as luggage bags, shopping
the direction of the vehicle's motion WARNING - FCA and carts, or strollers.
(including the headlights of vehi- Towing
cles) • The FCA does not operate in a cer-
Cancel the FCA in the User
tain situation. Thus, never test-
- Road sign, shadow on the road, Settings on the LCD display,
operate the FCA against a person
tunnel entrance, toll gate, partial before towing another vehicle.
or an object. It may cause a severe
pavement While towing, the brake applica-
injury or even death.
- If the moist on the front windshield tion may adversely affect your
vehicle safety. • When replacing or reinstalling the
is not entirely removed or it is windshield, front bumper or
frozen radar/camera after removal, we
- The weather is foggy ✽ NOTICE recommend you to have the vehi-
- The radar/camera sensor recogni- cle inspected by an authorized Kia
The system may temporarily cancel dealer.
tion is limited. due to the strong electric waves.
5 57
This device complies with

Industry Canada licence-exempt
RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following
conditions:
(1) This device may not cause inter-
ference, and
(2) This device must accept any
interference, including interfer-
ence that may cause undesired
operation of the device.
(3) Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to oper-
ate the device.
5 58
CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

The cruise control system allows you ✽ NOTICE To set cruise control speed:
to program the vehicle to maintain a • During normal cruise control
constant speed without depressing operation, when the SET switch is
the accelerator pedal. activated or reactivated after
This system is designed to function applying the brakes, the cruise
above approximately 30 km/h (20 control will energize after approx-
mph). imately 3 seconds. This delay is
If the cruise control is left on, normal.
(CRUISE indicator light in the instru- • To activate cruise control, depress
ment cluster illuminated) the cruise the brake pedal at least once after
control can be switched on acciden- turning the ignition switch to the
tally. Keep the cruise control system ON position or starting the engine.
off (CRUISE indicator light OFF) This is to check if the brake switch
OYP057013
when the cruise control is not in use, which is important part to cancel
to avoid inadvertently setting a cruise control is in normal condi- 1. Press the CRUISE button on the
speed. tion. steering wheel to turn the system
Use the cruise control system only on. The CRUISE indicator light in
when traveling on open highways in the instrument cluster will illumi-
WARNING - Misuse of nate.
good weather. Cruise Control
Do not use the cruise control when 2. Accelerate to the desired speed,
Do not use cruise control if the which must be more than 30 km/h
driving in heavy or varying traffic, or traffic situation does not allow
on slippery (rainy, icy or snow-cov- (20 mph).
you to drive safely at a constant
ered) or winding roads or over 6% speed and with sufficient dis-
up-hill or down-hill roads. tance to the vehicle in front.
5 59
To increase cruise control set To decrease the cruising

speed: speed:
OYP057014
3. Move the lever down (to SET-),
and release it at the desired OYP057015 OYP057014
speed. The SET indicator light in
the instrument cluster will illumi- Follow either of these procedures: Follow either of these procedures:
nate. Release the accelerator at • Move the lever up (to RES+) and • Move the lever down (to SET-) and
the same time. The desired speed hold it. Your vehicle will accelerate. hold it. Your vehicle will gradually
will automatically be maintained. Release the lever at the speed you slow down. Release the lever at the
On a steep grade, the vehicle may want. speed you want to maintain.
slow down or speed up slightly while • Move the lever up (to RES+) and • Move the lever down (to SET-) and
going downhill. release it immediately. The cruising release it immediately. The cruising
speed will increase by 2 km/h (1.0 speed will decrease by 2 km/h (1.0
mph) each time the lever is operat- mph) each time the lever is operat-
ed in this manner. ed in this manner.
5 60
To temporarily accelerate with To cancel cruise control, do Each of these actions will cancel
the cruise control on: one of the following: cruise control operation (the SET
indicator light in the instrument clus-
If you want to speed up temporarily
ter will go off), but it will not turn the
when the cruise control is on,
system off. If you wish to resume
depress the accelerator pedal.
cruise control operation, move the
Increased speed will not interfere
lever up (to RES+). You will return to
with the cruise control operation or
your previously preset speed.
change the set speed.
To return to the set speed, take your
foot off the accelerator. ✽ NOTICE
Always check the road conditions
when you move the lever up (to
RES+) to resume the speed.
OYP057016
• Depress the brake pedal.

• Shift into N (Neutral) with an auto-
matic transaxle.
• Press the CANCEL switch.
• Decrease the vehicle speed lower
than the memory speed by 20
km/h (13 mph).
• Decrease the vehicle speed to less
than approximately 30 km/h (20
mph).
5 61
To resume cruising speed at To turn cruise control off, do

more than approximately 30 one of the following:
km/h (20 mph):
OYP057013
OYP057015
• Press the CRUISE button (the
If any method other than the CRUISE indicator light in the
CRUISE ON-OFF switch was used instrument cluster will go off).
to cancel cruising speed and the sys- • Turn the ignition off.
tem is still activated, the most recent
Both of these actions will cancel the
set speed will automatically resume
cruise control operation. If you want
when you move the lever up.
to resume the cruise control opera-
It will not resume, however, if the tion, repeat the steps provided in “To
vehicle speed has dropped below set cruise control speed” on the pre-
approximately 30 km/h (20 mph). vious page.
5 62
SMART CRUISE CONTROL WITH STOP & GO SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING WARNING
- Smart cruise control sys- - Smart cruise control sys-
tem Inadvertent Activation tem Limitations
If the smart cruise control sys- • Use the smart cruise control
temis left on (CRUISE indicator system only when traveling
in the instrument cluster illumi- on open highways in good
nated), it can be activated inad- weather.
vertently. Keep the smart cruise • Do not use the smart cruise
control systemsystem off control when it may not be
(CRUISE indicator turn off) safe to keep the car at a con-
OYP058223L when the smart cruise control stant speed. For instance.
➀ Cruise indicator systemis not in use to avoid
setting a speed which the driver - Highway interchange and
➁ Set speed is not aware of. tollgate
➂ Vehicle-to-vehicle distance - Road surrounded by abnor-
mally multiple steel con-
structions (subway con-
The smart cruise control system struction, steel tunnel, etc)
allows you to program the vehicle to
maintain constant speed and dis- - Parking lot
tance detecting the vehicle ahead - Lanes beside guard rail on a
without depressing the accelerator or road
brake pedal. (Continued)
The smart cruise control system is a
supplemental systemand is not a
substitute for safe driving practices. It
is the responsibility of the driver to
always check the speed and dis-
tance to the vehicle ahead.
5 63
(Continued) (Continued) (Continued)

- Slippery road with rain, ice, - When driving on rainy, icy, or • Cruise function should not be
or snow covered snow covered roads used when the vehicle is
- Abrupt curved road - When driving with limited being towed to prevent any
view (possibly due to bad damage.
- Steep hills
weather, such as fog, snow, • Always set the vehicle speed
- Windy roads rain or sandstorm) under the speed limit in your
- Off roads • The smart cruise control sys- country.
- Roads under construction temsystem cannot recognize • Unexpected situations may
- Rumble strip a stopped vehicle, pedestri- lead to possible accidents.
- When driving near crash ans or an oncoming vehicle. Pay attention continuously to
barriers Always look ahead cautiously road conditions and driving
to prevent unexpected and even when the smart cruise
- When driving on a sharp sudden situations from occur-
curve control system is being oper-
ring. ated.
- When the vehicle sensing • Pay particular attention to the
ability decreases due to driving conditions whenever
vehicle modification result- using the smart cruise control
ing level difference of the system.
vehicle's front and rear
• Be careful when driving
- When driving in heavy traffic downhill using the SCC.
or when traffic conditions
make it difficult to drive at a • Limited visibility (rain, snow,
constant speed smog, etc.)
(Continued) (Continued)
5 64
Smart cruise control switch Speed setting

CANCEL : Cancels cruise control (smart cruise control system)
operation. To set Smart Cruise Control Speed:
CRUISE : Turns cruise control sys-
tem on or off.
RES + : Resumes or increases
cruise control speed.
SET - : Sets or decreases cruise
control speed.
: Sets vehicle-to-vehicle distance
OYP057131N
3. Move the lever down (to SET-),
and release it at the desired
speed. The set speed and vehicle
OYP057130N
to vehicle distance on the LCD
1. Press the CRUISE button, to turn screen will illuminate.
the system on. The CRUISE indi- 4. Release the accelerator pedal.
cator in the instrument cluster will The desired speed will automati-
illuminate. cally be maintained.
2. Accelerate to the desired speed. If there is a vehicle in front of you, the
• 20 mph (30 km/h) ~ 110 mph speed may decrease to maintain the
(180 km/h) : when there is no distance to the vehicle ahead.
vehicle in front On a steep grade, the vehicle may
• 0 mph (0 km/h) ~ 110 mph (180 slow down or speed up slightly while
km/h) : when there is a vehicle in going uphill or downhill.
front
5 65
Vehicle speed may decrease on an To increase cruise control set To decrease the cruise control
upward slope and increase on a speed: set speed:
ownward slope.
The speed will be set to 30 km/h (20
mph) when there is a vehicle ahead
and your vehicle speed is 0 ~ 30
km/h (0 ~ 20 mph).
OYP057132N OYP057131N
Follow either of these procedures: Follow either of these procedures:

• Move the lever up (to RES+), and • Move the lever down (to SET-), and
hold it. Your vehicle set speed will hold it. Your vehicle set speed will
increase by 10 km/h (5 mph). decrease by 10 km/h (5 mph).
Release the lever at the speed you Release the lever at the speed you
want. want.
• Move the lever up (to RES+), and • Move the lever down (to SET-), and
release it immediately. The cruising release it immediately. The cruising
speed will increase by 1.0 km/h (1 speed will decrease by 1.0 km/h (1
mph) each time you move the lever mph) each time you move the lever
up (to RES+) in this manner. down (to SET-) in this manner.
• smart cruise control system will • You can set the cruise control to
operate to a maximum setting of 180 above 30 km/h (20 mph).
km/h (110 mph). However all local
speed limit laws must be followed.
5 66
To temporarily accelerate with the Smart cruise control system will Cancelled automatically
cruise control on: be temporarily canceled when: • The driver's door is opened.
If you want to speed up temporarily • The shift lever is shifted to N
when the cruise control is on, (Neutral), R (Reverse) or P(Parking).
depress the accelerator pedal. • The EPB (electronic parking brake)
Increased speed will not interfere is applied.
with cruise control operation or
change the set speed. • The vehicle speed is over 190
km/h (120 mph)
To return to the set speed, take your
foot off the accelerator. • The ESC, ABS or TCS is operat-
ing.
If you move the lever down (to SET-)
at increased speed, the cruising • The ESC is turned off.
speed will be set again. • The sensor or the cover is dirty or
OYP054134N blocked with foreign matter.
✽ NOTICE Cancelled manually
• The driver starts driving by pushing
the lever up (RES +) or down
Be careful when accelerating tem- The smart cruise control systemis (SET -) or depressing the acceler-
porarily, because the speed is not temporarily canceled when the brake ator pedal approximately 3 sec-
regulated automatically at this time pedal is depressed or the CANCEL onds after the vehicle is stopped by
even if there is a vehicle in front of button is pressed. The speed and the smart cruise control
you. vehicle to vehicle distance indicator systemSystem with no other vehi-
on the cluster will disappear and the cle ahead or a vehicle stopped far
CRUISE indicator is illuminated con- away in front.
tinuously. • The engine speed is in dangerous
range.
5 67
• The smart cruise control system • Engine has some problems.

has malfunctioned. Each of these actions will cancel the
• The accelerator pedal is continu- smart cruise control system opera-
ously depressed for long time. tion. (The set speed and vehicle-to-
• When the braking control is operat- vehicle distance on the LCD display
ed for Forward Collision-Avoidance will go off.)
Assist(FCA) If the smart cruise control system is
• The vehicle is stopped for more cancelled automatically, the smart
than 5 minutes. cruise control system will not
resume even though the RES+ or
• The driver starts driving by pushing SET- lever is moved.
the toggle switch up (RES+)/down OYP058224N
(SET-) or depressing the accelera-
tor pedal, after the vehicle is If the smart cruise control system is ✽ NOTICE
stopped by the Smart Cruise cancelled by a reason not men- If the system is automatically can-
Control system with no other vehi- tioned, have the system checked by celled, the warning chime will sound
cle ahead. an authorized Kia dealer. and a message will appear for a few
• The vehicle stops and goes repeat- seconds. You must adjust the vehicle
edly for a long period of time. speed by depressing the accelerator
or brake pedal according to the road
• When the parking brake is locked. conditions ahead and driving condi-
tion. Always check the road condi-
tions. Do not rely on the warning
chime.
5 68
To resume cruise control set ✽ NOTICE To turn cruise control off:

speed: To reduce the risk of an accident,
always check the road conditions
when reactivating the smart cruise
control using the RES+ lever to
ensure the road conditions permit
safe use of the cruise control.
WARNING - Following
Distance
• To avoid collisions, always be
aware of the selected speed OYP057130N
and vehicle to vehicle dis-
OYP057132N Press the CRUISE button. (the
tance settings when activat-
If any method other than the CRUISE ing your smart cruise control CRUISE indicator in the instrument
button was used to cancel cruising system. cluster will go off).
speed and the system is still activat- • Always maintain sufficient When the Smart Cruise Control
ed, the cruising speed will automati- braking distance and deceler- System is not needed, press the
cally resume when you move the ate your vehicle by applying [CRUISE] switch and deactivate the
lever up/down (to RES+ or SET-). the brakes if necessary. system.
If you move the lever up (to RES+),
the speed will resume to the recently
set speed. It will only resume below
approximately 30 km/h (20 mph)
when a vehicle is in the front.
5 69
Vehicle to vehicle distance For example, if you drive at 90 km/h

setting (Smart cruise control WARNING (56 mph), the distance is maintained
system) - Emergency Stops as follows;
To set vehicle to vehicle distance: The smart cruise control sys-
tem cannot guarantee the stop Distance 4 - approximately 52.5 m
for every emergency situation. (172 feet)
If an emergency stop is neces-
sary, you must apply the brakes. Distance 3 - approximately 40 m
(130 feet)
Distance 2 - approximately 32.5 m
The vehicle to vehicle distance will (106 feet)
automatically activate when the Distance 1 - approximately 25 m
smart cruise control system is on. (82 feet)
Select the appropriate distance
according to road conditions and
vehicle speed.
✽ NOTICE
OYP057136N The distance is set to the last set dis-
This function allows you to program tance when the system is used for the
Each time the button is pressed, the first time after starting the engine.
the vehicle to maintain relative dis-
tance to the vehicle ahead without vehicle to vehicle distance changes
depressing the accelerator pedal or as follows:
brake pedal. Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2
Distance 1
5 70
When the lane ahead is clear : When there is a vehicle ahead of you in your lane :
OYP058226L OYP058227L
OYP058225L
The vehicle speed will maintain the

set speed.
OYP058228L OYP058229L
5 71
• The vehicle will maintain the set

speed, when the lane ahead is CAUTION
clear. While other beeps such as the
• The vehicle will slow down or seat belt warning sound are in
speed up within selected speed to operation and override the SCC
maintain the selected distance, alarming system, SCC beeps
when there is a vehicle ahead of may not occur.
you in the lane. (A vehicle will
appear in front of your vehicle in
the LCD display only when there is
an actual vehicle in front of you)
• If the vehicle ahead speeds up, OYP058199N
your vehicle will travel at a steady If the vehicle ahead (vehicle speed:
cruising speed after accelerating to less than 30 km/h (20 mph)) moves to
the selected speed. the next lane, the warning chime will
• The warning chime sounds and sound and a message will appear.
LCD display blinks if it is hard to Adjust your vehicle speed for vehi-
maintain the selected distance to cles or objects that can suddenly
the vehicle ahead. appear in front of you by depressing
• If the warning chime sounds, the brake pedal according to the
actively adjust the vehicle speed by road condition ahead and driving
depressing the brake pedal condition.
according to the road condition
ahead and driving condition.
• Even if the warning chime is not acti-
vated, always pay attention to the
driving conditions to prevent danger-
ous situations from occurring.
5 72
In heavy traffic • If you push the smart cruise control Radar to detect distance to the
toggle switch (RES+ or SET-) while vehicle ahead
Auto Hold and smart cruise control
is operating the Auto Hold will be
released regardless of accelerator
pedal operation and the vehicle will
start to move. The AUTO HOLD
indicator changes from green to
white. (if equipped with EPB
(Electronic Parking Brake))
OYP058200N
Use switch or pedal to accelerate OYP058140N
• In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the The sensor detects distance to the
vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if vehicle ahead.
the vehicle ahead of you starts If the sensor is covered with dirt or
moving, your vehicle will start as other foreign matter, the vehicle to
well. However, if the vehicle stops vehicle distance control may not
for more than 3 seconds, you must operate correctly.
depress the accelerator pedal or Always keep the sensor clean.
push up the toggle switch (RES+)
to start driving.
5 73
Radar check message Smart cruise control system mal- • Always keep the sensor and
function message bumper clean.
■ Type A • Use only a genuine Kia sensor
cover for your vehicle.
• Do not install accessories around
the sensor and do not replace the
bumper by yourself. It may interfere
with the sensor performance.
• Impact damage to the sensor or
sensor area may cause the sensor
to move slightly off position and
result in the smart cruise control
OYP058231N system not operating correctly
OYP058201N
■ Type B
When the sensor lens cover is blocked without any warning or indicator
with dirt, snow, or debris, the Smart from the cluster. If this occurs, have
Cruise Control System operation may your vehicle checked by an author-
stop temporarily. If this occurs, a warn- ized Kia dealer as soon as possi-
ing message will appear on the LCD ble.
display. Remove any dirt, snow, or • Use only a genuine Kia sensor
debris and clean the radar sensor lens cover for your vehicle. Do not paint
cover before operating the Smart anything on the sensor cover.
Cruise Control System. The Smart • If the front bumper becomes dam-
Cruise Control system may not prop- OYP058230N aged in the area around the radar
erly activate, if the radar is totally con- sensor, the Smart Cruise Control
taminated, or if any substance is not The message will appear when the System may not operate properly.
detected after turning ON the engine vehicle to vehicle distance control
system is not functioning normally.
(e.g. in an open terrain).
Take your vehicle to an authorized
Kia dealer and have the system
checked.
5 74
To adjust the sensitivity of To convert to cruise control

CAUTION - Sensor smart cruise control system mode:
Damage
The sensitivity of vehicle speed
To prevent sensor cover dam- when following the front vehicle to
age from occurring, wash the maintain the set distance can be
car with a soft cloth. adjusted. Go to the User Settings
Mode (Driver Assistance) and select
SCC Reaction (Smart Cruise
Control). You may select one of the
three stages you prefer.
• Slow:
Vehicle speed following the front
OYP058202N
vehicle to maintain the set distance
is slower than normal speed.
• Normal:
is normal
• Fast:
is faster than normal speed. OYP058203N
The driver may choose to only use

✽ NOTICE the cruise control mode (speed con-
The system remembers the last trol function) by doing as follows:
selected mode.
5 75
1.Turn the smart cruise control sys- Limitations of the system On curves
tem on (the cruise indicator light The smart cruise control system may
will be on but the system will not be have limits to its ability to detect dis-
activated). tance to the vehicle ahead due to
2.Push the distance to distance road and traffic conditions.
switch for more than 2 seconds.
3.Choose between "Smart cruise
control (SCC) mode" and "Cruise
control (CC) mode".
When using the cruise control mode,
you must manually assess the dis-
tance to other vehicles as the system
will not automatically brake to slow OUM054040L
down for other vehicles. • On curves, the smart cruise control
When the system is canceled using system may not detect a moving
the CRUISE button or the CRUISE vehicle in your lane, and then your
button is used after the engine is vehicle could accelerate to the set
turned on, the Smart Cruise Control speed. Also, the vehicle speed will
mode will turn on. rapidly slow down when the vehicle
ahead is recognized suddenly.
• Select the appropriate set speed
on curves and adjust your vehicle
speed by depressing the accelera-
tor or brake pedal according to the
road condition ahead and driving
condition.
5 76
On inclines Lane changing
OUM054041L
Your vehicle speed can be reduced OYP054145N OUM054043L
due to a vehicle in the adjacent lane.
Adjust your vehicle speed by • During uphill or downhill driving, the • A vehicle which moves into your
depressing the brake pedal accord- smart cruise control system may lane from an adjacent lane cannot
ing to the road condition ahead and not detect a moving vehicle in your be recognized by the sensor until it
driving condition. Apply the accelera- lane, and cause your vehicle to is in the sensor's detection range.
tor pedal and select the appropriate accelerate to the set speed. Also, • The sensor may not detect imme-
set speed. Check to be sure that the the vehicle speed will rapidly slow diately when a vehicle cuts in sud-
road conditions permit safe opera- down when the vehicle ahead is denly. Always pay attention to the
tion of the smart cruise control sys- recognized suddenly. traffic, road and driving conditions.
tem. • Select the appropriate set speed • If a vehicle which moves into your
on inclines and adjust your vehicle lane is slower than your vehicle,
speed by depressing the accelera- your speed may decrease to main-
tor or brake pedal according to the tain the distance to the vehicle
road condition ahead. ahead.
5 77
• If a vehicle which moves into your Vehicle recognition

lane is faster than your vehicle,
your vehicle will accelerate to the
selected speed.
OUM054044L
• Your vehicle may accelerate when OUM054045L
a vehicle ahead of you disappears.
Some vehicles ahead in your lane
• When you are warned that the cannot be recognized by the sensor
vehicle ahead of you is not detect- as follows:
ed, drive with caution.
- Narrow vehicles such as motorcy-
cles or bicycles
- Vehicles offset to one side
- Slow-moving vehicles or sudden-
decelerating vehicles
- Stopped vehicles
- Vehicles with small rear profile such
as trailers with no loads
5 78
A vehicle ahead cannot be recog-

nized correctly by the sensor if any of
following occurs:
- When the vehicle is pointing
upwards due to overloading in the
liftgate
- While making turns by steering
- When driving to one side of the lane
- When driving on narrow lanes or on
curves
Adjust your vehicle speed by OUM054046L OUM054047L
depressing the brake pedal accord- When vehicles are at a standstill and Always look out for pedestrians when
ing to the road condition ahead and the vehicle in front of you changes to your vehicle is maintaining a dis-
driving condition. the next lane, be careful when your tance with the vehicle ahead.
vehicle starts to move because it may
not recognize the stopped vehicle in
front of you.
In this case, you must maintain a
safe braking distance, and if neces-
sary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce your driving speed in order to
maintain a safe distance.
5 79
WARNING WARNING - Inclines &

- Safe Use of smart cruise Towing
control system Do not use smart cruise control
The smart cruise control system system on steep inclines or
can provide you with an addition- when towing another vehicle or
al level of safety and fatigue trailer since such extreme load-
reduction. However you must ing can interfere with your vehi-
maintain careful observation of cle's ability to maintain the
the roadway in front and around selected speed.
you and maintain control of your
OYP054151N vehicle and spacing around
Always be cautious for vehicles that other vehicles as you normally
are taller with higher clearance, or would. For example, this will
vehicles carrying loads that stick out require you to apply the brakes
of the back of the vehicle. as needed when coming upon a
slower moving vehicle, or when a
vehicle from another lane drives
quickly in front of you.
5 80
- After an engine start, please stop - The smart cruise control system This device complies with
for several seconds. If system ini- cannot recognize a stopped vehi- Industry Canada licence-exempt
tialization is not completed, the cle, pedestrians or an oncoming RSS standard(s).
smart cruise control system does vehicle. Always look ahead cau- Operation is subject to the following
not normally operate. tiously to prevent unexpected and conditions:
- After an engine start, if any objects suddensituations from occurring.
(1) This device may not cause inter-
are not detected or the sensor - When other vehicles are changing ference, and
cover is obscured with foreign sub- lanes in front of you frequently, the
stances, there is a possibility that smart cruise control system may (2) This device must accept any
the smart cruise control system not operate appropriately. Always interference, including interfer-
system may not work. look ahead cautiously to prevent ence that may cause undesired
unexpected and sudden situations operation of the device.
- The following conditions may
cause a malfunction: over-loading from occurring. (3) Changes or modifications not
the liftgate, suspension modifica- - The smart cruise control system is expressly approved by the party
tion, tire replacement with unau- not a substitute for safedriving responsible for compliance could
thorized tires or tires with different practices but a convenience func- void the user's authority to oper-
tread wear and pressure levels. tion only. It is the responsibility of ate the device.
- The smart cruise control system the driver to always check the
cannot guarantee the stop for speed and the distance to the vehi-
every emergency situation. cle ahead.
If an emergency stop is necessary, - Always be aware of the selected
you must apply the brakes. speed and vehicle to vehicle dis-
tance.
- Keep a safe distance according to
road conditions and vehicle speed. - Always maintain sufficient braking
If the vehicle to vehicle distance is distance and decelerate your vehi-
too close during a high-speed driv- cle by applying the brakes if neces-
ing, a serious collision may result. sary.
5 81
ACTIVE ECO SYSTEM

Active ECO operation When Active ECO is activated: Limitation of Active ECO oper-
• The engine noise may get louder. ation:
• The vehicle speed may slightly be If the following conditions occur while
reduced. Active ECO is operating, the system
operation is limited even though
• The air conditioner performance
there is no change in the ECO indi-
may be affected.
cator.
• When the coolant temperature is
low:
The system will be limited until
engine performance becomes nor-
mal.
OYP058017N
• When driving up a hill:
Active ECO helps improve fuel effi- The system will be limited to gain
ciency by controlling the engine and power when driving uphill because
transaxle. But fuel-efficiency can be the engine torque is restricted.
affected by the driver's driving habits • When using sports mode:
and road conditions.
The system will be limited accord-
• When the Active ECO button is ing to the shift location.
pressed the ECO indicator (green)
will illuminate to show that the • When the accelerator pedal is
Active ECO is operating. deeply pressed for a few seconds:
• When the Active ECO is activated, The system will be limited,as it has
it does not turn off even though the determined that the driver has
engine is restarted again. To turn accelerated judging that the driver
off the system, press the active wants to speed up.
ECO button again.
• If Active ECO is turned off, it will
return to the normal mode.
5 82
DRIVE MODE INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

DRIVE mode ECO mode (Active ECO) When Active ECO is activated:
Active ECO helps improve • The acceleration may slightly be
ECO fuel efficiency by control- reduced eventhough you depress
ling certain engine and the accelerator fully.
transaxle system operat- • The air conditioner performance
ing parameters. Fuel effi- may be limited
ciency depends on the
• The shift pattern of the automatic
driver's driving habit and
transaxle may change.
road condition.
• The engine noise may get louder.
• When the DRIVE MODE
button is pressed and
the ECO mode is select- The above situations are normal
OYP058152N
ed, the ECO indicator conditions when the active eco sys-
(green) will illuminate to tem is activated to improve fuel effi-
The drive mode may be selected show that the Active ciency.
according to the driver’s preference ECO is operating.
or road condition. • When the Active ECO is
The mode changes whenever the activated, it does not
DRIVE MODE button is pressed. turn off even though the
engine is restarted
NORMAL again. To turn off the
system, press the
COMFORT ECO DRIVE MODE button
again.
❈ When normal mode is selected, it

is not displayed on the cluster.
5 83
Limitation of Active ECO operation: Comfort mode

If the following conditions occur while The steering wheel
Active ECO is operating, the system becomes lighter. The
operation is limited even though comfort mode is usually
there is no change in the ECO indi- used when driving in the
cator. city or when parking the
• When the coolant temperature is vehicle.
low: • For your safety, if you
The system will be limited until press the steering mode
engine performance becomes nor- button while operating
mal. the steering wheel, but
the steering effort will
• When driving up a hill:
not change immediately.
The system will be limited to gain After operating the
power when driving uphill because steering wheel, the
the engine torque is restricted. steering effort will
• When using manual mode: change automatically to
The system will be limited accord- the selected mode.
ing to the shift location. • Use caution when
• When the accelerator pedal is changing the steering
deeply depressed for a few sec- mode while driving.
onds: • When the electronic
The system will be limited, judging power steering is not
that the driver wants to speed up. operating properly, the
flex steering wheel will
not work.
5 84
BLIND-SPOT COLLISION WARNING (BCW) (IF EQUIPPED)

(1) Blind spot area (3) RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic
The BCW range varies relative to Collision Warning)
vehicle speed. Note that if your The RCCW feature monitors
vehicle is traveling much faster approaching cross traffic from the
than the vehicles around you, the left and right side of the vehicle
warning will not occur. when your vehicle is in reverse.
(2) Closing at high speed The feature will operate when the
vehicle is moving in reverse
The BCW-Closing at high speed below about 10 km/h (6 mph). If
feature will alert you when a vehi- oncoming cross traffic is detected
cle is approaching in an adjacent a warning chime will sound.
lane at a high rate of speed. If the Distance from approaching vehi-
driver activates the turn signal cle can be seen differently
when the system detects an according to the relative speed.
oncoming vehicle, the system
sounds an audible alert. Distance
from approaching vehicle can be
seen differently according to the
relative speed.
OUM056176L
The Blind-Spot Collision Warning
(BCW) system uses radar sensors in
the rear bumper to monitor and warn
the driver of an approaching vehicle
in the driver's blind spot area.
The system monitors the rear area of
the vehicle and provides information
to the driver with an audible alert and
a indicator on the outside rearview
mirrors
5 85
BCW (Blind-Spot Collision If the vehicle is turned off, the system

WARNING Warning) will remember the last settings upon
- BCW Limitations restart.
Operating conditions
• The Blind-Spot Collision When the system is not used turn the
Warning System (BCW) is a system off by turning off the switch.
supplemental system. Do not When the system is turned on the
solely rely on the system and warning light will illuminate for 3 sec-
always pay attention to drive onds on the outside rearview mirror.
safely.
• The Blind-Spot Collision
Warning System may not
detect every object alongside
the vehicle and is not a sub-
stitute for proper and safe
lane changing procedures.
OYP054018K
Always drive safely and use
caution when changing lanes. The indicator on the switch will illumi-
nate when the Blind-Spot Collision
Warning System (BCW) switch is
pressed with the engine start/stop
Button ON.
If vehicle speed exceeds 30 km/h (20
mph), the system will activate.
If you press the switch again, the
switch indicator and system will be
turned off.
5 86
Warning type 1st stage 2nd stage

The system will activate when:
1. The system is on.
2. Vehicle speed is above 30 km/h
(20 mph).
3. Other vehicles are detected in the
rear side.
WARNING
The Blind-Spot Collision Warning OUM054028 OUM054029
System and Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision Warning is not a substi- If a vehicle is detected within the The second stage alarm will activate
tute for proper and safe lane boundary of the system, a warning when:
changing procedures. Always light will illuminate on the outside 1.The first stage alert is on
drive safely and use caution rearview mirror.
2.The turn signal is on to change a
when changing lanes. The Blind- If the detected vehicle is not in lane
Spot Collision Warning System detecting range, the warning will turn
may not detect every object off.
alongside the vehicle. When the second stage alert is acti-
vated, a warning light will blink on the
outside rearview mirror and an alarm
will sound.
If you move the turn signal switch to
the original position, the second
stage alert will be deactivated.
5 87
- The second stage alarm may be Detecting sensor RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic
deactivated. Collision Warning)
• To activate the alarm:
Go to the User Settings Mode →
Driver Assistance and select
“Blind-Spot Collision Warning” on
the LCD display.
• To deactivate the alarm:
Go to the User Settings Mode →
Driver Assistance and deselect
“Blind-Spot Collision Warning” on
the LCD display.
OYP058025N
OYP054026K
✽ NOTICE The sensors are located inside of the
rear bumper. When your vehicle moves backwards
The alarm function helps alert the
driver. Deactivate this function only Always keep the rear bumper clean from a parking position, the sensor
when it is necessary for the system to work properly. detects approaching vehicles to the
left or right side direction and gives
information to the driver.
CAUTION
operation and override the BCW
alarming system, BCW beeps
may not occur.
5 88
Operating conditions Warning type • If the vehicle detected by sensors

• Select RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic approaches your vehicle, the warn-
Collision Warning) in “User ing chime will sound and the warn-
Settings” under “Driver Assistance” ing light will blink on the outside
on the instrument cluster. The sys- rearview mirror.
tem will turn on and standby to • If the detected vehicle is out of
activate. detection range, moving away in
• Select RCCW again, to turn the the opposite direction or moving
system off. slow, or if the vehicle is right
behind your vehicle, if the direction
• If the vehicle is turned off, the OYG056144L of the other vehicle is not heading
RCCW system will remember the towards your vehicle, the warning
last settings upon restart. Always is cancelled.
turn the RCCW system off when
not in use. • The system may not operate prop-
erly due to other factors or circum-
• The system operates when the stances. Always pay attention to
vehicle speed is below 10km/h (6 your surroundings.
mph) with the shift lever in R
(Reverse).
• The RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic OYP058233N
CAUTION
Collision Warning) detecting range While other beeps such as the
is 0.5 m (1.6 feet) ~ 20 m (65 feet seat belt warning sound are in
)based on the side direction. If the operation and override the
approaching vehicle speed is RCCW alarming system, RCCW
4 km/h (2.5 mph) ~ 36 km/h (22 beeps may not occur.
mph) within sensing range, it is
detected. However, the system
sensing range can vary based on
conditions. Always pay attention to
your surroundings. OYP058232N
5 89
❈ If your vehicle's left or right side

(Continued) ✽ NOTICE
bumper is blinded by a barrier or • The system may not work proper-
vehicles, the system sensing abili- • Drive safely even though the
vehicle is equipped with a BCW ly if the bumper has been replaced
ty may be deteriorated. or if repair work has been done
(Blind-Spot Collision Warning)
system. Do not solely rely on near the sensor.
WARNING the system but check for your- • The detection area differs accord-
self before changing lanes. ing to the road's width. If the road
• The Blind-Spot Collision is narrow the system may detect
Warning System and Rear The system may not alert the other vehicles in the next lane.
Cross-Traffic Collision driver in some conditions so • If the road is very wide the system
Warning is not a substitute for always check the surround- may not detect other vehicles.
proper and safe lane chang- ings while driving. • The system may turn off due to
ing procedures. Always drive strong electromagnetic interfer-
safely and use caution when ence.
changing lanes. The Blind- When the BCW system is being acti-
Spot Collision Warning vated, the warning light on the out-
System may not detect every side rearview mirror will illuminate
object alongside the vehicle. whenever a vehicle is detected at the
(Continued) rear side by the system. To avoid
accidents, do not focus only on the
warning light and neglect to see the
surrounding of the vehicle.
5 90
Warning message If the system does not work normally

even though the foreign substance,
trailer or carrier, or other equipment
is removed, take your vehicle to a
professional workshop and have the
system checked. We recommend
that the system be checked by an
It is possible to get the message with
no foreign substance on the rear
bumper, for example, when driving in
sparse rural or open area, such as OYP058205N
desert, where there is insufficient If the system does not work properly,
OYP058204N data for operation. a warning message will appear and
The message will appear to notify This message may also activate dur- the light on the switch will turn off. The
the driver if there are foreign sub- ing heavy rain or due to road spray. system will turn off automatically.
stances on the surface or inside the
rear bumper or it is hot near the rear In this case, the vehicle does not
bumper. The light on the switch and need service. We recommend that the system be
the system will be turned off auto- When the cargo area or other equip- checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
matically. ment is being used, turn all functions
Remove the foreign substance on of the system [OFF].
the rear bumper.
After the foreign substance is
removed, if you drive for approxi-
mately 10 minutes, the system will
work normally.
5 91
Non-operating condition DRIVER’S ATTENTION (Continued)

Outside rearview mirror may not The driver must be cautious in the - There is a fixed object near the
alert the driver when: below situations, because the sys- vehicle, such as a guardrail,
- The outside rearview mirror housing tem may not detect other vehicles pedestrian, animal, tunnel, etc.
is damaged or covered with debris. or objects in certain circumstances. - A big vehicle is near such as a
- The window is covered with debris. - The vehicle drives on a curved bus or truck.
- The windows are severely tinted. road or through a tollgate. - A motorcycle or bicycle is near.
- The sensor is polluted with rain, - A flat trailer is near.
snow, mud, etc. - If the vehicle has started at the
- The rear bumper, in which the same time as the vehicle next to
sensor is located, is covered or you and has accelerated.
blocked with a foreign matter - When the other vehicle passes
such as a sticker, a bumper at a very fast speed.
guard, a bicycle stand, etc.
- While changing lanes.
- The rear bumper is damaged, or
the sensor is out of the original - When going down or up a steep
default position. road where the height of the lane
is different.
- The vehicle height gets lower or
higher due to heavy loading in a - When the other vehicle
liftgate, abnormal tire pressure, approaches very close.
etc. - When a trailer or carrier is
- The vehicle drives in a bad installed.
weather such as heavy rain or - When the temperature of the
snow. rear bumper is very high or low.
(Continued) (Continued)
5 92
(Continued) (Continued) This device complies with

- When the sensors are blocked - The vehicle is driven near areas Industry Canada licence-exempt
by other vehicles, walls or park- containing metal substances RSS standard(s).
ing-lot pillars. such as a construction zone, Operation is subject to the following
- When the detected vehicle also railroad, etc. conditions:
moves back, as your vehicle - When the surrounding vehicle (1) This device may not cause inter-
drives back. or structure is driving in a wide ference, and
- If there are small things like area (desert, field, suburb etc.) (2) This device must accept any
Shopping cart, baby carriage and interference, including interfer-
pedestrians. ence that may cause undesired
- If there is low height vehicle like operation of the device.
sport vehicle. (3) Changes or modifications not
- When other vehicles are close to expressly approved by the party
your vehicle. responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to oper-
- When the vehicle in the next ate the device.
lane moves two lanes away from
you OR when the vehicle two
lanes away moves to the next
lane from you.
- When driving through a narrow
road with many plants.
- When driving on wet surface.
(Continued)
5 93
DRIVER ATTENTION WARNING (DAW, IF EQUIPPED)

The Driver Attention Warning (DAW), System setting and activation Display of the driver's attention
system is to warn the driver with any level
hazardous driving situations upon
System setting
detecting the driver's fatigue level or • To turn ON the Driver Attention
inattentive driving practices. Warning system, turn on the
engine, and then select 'User
Settings → Assist → Driver
Attention Warning → Normal/Early'
on the LCD display.
• The driver can select the Driver
Attention Warning system mode.
- Off : The Driver Attention Warning
system is deactivated. OYP058206N
- Normal : The Driver Attention
Warning system alerts the driver
of his/her fatigue level or inatten-
tive driving practices.
- Early : The Driver Attention
Warning system alerts the driver
of his/her fatigue level or inatten-
tive driving practices faster than
Normal mode.
• The set-up of the Driver Attention OYP058207N
Warning system will be main-
tained, as selected, when the • The driver can monitor their driving
engine is re-started. conditions on the LCD display.
5 94
- Select 'User Settings Mode' and Take a break

then 'Assist' on the LCD display. CAUTION
(For more information, refer to While other beeps such as the
"LCD Display" in chapter 4.) seat belt warning sound are in
• The driver's attention level is dis- operation and override the DAW
played on the scale of 1 to 5. The alarming system, DAW beeps
lower the number is, the more inat- may not occur.
tentive the driver is.
• The number decreases when the
driver does not take a break for a
certain period of time.
• The number increases when the
driver attentively drives for a cer- OYP058208N
tain period of time. • The "Consider taking a break"
• When the driver turns on the sys- message appears on the LCD dis-
tem while driving, it displays ‘Last play and a warning sounds in order
Break time’ and level reflected that. to suggest the driver to take a
break, when the driver's attention
level is below 1.
• The Driver Attention Warning sys-
tem does not suggest the driver to
take a break, when the total driving
time is shorter than 10 minutes.
5 95
Resetting the system System standby System malfunction

• The last break time is set to 00:00
and the driver's attention level is
set to 5 (very attentive) when the
driver resets the Driver Attention
Warning system.
• The driver attention warning sys-
tem resets in the following situa-
tions.
- The engine is turned OFF.
- The driver unfastens the seat belt
and then opens the driver’s door.
OYP058209N OYP058210N
- Stop lasting more than 10 min-
utes. The Driver Attention Warning system When the “Check Driver Attention
• The driver attention warning sys- enters the ready status and displays Warning (DAW) system” warning
tem operates again, when the driv- the ‘Standby’ screen in the following message appears, the system is not
er restarts driving. situations. working properly. In this case, have
- The camera sensor keeps failing to the vehicle inspected by an author-
detect the lanes. ized Kia dealer.
- Driving speed remains under 110
kph (40 mph) or over 177 kph (110
mph).
5 96
✽ NOTICE
WARNING CAUTION
The Driver Attention Warning sys-
The Driver Attention Warning tem utilizes the camera sensor on the The Driver Attention Warning
system is not a substitute for front windshield for its operation. system may not properly oper-
safe driving practices, but a To keep the camera sensor in the ate with limited alerting in the
convenience function only. It is best condition, you should observe following situations:
the responsibility of the driver the followings: • Not properly recognize lane
to always drive cautiously to - Do not disassemble camera tem- (Refer to “LDW”)
prevent unexpected and sud- porarily for tinted window or • Rough or intentionally evasive
den situations from occurring. attaching any types of coatings and driving
Pay attention to the road condi- accessories. If you disassemble a
tions at all times. • Large tire pressure deviation,
camera and assemble it again, take uneven wear, poor wheel
your vehicle to an authorized Kia alignment, etc.
dealer and have the system
✽ NOTICE checked to need a calibration. • Severe winding road
• It may suggest a break according - Do not locate any reflective • Uneven road surface condition
to the driver’s driving pattern or objects (i.e. white paper, mirror) • Windy road
habits even if the driver doesn’t over the dashboard. Any light
feel fatigued. reflection may cause a mal-func- • The vehicle drives through a
• The driver, who feels fatigued, tion of the Driver Attention windy area.
should take a break, even though Warning (DAW) system. • The vehicle is controlled by
there is no break suggestion by the - Pay extreme caution to keep the the following driving assist
Driver Attention Warning system. camera sensor out of water. systems:
- Do not arbitrarily disassemble the - Forward Collision-Avoidance
camera assembly, nor apply any Assist (FCA) System
impact on the camera assembly. - Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
• Playing the vehicle audio system System
at high volume may offset the
Driver Attention Warning system
warning sounds
5 97
LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING (Continued)
• Driver is responsible for being If you disassemble the cam-
aware of surroundings and era and assemble it again,
steering the vehicle for safe take your vehicle to an author-
driving practices. ized Kia dealer and have the
system checked to need a cal-
• The LDW does not make the ibration.
vehicle change lanes or stay
in the lane. • When you replace the wind-
shield glass or front view
OYP058020N • Do not turn the steering wheel camera, take your vehicle to
suddenly if the LDW warns an authorized Kia dealer and
that your vehicle is leaving the have the system checked to
lane. need a calibration.
• If the a front view camera can- • Do not allow any water or liq-
not detect the lane or if the uid to contact the front view
vehicle speed does not camera. If not, the camera
exceed 64 kph (40 mph), the may be damaged.
LDW will not be able to notify
you if the vehicle leaves the • Do not remove the LDW parts
lane. and do not damage the cam-
OYP054019K era by a strong impact.
• Do not disassemble a front
Lane Departure Warning system view camera temporarily for • Do not put objects that reflect
detects the lane with a front view tinted window or attaching light on the crash pad.
camera at the front windshield and any types of coatings and • You may not hear warning
warns you when your vehicle departs accessories. sound of LDW because of the
from the lane. excessive audio sound.
(Continued)
5 98
LDW Operation The color of indicator will change ■ When the sensor detects the lane line
depend on the condition of LDW.
- White : Sensor does not detect the
lane marker or vehicle speed is
less than 64kph (40mph).
- Green : Sensor detects the lane
marker.
OYP058235N
■ When the sensor doesn’t detect the lane line
OYP058234N
To activate/deactivate the LDW:

With the ignition switch in the ON
position, press the LDW button locat-
ed on the instrument panel on the
lower left hand side of the driver.
The indicator in the cluster display
will initially illuminate white. OYP058234N
If the indicator(white) activated in the If the vehicle leaves the lane when
previous ignition cycle, the system the LDW operates and vehicle speed
turns on without any control. exceeds 64 kph (40 mph), the warn-
If you press the LDW button again, ing is issued as follows:
the indicator on the cluster display
will go off.
5 99
■ Lane departure warning (Left) 2. Audible warning Warning indicator

If the vehicle leaves the lane, the ■ Warning message
warning sound is provided less than
3 seconds.
CAUTION
operation and override the LDW
OYP058211N alarming system, LDW beeps
■ Lane departure warning (Right)
may not occur.
OYP058213N
The LDW failure indicator(yellow) will

illuminate if the LDW is not working
properly. Take your vehicle to an
authorized Kia dealer and have the
system checked.
OYP058212N
1. Visual warning
If the vehicle leaves the lane, the
lane marker indicator of leaving
direction and the warning indicator
on the LCD display blinks less than 3
seconds.
5 100
The LDW does not operate DRIVER’S ATTENTION - There are more than two lane
when: The LDW may not warn you even if markers.
• The driver turns on the turn signal the vehicle leaves the lane, or may - The lane marker is very thick or
to change lanes or operates the warn you even if the vehicle does not thin.
hazard warning flasher. leave the lane when recognition of - The lane marker is not visible due
• Driving on the lane marker. the lane marker is poor or limited: to snow, rain, stain, a puddle or
other factors.
✽ NOTICE When lane and road condition is - A shadow is on the lane marker
poor because of a median strip,
Always operate the turn signal guardrail, noise barriers and oth-
before changing lanes. ers.
- It is difficult to distinguish the lane
- When the lane markers are compli-
marker from road when the lane
cated or a structure substitutes for
marker is covered with dust, sand
the lines such as a construction
or other factors.
area.
- It is difficult to distinguish the color
- There are crosswalk signs or other
of the lane marker from road.
symbols on the road.
- There is something looks like a
- The lane suddenly disappears
lane marker.
such as at the intersection.
- The lane marker is indistinct or
- The lane marker in a tunnel is cov-
damaged.
ered with dirt or oil and etc.
- The number of lanes increases/
decreases or the lane lines are
crossing (Driving through a toll
plaza/toll gate, merged/divided
lane).
5 101
When external condition is inter- when front visibility is poor This device complies with
vened Industry Canada licence-exempt
RSS standard(s).
- The lens or windshield is covered
- The brightness of outside changes by strange materials. Operation is subject to the following
suddenly when entering/existing a two conditions:
- The sensor cannot detect the lane
tunnel or passing under a bridge. because of fog, heavy rain or snow. (1) This device may not cause inter-
- The headlamps are not on at night ference, and
- The windshield is fogged by humid
or in a tunnel, or light level is low. air in the vehicle. (2) This device must accept any
- There is a boundary structure in interference, including interfer-
- Putting something on the crash ence that may cause undesired
the roadway. pad and etc. operation of the device.
- because the light of street, sun,
oncoming vehicle and so on
reflects from the water on the road.
- When light shines brightly in the
reverse direction you drive.
- The distance from the vehicle
ahead is very short or the vehicle
ahead drives hiding the lane line.
- You drive on a steep grade or a
sharp curve.
- The vehicle vibrates heavily.
- The temperature near inside mirror
is very high due to direct sun light
and etc.
5 102
ECONOMICAL OPERATION
Your vehicle's fuel economy depends • Don't "ride" the brake pedal. This • Keep your vehicle in good condi-
mainly on your style of driving, where can increase fuel consumption and tion. For better fuel economy and
you drive and when you drive. also increase wear on these com- reduced maintenance costs, main-
Each of these factors affects how ponents. In addition, driving with tain your vehicle in accordance
many miles (kilometers) you can get your foot resting on the brake pedal with the maintenance schedule in
from a gallon (liter) of fuel. To operate may cause the brakes to overheat, section 7. If you drive your vehicle
your vehicle as economically as pos- which reduces their effectiveness in severe conditions, more frequent
sible, use the following driving sug- and may lead to more serious con- maintenance is required (see sec-
gestions to help save money in both sequences. tion 7 for details).
fuel and repairs: • Take care of your tires. Keep them • Keep your vehicle clean. For maxi-
• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a inflated to the recommended pres- mum service, your vehicle should
moderate rate. Don't make "jack- sure. Incorrect inflation, either too be kept clean and free of corrosive
rabbit" starts or full-throttle shifts much or too little, results in unnec- materials. It is especially important
and maintain a steady cruising essary tire wear. Check the tire that mud, dirt, ice, etc. not be
speed. Don't race between stop- pressures at least once a month. allowed to accumulate on the
lights. Try to adjust your speed to • Be sure that the wheels are underside of the vehicle. This extra
the traffic so you don't have to aligned correctly. Improper align- weight can result in increased fuel
change speeds unnecessarily. ment can result from hitting curbs consumption and also contribute to
Avoid heavy traffic whenever pos- or driving too fast over irregular corrosion.
sible. Always maintain a safe dis- surfaces. Poor alignment causes • Travel lightly. Don't carry unneces-
tance from other vehicles so you faster tire wear and may also result sary weight in your vehicle. Weight
can avoid unnecessary braking. in other problems as well as reduces fuel economy.
This also reduces brake wear. greater fuel consumption. • Don't let the engine idle longer
• Drive at a moderate speed. The than necessary. If you are waiting
faster you drive, the more fuel your (and not in traffic), turn off your
vehicle uses. Driving at a moderate engine and restart only when
speed, especially on the highway, you're ready to go.
is one of the most effective ways to
reduce fuel consumption.
5 103
• Remember, your vehicle does not Keeping a vehicle in good operating

require extended warm-up. After condition is important both for econ-
the engine has started, allow the omy and safety. Therefore, have an
engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds authorized Kia dealer perform
prior to placing the vehicle in gear. scheduled inspections and mainte-
In very cold weather, however, give nance.
your engine a slightly longer warm-
up period.
WARNING - Engine off
• Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine. during motion
Lugging is driving too slowly in a
very high gear resulting in engine Never turn the engine off to
bucking. If this happens, shift to a coast down hills or anytime the
lower gear. Over-revving is racing vehicle is in motion. The power
the engine beyond its safe limit. steering and power brakes will
This can be avoided by shifting at not function properly without
the recommended speed. the engine running. In addition,
turning off the ignition while
• Use your air conditioning sparingly. driving could engage the steer-
The air conditioning system is ing wheel lock resulting in loss
operated by engine power so your of vehicle steering. Keep the
fuel economy is reduced when you engine on and downshift to an
use it. appropriate gear for engine
• Open windows at high speeds can braking effect.
reduce fuel economy.
• Fuel economy is less in crosswinds
and headwinds. To help offset
some of this loss, slow down when
driving in these conditions.
5 104
SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS

Hazardous driving conditions • If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, Reducing the risk of a rollover
When hazardous driving conditions use second gear. Accelerate slow- This multi-purpose passenger vehi-
are encountered such as water, ly to avoid spinning the drive cle is defined as a Crossover Utility
snow, ice, mud, sand, or similar haz- wheels. Vehicle (CUV). CUV’s have higher
ards, follow these suggestions: • Use sand, rock salt, or other non- ground clearance and a narrower
• Drive cautiously and allow extra slip material under the drive track to make them capable of per-
distance for braking. wheels to provide traction when forming in a wide variety of off-road
stalled in ice, snow, or mud. applications. Specific design charac-
• Avoid sudden braking or steering. teristics give them a higher center of
• When braking with non-ABS gravity than ordinary vehicles. An
brakes pump the brake pedal with WARNING - Downshifting advantage of the higher ground
a light up-and-down motion until Do not downshift with an auto- clearance is a better view of the
the vehicle is stopped. matic transaxle while driving on road, which allows you to anticipate
Do not pump the brake pedal on a slippery surfaces. The sudden problems. They are not designed for
vehicle equipped with ABS. change in tire speed could cornering at the same speeds as
cause the tires to skid and conventional passenger vehicles,
result in an accident. any more than low-slung sports vehi-
cles are designed to perform satis-
factorily in off-road conditions. Due to
this risk, driver and passengers are
strongly recommended to buckle
their seat belts. In a rollover crash,
an unbelted person is more likely to
die than a person wearing a seat
belt. There are steps that a driver can
make to reduce the risk of a rollover.
5 105
If at all possible, avoid sharp turns or Rocking the vehicle

abrupt maneuvers, do not load your CAUTION - Spinning tires
If it is necessary to rock the vehicle
roof rack with heavy cargo, and to free it from snow, sand, or mud, Do not spin the wheels, espe-
never modify your vehicle in any way. first turn the steering wheel right and cially at speeds more than 56
left to clear the area around your km/h (35 mph). Spinning the
front wheels. Then, shift back and wheels at high speeds when the
forth between R (Reverse) and any vehicle is stationary could
forward gear in vehicles equipped cause a tire to overheat which
with an automatic transaxle. Do not could result in tire damage that
race the engine, and spin the wheels may injure bystanders.
as little as possible. If you are still
stuck after a few tries, have the vehi-
cle pulled out by a tow vehicle to The ESC system should be turned
avoid engine overheating and possi- OFF prior to rocking the vehicle.
ble damage to the transaxle.
CAUTION - Vehicle rocking

Prolonged rocking may cause
engine overheating, transaxle
damage or failure, and tire dam-
age.
5 106
Smooth cornering Driving at night

WARNING - Sudden
vehicle movement
Do not attempt to rock the vehi-
cle if people or objects are near-
by. The vehicle may suddenly
move forward or backwards as
it becomes unstuck.
OYP058153N OYP054154N
Avoid braking or gear changing in Because night driving presents more

corners, especially when roads are hazards than driving in the daylight,
wet. Ideally, corners should always here are some important tips to
be taken under gentle acceleration. If remember:
you follow these suggestions, tire • Slow down and keep more distance
wear will be held to a minimum. between you and other vehicles, as
it may be more difficult to see at
night, especially in areas where
there may not be any street lights.
5 107
• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the Driving in the rain • A heavy rainfall will make it harder
glare from other driver's head- to see and will increase the dis-
lights. tance needed to stop your vehicle,
• Keep your headlights clean and so slow down.
properly aimed. (On vehicles not • Keep your windshield wiping
equipped with the automatic head- equipment in good shape. Replace
light aiming feature.) Dirty or your windshield wiper blades when
improperly aimed headlights will they show signs of streaking or
make it much more difficult to see missing areas on the windshield.
at night. • If your tires are not in good condi-
• Avoid staring directly at the head- tion, making a quick stop on wet
lights of oncoming vehicles. You pavement can cause a skid and
could be temporarily blinded, and it OYP058155N
possibly lead to an accident. Be
will take several seconds for your sure your tires are in good shape.
eyes to readjust to the darkness. Rain and wet roads can make driving • Turn on your headlights to make it
dangerous, especially if you’re not easier for others to see you.
prepared for the slick pavement.
Here are a few things to consider • Driving too fast through large pud-
when driving in the rain: dles can affect your brakes. If you
must go through puddles, try to
drive through them slowly.
• If you believe you may have gotten
your brakes wet, apply them lightly
while driving until normal braking
operation returns.
5 108
Driving in flooded areas Driving off-road

Avoid driving through flooded areas Drive carefully off-road because your
WARNING - Under/over
unless you are sure the water is no vehicle may be damaged by rocks or inflated tires
higher than the bottom of the wheel roots of trees. Become familiar with Always check the tires for proper
hub. Drive through any water slowly. the off-road conditions where you inflation before driving.
Allow adequate stopping distance are going to drive before you begin Underinflated or overinflated
because brake performance may be driving. tires can cause poor handling,
affected. loss of vehicle control, and sud-
After driving through water, dry the den tire failure leading to acci-
Highway driving dents, injuries, and even death.
brakes by gently applying them sev-
eral times while the vehicle is moving Tires For proper tire pressures, refer to
slowly. “Tires and wheels” in section 8.
Adjust the tire inflation pressures to
specification. Low tire inflation pres-
sures will result in overheating and
possible failure of the tires.
Avoid using worn or damaged tires
which may result in reduced traction
or tire failure.
Never exceed the maximum tire
inflation pressure shown on the tires.
5 109
Fuel, engine coolant and engine

WARNING - Tire tread oil
Always check the tire tread High speed travel consumes more
before driving your vehicle. fuel than urban motoring. Do not for-
Worn-out tires can result in loss get to check both the engine coolant
of vehicle control. Worn-out tires and engine oil.
should be replaced as soon as
possible. For further information
and tread limits, refer to "Tires Drive belt
and wheels" in section 7. A loose or damaged drive belt may
result in overheating of the engine.
5 110
WINTER DRIVING
Severe weather conditions in the Snowy or icy conditions Snow tires
winter result in greater wear and To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it If you mount snow tires on your vehi-
other problems. To minimize the may be necessary to use snow tires cle, make sure they are radial tires of
problems of winter driving, you on your tires. If snow tires are need- the same size and load range as the
should follow these suggestions: ed, it is necessary to select tires original tires. Mount snow tires on all
equivalent in size and type of the four wheels to balance your vehicle’s
original equipment tires. Failure to do handling in all weather conditions.
so may adversely affect the safety Keep in mind that the traction provid-
and handling of your vehicle. ed by snow tires on dry roads may
Furthermore, speeding, rapid accel- not be as high as your vehicle's orig-
eration, sudden brake applications, inal equipment tires. You should drive
and sharp turns are potentially very cautiously even when the roads are
hazardous practices. clear. Check with the tire dealer for
During deceleration, use engine maximum speed recommendations.
braking to the fullest extent. Sudden Do not install studded tires without
brake applications on snowy or icy first checking local, state and munic-
roads may cause skids to occur. You ipal regulations for possible restric-
need to keep sufficient distance tions against their use.
between the vehicle in operation in
front of your vehicle. Also, apply the
brake gently.
5 111
Use high quality ethylene gly- Check battery and cables Check spark plugs and igni-
col coolant Winter puts additional burdens on tion system
Your vehicle is delivered with high the battery system. Visually inspect Inspect your spark plugs as
quality ethylene glycol coolant in the the battery and cables as described described in section 7 and replace
cooling system. It is the only type of in section 7. The level of charge in them if necessary. Also check all
coolant that should be used because your battery can be checked by an ignition wiring and components to be
it helps prevent corrosion in the cool- authorized Kia dealer or a service sure they are not cracked, worn or
ing system, lubricates the water station. damaged in any way.
pump and prevents freezing. Be sure
to replace or replenish your coolant
in accordance with the maintenance Change to "winter weight" oil To keep locks from freezing
schedule in section 7. Before winter, if necessary To keep the locks from freezing,
have your coolant tested to assure In some climates it is recommended squirt an approved de-icer fluid or
that its freezing point is sufficient for that a lower viscosity "winter weight" glycerine into the key opening. If a
the temperatures anticipated during oil be used during cold weather. See lock is covered with ice, squirt it with
the winter. section 8 for recommendations. If an approved de-icing fluid to remove
you aren't sure what weight oil you the ice. If the lock is frozen internally,
should use, consult an authorized you may be able to thaw it out by
Kia dealer. using a heated key. Handle the heat-
ed key with care to avoid injury.
5 112
Use approved window washer Don’t let your parking brake Don't let ice and snow accu-
anti-freeze in system freeze mulate underneath
To keep the water in the window Under some conditions your parking Under some conditions, snow and
washer system from freezing, add an brake can freeze in the engaged ice can build up under the fenders
approved window washer anti-freeze position. This is most likely to happen and interfere with the steering. When
solution in accordance with instruc- when there is an accumulation of driving in severe winter conditions
tions on the container. Window wash- snow or ice around or near the rear where this may happen, you should
er anti-freeze is available from an brakes or if the brakes are wet. If periodically check underneath the
authorized Kia dealer and most auto there is a risk the parking brake may vehicle to be sure the movement of
parts outlets. Do not use engine freeze, apply it only temporarily while the front wheels and the steering
coolant or other types of anti-freeze you put the gear shift lever in P components are not obstructed.
as these may damage the paint finish. (Park, automatic transaxle) and
block the rear wheels so the vehicle
cannot roll. Then release the parking Carry emergency equipment
brake. Depending on the severity of the
weather, you should carry appropri-
ate emergency equipment. Some of
the items you may want to carry
include tow straps or chains, flash-
light, emergency flares, sand, shov-
el, jumper cables, window scraper,
gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, blan-
ket, etc.
5 113
TRAILER TOWING
If you are considering towing with You may require an additional wiring
your vehicle, you should first check harness connector to install a trailer CAUTION - Trailer
with your country's Department of hitch. Please contact an authorized installation
Motor Vehicles to determine their Kia dealer for more details. Follow instructions in this sec-
legal requirements. tion when pulling a trailer.
Since laws vary the requirements for Pulling a trailer improperly can
towing trailers, cars, or other types of WARNING - Weight limits damage your vehicle and result
vehicles or apparatus may differ. Ask Before towing, make sure the in costly repairs not covered by
an authorized Kia dealer for further total trailer weight, GCW (gross your warranty.
details before towing. combination weight), GVW
(gross vehicle weight), GAW Your vehicle can tow a trailer.* To
WARNING (gross axle weight) and trailer identify what the vehicle trailering
- Towing a trailer tongue load are all within the capacity is for your vehicle, you
limits. should read the information in
Always check your towing
equipment to confirm correct “Weight of the trailer” that appears
equipment size and installation later in this section.
before use. Using incompatible
or incorrectly installed trailer
equipment can effect the vehi-
cle operation and endanger you
and your passengers.
5 114
Remember that trailering is different Hitches Safety chains

than just driving your vehicle by itself. It's important to have the correct You should always attach chains
Trailering means changes in han- hitch equipment. Crosswinds, large between your vehicle and your trail-
dling, durability, and fuel economy. trucks going by, and rough roads are er. Cross the safety chains under the
Successful, safe trailering requires a few reasons why you’ll need the tongue of the trailer so that the
correct equipment, and it has to be right hitch. Here are some rules to tongue will not drop to the road if it
used properly. follow: becomes separated from the hitch.
• Will you have to make any holes in Instructions about safety chains may
This section contains many time-test- the body of your vehicle when you be provided by the hitch manufactur-
ed, important trailering tips and safe- install a trailer hitch? If you do, then er or by the trailer manufacturer.
ty rules. Many of these are important be sure to seal the holes later Follow the manufacturer’s recom-
for your safety and that of your pas- when you remove the hitch. mendation for attaching safety
sengers. Please read this section If you don’t seal them, deadly car- chains. Always leave just enough
carefully before you pull a trailer. bon monoxide (CO) from your slack so you can turn with your trail-
exhaust can get into your vehicle, er. And, never allow safety chains to
Load-pulling components such as as well as dirt and water. drag on the ground.
the engine, transaxle, wheel assem- • The bumpers on your vehicle are
blies, and tires are forced to work not intended for hitches. Do not
harder against the load of the added attach rental hitches or other
weight. The engine is required to bumper-type hitches to them. Use
operate at relatively higher speeds only a frame-mounted hitch that
and under greater loads. This addi- does not attach to the bumper.
tional burden generates extra heat. • Kia trailer hitch accessory is avail-
The trailer also adds considerably to able at an authorized Kia dealer.
wind resistance, increasing the
pulling requirements.
5 115
Trailer brakes Driving with a trailer

If your trailer is equipped with a brak-
WARNING - Trailer brakes Towing a trailer requires a certain
ing system, make sure it conforms to Do not use a trailer with its own amount of experience. Before setting
your state’s regulations and that it is brakes unless you are absolute- out for the open road, you must get to
properly installed and operating cor- ly certain that you have proper- know your trailer. Acquaint yourself
rectly. ly set up the brake system. This with the feel of handling and braking
is not a task for amateurs. Use with the added weight of the trailer.
If your trailer weight exceeds the
an experienced, competent And always keep in mind that the
maximum allowed weight without
trailer shop for this work. vehicle you are driving is now a good
trailer brakes, then the trailer will also
require its own brakes as well. Be deal longer and not nearly so respon-
sure to read and follow the instruc- sive as your vehicle is by itself.
tions for the trailer brakes so you’ll be Before you start, check the trailer
able to install, adjust and maintain hitch and platform, safety chains,
them properly. electrical connector(s), lights, tires
• Don’t tap into or modify your vehi- and mirror adjustment. If the trailer
cle's brake system. has electric brakes, start your vehicle
and trailer moving and then apply the
trailer brake controller by hand to be
sure the brakes are working. This lets
you check your electrical connection
at the same time.
During your trip, check occasionally
to be sure that the load is secure,
and that the lights and any trailer
brakes are still working.
5 116
Following distance Backing up Turn signals when towing a trailer

Stay at least twice as far behind the Hold the bottom of the steering When you tow a trailer, your vehicle
vehicle ahead as you would when wheel with one hand. Then, to move has to have a different turn signal
driving your vehicle without a trailer. the trailer to the left, just move your flasher and extra wiring. The green
This can help you avoid situations hand to the left. To move the trailer to arrows on your instrument panel will
that require heavy braking and sud- the right, move your hand to the flash whenever you signal a turn or
den turns. right. Always back up slowly and, if lane change. Properly connected,
possible, have someone guide you. the trailer lights will also flash to alert
other drivers you’re about to turn,
Passing change lanes, or stop.
You’ll need more passing distance Making turns
When towing a trailer, the green
up ahead when you’re towing a trail- When you’re turning with a trailer, arrows on your instrument panel will
er. And, because of the increased make wider turns than normal. Do flash for turns even if the bulbs on the
vehicle length, you’ll need to go this so your trailer won’t strike soft trailer are burned out. Thus, you may
much farther beyond the passed shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees, think drivers behind you are seeing
vehicle before you can return to your or other objects near the edge of the your signals when, in fact, they are
lane. Due to the added load to the road. Avoid jerky or sudden maneu- not. It’s important to check occasion-
engine when going uphill the vehicle vers. Signal well in advance before ally to be sure the trailer bulbs are still
may also take longer to pass than it turning or lane changes. working. You must also check the
would on flat ground. lights every time you disconnect and
then reconnect the wires.
Do not connect a trailer lighting sys-
tem directly to your vehicle’s lighting
system. Use only an approved trailer
wiring harness.
An authorized Kia dealer can assist
you in installing the wiring harness.
5 117
Driving on grades Towing up hill

CAUTION Reduce speed and shift to a lower • When towing a trailer on steep
Always use an approved trailer gear before you start down a long or grades (in excess of 6%) pay close
wiring harness. Failure to use steep downgrade. If you don’t shift attention to the engine coolant
an approved trailer wiring har- down, you might have to use your temperature gauge to ensure the
ness could result in damage to brakes so much that they would get engine does not overheat.
the vehicle electrical system. hot and no longer operate efficiently. If the needle of the coolant temper-
On a long uphill grade, shift down ature gauge moves across the dial
and reduce your speed to around 70 towards “H” (HOT), pull over and
km/h (45 mph) to reduce the possi- stop as soon as it is safe to do so,
bility of engine and transaxle over- and allow the engine to idle until it
heating. cools down. You may proceed once
If your trailer weighs more than the the engine has cooled sufficiently.
maximum trailer weight without trail- • You must decide driving speed
er brakes and you have an automat- depending on trailer weight and
ic transaxle, you should drive in D uphill grade to reduce the possibil-
(Drive) when towing a trailer. ity of engine and transaxle over-
Operating your vehicle in D (Drive) heating.
when towing a trailer will minimize
heat build up and extend the life of
your transaxle.
5 118
Parking on hills 5.Start the vehicle, hold the brakes, When you are ready to leave after
Generally, if you have a trailer shift to neutral, release the parking parking on a hill
attached to your vehicle, you should brake and slowly release the 1. With the automatic transaxle in P
not park your vehicle on a hill. People brakes until the trailer chocks (Park), apply your brakes and hold
can be seriously or fatally injured, absorb the load. the brake pedal down while you:
and both your vehicle and the trailer 6.Reapply the brakes, reapply the • Start your engine;
can be damaged if they unexpected- parking brake and shift the vehicle
• Shift into gear; and
ly roll downhill. to P (Park) for automatic transaxle.
• Release the parking brake.
However, if you ever have to park your 7.Shut off the vehicle and release the
trailer on a hill, here's how to do it: vehicle brakes but leave the park- 2. Slowly remove your foot from the
ing brake set. brake pedal.
1.Pull the vehicle into the parking
space. Turn the steering wheel in 3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear
the direction of the curb (right if of the chocks.
headed downhill, left if headed up 4. Stop and have someone pick up
hill). and store the chocks.
2.If the vehicle has an automatic
transaxle, place the vehicle in P
(Park).
3.Set the parking brake and shut off
the engine.
4.Place chocks under the trailer
wheels on the down hill side of the
wheels.
5 119
Maintenance when trailer towing If you do decide to pull a trailer

CAUTION - Air condition
Your vehicle will need service more Here are some important points if
often when you regularly pull a trail- Do not use the A/C while using you decide to pull a trailer:
er. Important items to pay particular your vehicle to tow uphill. Due
to higher load during trailer • Consider using a sway control. You
attention to include engine oil, auto- can ask a hitch dealer about sway
matic transaxle fluid, axle lubricant usage, overheating might occur
on hot days or during uphill control.
and cooling system fluid. Brake con-
dition is another important item to driving. • Do not do any towing with your
frequently check. Each item is cov- vehicle during its first 2,000 km
ered in this manual, and the Index (1,200 miles) in order to allow the
• When towing check transaxle fluid engine to properly break in. Failure
will help you find them quickly. If more frequently.
you’re trailering, it’s a good idea to to heed this caution may result in
review these sections before you serious engine or transaxle dam-
start your trip. age.
Don’t forget to also maintain your • When towing a trailer, be sure to
trailer and hitch. Follow the mainte- consult an authorized Kia dealer
nance schedule that accompanied for further information on additional
your trailer and check it periodically. requirements such as a towing kit,
Preferably, conduct the check at the etc.
start of each day’s driving. Most
importantly, all hitch nuts and bolts
should be tight.
5 120
• Always drive your vehicle at a mod- [kg (lbs.)]

erate speed (less than 100 km/h
(60 mph)). Engine Gasoline Engine
• On a long uphill grade, do not
exceed 70 km/h (45 mph) or the Lambda 3.3 GDI
posted towing speed limit, Item
whichever is lower.
• The chart contains important con- Without brake system 453 (1,000)
siderations that have to do with Maximum trailer
weight: weight
With brake system 1587 (3,500)
Maximum tongue weight 158 (350)
To identify what the vehicle trailering capacity is for your vehicle, you should
read the information in “Weight of the Trailer” that appears later in this sec-
tion.
5 121
Weight of the trailer Weight of the trailer tongue The trailer tongue should weigh a
maximum of 10% of the total loaded
trailer weight, within the limits of the
maximum permissible trailer tongue
load. After you've loaded your trailer,
weigh the trailer and then the tongue,
separately, to see if the weights are
proper. If they aren’t, you may be
able to correct them simply by mov-
ing some items around in the trailer.
Tongue Load Total Trailer Weight Gross Axle Weight Gross Vehicle Weight
WARNING - Trailer
C190E01JM C190E02JM
Always follow the loading
What is the maximum safe weight of The tongue load of any trailer is an instructions provided with your
a trailer? It should never weigh more important weight to measure trailer. Improper loading can
than the maximum trailer weight with because it affects the total gross effect vehicle operation and
trailer brakes. But even that can be vehicle weight (GVW) of your vehi- result in an accident.
too heavy. cle. This weight includes the curb
It depends on how you plan to use weight of the vehicle, any cargo you
your trailer. For example, speed, alti- may carry in it, and the people who
tude, road grades, outside tempera- will be riding in the vehicle. And if you
ture and how often your vehicle is will tow a trailer, you must add the
used to pull a trailer are all important. tongue load to the GVW because
The ideal trailer weight can also your vehicle will also be carrying that
depend on any special equipment weight.
that you have on your vehicle.
5 122
VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT

Tire and loading information label
OYP054156N/OYP054157N/OYP054158N/OYP054159N/OYP054160N/OYP054161N
The label located on the driver's door sill gives the original tire size, cold tire pressures recom-
mended for your vehicle, the number of people that can be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity
weight.
5 123
Vehicle capacity weight: Seating capacity: Towing capacity:

7 persons : 525 kg (1,158 lbs.) Total - 7 persons 3.3L Engine
8 persons : 600 kg (1,323 lbs.) (Front seat : 2 persons, Without trailer brakes
Rear seat : 5 persons) : 453 kg (1,000 lbs)
- 8 persons With trailer brakes
Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi- (Front seat : 2 persons, : 1,587 kg (3,500 lbs)
mum combined weight of occupants Rear seat : 6 persons)
and cargo. If your vehicle is equipped
with a trailer, the combined weight Towing capacity is the maximum
includes the tongue load. Seating capacity is the maximum trailer weight including its cargo
number of occupants including a weight, your vehicle can tow
driver, your vehicle may carry.
However, the seating capacity may
be reduced based upon the weight of
all of the occupants, and the weight
of the cargo being carried or towed.
Do not overload the vehicle as there
is a limit to the total weight, or load
limit including occupants and cargo,
the vehicle can carry.
5 124
Cargo capacity: Steps for determining correct 5.Determine the combined weight of
The cargo capacity of your vehicle load limit luggage and cargo being loaded
will increase or decrease depending 1.Locate the statement "The com- on the vehicle. That weight may not
on the weight and the number of bined weight of occupants and safely exceed the available cargo
occupants and the tongue load, if cargo should never exceed XXX kg and luggage load capacity calcu-
your vehicle is equipped with a trail- or XXX lbs.'' on your vehicle's plac- lated in Step 4.
er. ard. 6.If your vehicle will be towing a trail-
2.Determine the combined weight of er, load from your trailer will be
the driver and passengers that will transferred to your vehicle. Consult
be riding in your vehicle. this manual to determine how this
reduces the available cargo and
3.Subtract the combined weight of luggage load capacity of your vehi-
the driver and passengers from cle.
XXX kg or XXX lbs.
4.The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and lug-
gage load capacity. For example, if
the "XXX" amount equals 635 kg
(1400 lbs.) and there will be five 68
kg (150 lb) passengers in your
vehicle, the amount of available
cargo and luggage load capacity is
295 kg (650 lbs).
(635-340 (5 x 68) = 295 kg or
1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
5 125
Example 1 Example 2 Example 3
A B C A B C A B C
C190F01JM C190F02JM C190F03JM
Item Description Total Item Description Total Item Description Total

Vehicle Capacity 635 kg Vehicle Capacity 635 kg Vehicle Capacity 635 kg
A A A
Weight (1,400 lbs) Weight (1,400 lbs) Weight (1,400 lbs)
Subtract Occupant Subtract Occupant Subtract Occupant
136 kg 340 kg 390 kg
B Weight B Weight B Weight
(300 lbs) (750 lbs) (860 lbs)
68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 78 kg (172 lbs) × 5
Available Cargo and 499 kg Available Cargo and 295 kg Available Cargo and 245 kg
C C C
Luggage weight (1,100 lbs) Luggage weight (650 lbs) Luggage weight (540 lbs)
Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle's capacity weight
and seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle's
capacity weight.
5 126
Certification label
The certification label is located on
WARNING - Over loading WARNING - Over loading
the driver's door sill at the center pillar. Never exceed the GVWR for Do not overload your vehicle.
your vehicle, the GAWR for Overloading your vehicle can
This label shows the maximum
either the front or rear axle and cause heat buildup in your vehi-
allowable weight of the fully loaded
vehicle capacity weight. cle's tires and possible tire fail-
vehicle. This is called the GVWR
Exceeding these ratings can ure, increased stopping dis-
(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The
affect your vehicle’s handling tances and poor vehicle han-
GVWR includes the weight of the
and braking ability. dling all of which may result in a
vehicle, all occupants, fuel and
crash.
cargo.
This label also tells you the maxi- The label will help you decide how
mum weight that can be supported much cargo and installed equipment ✽ NOTICE
by the front and rear axles, called your vehicle can carry. Overloading your vehicle may cause
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). damage. Repairs would not be cov-
To find out the actual loads on your If you carry items inside your vehicle ered by your warranty. Do not over-
front and rear axles, you need to go - like suitcases, tools, packages, or load your vehicle.
to a weigh station and weigh your anything else - they are moving as
vehicle.Your dealer can help you with fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop
this. Be sure to spread out your load or turn quickly, or if there is a crash,
equally on both sides of the center- the items will keep going and can
line. cause an injury if they strike the driv-
er or a passenger.
5 127
WARNING - Loose cargo

Do not travel with unsecured
blunt objects in the passenger
compartment of your vehicle
(e.g. suit cases or unsecured
child seats). These items may
strike occupant during a sud-
den stop or crash.
5 128
VEHICLE WEIGHT GLOSSARY

This section will guide you in the Cargo weight GVWR
proper loading of your vehicle and/or This figure includes all weight added (Gross vehicle weight rating)
trailer, to keep your loaded vehicle to the Base Curb Weight, including This is the maximum allowable
weight within its design rating capa- cargo and optional equipment. weight of the fully loaded vehicle
bility, with or without a trailer.
(including all options, equipment,
Properly loading your vehicle will
GAW (Gross axle weight) passengers and cargo). The GVWR
provide maximum return of the vehi-
is shown on the certification label
cle design performance. Before load- This is the total weight placed on located on the driver’s door sill.
ing your vehicle, familiarize yourself each axle (front and rear) - including
with the following terms for determin- vehicle curb weight and all payload.
ing your vehicle's weight ratings, with
or without a trailer, from the vehicle's
specifications and the certification GAWR
label: (Gross axle weight rating)
This is the maximum allowable
Base curb weight weight that can be carried by a single
axle (front or rear). These numbers
This is the weight of the vehicle
are shown on the certification label.
including a full tank of fuel and all
standard equipment. It does not The total load on each axle must
include passengers, cargo, or option- never exceed its GAWR.
al equipment.
GVW (Gross vehicle weight)
Vehicle curb weight This is the Base Curb Weight plus
This is the weight of your new vehicle actual Cargo Weight plus passen-
when you picked it up from your deal- gers.
er plus any aftermarket equipment.
5 129
What to do in an emergency
Road warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

• Hazard warning flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
In case of an emergency while driving. . . . . . . . . . 6-3
• If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing. . . . . . . 6-3
• If you have a flat tire while driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
• If the engine stalls while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
If the engine does not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
• If engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly . . . . 6-4
• If engine turns over normally but does not start . . . . 6-4
Emergency starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
• Jump starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
• Push-starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
If the engine overheats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
If you have a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
• Jack and tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
• Removing the spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10 6
• Storing the spare tire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
• A flat tire indoor storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
• Changing tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
• Towing service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
• Removable towing hook (Front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
• Emergency towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33
ROAD WARNING
Hazard warning flasher It should be used whenever emer-
gency repairs are being made or
■ Type A
when the vehicle is stopped near the
edge of a roadway.
Depress the flasher switch with the
ignition switch in any position. The
flasher switch is located in the center
facia panel. All turn signal lights will
flash simultaneously.
• The hazard warning flasher oper-

OYP064001N ates whether your vehicle is run-
■ Type B
ning or not.
• The turn signals do not work when
the hazard flasher is on.
• Care must be taken when using
the hazard warning flasher while
the vehicle is being towed.
OYP064014K
The hazard warning flasher serves

as a warning to other drivers to exer-
cise extreme caution when
approaching, overtaking, or passing
your vehicle.
6 2
IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING

If the engine stalls at a cross- 2.When the vehicle is stopped, turn If the engine stalls while driving
road or crossing on your emergency hazard flash- 1.Reduce your speed gradually,
ers, set the parking brake and put keeping a straight line. Move cau-
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or
the transaxle in P (Park, automatic tiously off the road to a safe place.
crossing, set the shift lever in the N
transaxle).
(Neutral) position and then push the 2.Turn on your emergency flashers.
vehicle to a safe place. 3.Have all passengers get out of the
vehicle. Be sure they all get out on 3.Try to start the engine again. If your
the side of the vehicle that is away vehicle will not start, contact an
If you have a flat tire while from traffic. authorized Kia dealer or seek other
driving qualified assistance.
4.When changing a flat tire, follow
If a tire goes flat while you are driv- the instruction provided later in this
ing: section. ✽ NOTICE
1.Take your foot off the accelerator If there was a check engine light and
pedal and let the vehicle slow loss of power or stall and if safe to do
down while driving straight ahead. so wait at least 10 seconds to restart
Do not apply the brakes immedi- the vehicle after it stalls. This may
ately or attempt to pull off the road reset the car so it will no longer run
as this may cause a loss of control. at low power (limp home) condition.
When the vehicle has slowed to
such a speed that it is safe to do
so, brake carefully and pull off the
road. Drive off the road as far as
possible and park on a firm level
ground. If you are on a divided
highway, do not park in the median
area between the two traffic lanes.
6 3
IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START

If engine doesn't turn over or If engine turns over normally
turns over slowly WARNING - Push / but does not start
Pull start
1.If your vehicle has an automatic 1.Check the fuel level.
transaxle, be sure the shift lever is Do not push or pull the vehicle
2.With the ignition switch in the
in N (Neutral) or P (Park) and the to start it. Push or pull starting
LOCK position, check all connec-
emergency brake is set. may cause the catalytic con-
tors at the ignition coils and spark
verter to overload and create a
2.Check the battery connections to plugs. Reconnect any that may be
fire hazard.
be sure they are clean and tight. disconnected or loose.
3.Turn on the interior light. If the light 3.Check the fuel line in the engine
dims or goes out when you operate compartment.
the starter, the battery is dis- 4.If the engine still does not start, call
charged. an authorized Kia dealer or seek
4.Check the starter connections to other qualified assistance.
be sure they are securely tight-
ened.
5.Do not push or pull the vehicle to
start it. See instructions for "Jump
starting".
6 4
EMERGENCY STARTING
Jump starting
Jump starting can be dangerous if
WARNING - Battery
done incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid Never attempt to check the elec-
harm to yourself or damage to your trolyte level of the battery as
vehicle or battery, follow these jump this may cause the battery to
starting procedures. If in doubt, we rupture or explode.
strongly recommend that you have a
competent technician or towing serv-
ice jump start your vehicle. WARNING - Frozen
batteries
1VQA4001 CAUTION - 12 volt battery Do not attempt to jump start the
Use only a 12-volt jumper sys- vehicle if the discharged battery
Connect cables in numerical order is frozen or if the electrolyte
and disconnect in reverse order. tem. You can damage a 12-volt
starting motor, ignition system, level is low as the battery may
and other electrical parts rupture or explode.
beyond repair by use of a 24-
volt power supply (either two
12-volt batteries in series or a
24-volt motor generator set).
6 5
Jump starting procedure Do not allow the jumper cables to

WARNING - Battery 1.Make sure the booster battery is contact anything except the correct
Keep all flames or sparks away 12-volt and that its negative termi- battery terminals or the correct
from the battery. The battery nal is grounded. ground. Do not lean over the bat-
produces hydrogen gas which tery when making connections.
2.If the booster battery is in another
will explode if exposed to flame vehicle, do not allow the vehicles to
or sparks. come in contact. WARNING - Battery
3.Turn off all unnecessary electrical cables
loads. Do not connect the jumper cable
WARNING - Sulfuric acid 4.Connect the jumper cables in the from the negative terminal of the
risk exact sequence shown in the illus- booster battery to the negative
When jump starting your vehicle tration. First connect one end of a terminal of the discharged bat-
be careful not to get acid on jumper cable to the positive termi- tery. This can cause the dis-
yourself, your clothing or on the nal of the discharged battery (1), charged battery to overheat and
vehicle. Automobile batteries then connect the other end to the crack, releasing battery acid.
contain sulfuric acid. This is poi- positive terminal of the booster Make sure to connect one end
sonous and highly corrosive. battery (2). of the jumper cable to the nega-
Proceed to connect one end of the tive terminal of the booster bat-
other jumper cable to the negative tery, and the other end to a
terminal of the booster battery (3), metallic point, far away from the
then the other end to a solid, sta- battery.
tionary, metallic point (for example,
the engine lifting bracket) away
from the battery (4). Do not con-
nect it to or near any part that
moves when the engine is cranked.
6 6
5.Start the engine of the vehicle with Push-starting

the booster battery and let it run at Vehicles equipped with automatic
2,000 rpm, then start the engine of transaxle lock system cannot be
the vehicle with the discharged push-started.
battery.
Follow the directions in this section
If the cause of your battery discharg- for jump-starting.
ing is not apparent, you should have
your vehicle checked by an author-
ized Kia dealer. WARNING - Tow starting
vehicle
Never tow a vehicle to start it
because the sudden surge for-
ward when the engine starts
could cause a collision with the
tow vehicle.
6 7
IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS

If your temperature gauge indicates 4.Check to see if the water pump
overheating, you experience a loss drive belt is missing. If it is not WARNING - Radiator cap
of power, or hear loud pinging or missing, check to see that it is Do not remove the radiator cap
knocking, the engine will probably be tight. If the drive belt seems to be when the engine is hot. This
too hot. If this happens, you should: satisfactory, check for coolant leak- may result in coolant being
ing from the radiator, hoses or blown out of the opening and
1.Pull off the road and stop as soon under the vehicle. (If the air condi- cause serious burns.
as it is safe to do so. tioning had been in use, it is nor-
mal for cold water to be draining
2.Place the shift lever in P (Park, from it when you stop). 6.If you cannot find the cause of the
automatic transaxle) and set the overheating, wait until the engine
parking brake. If the air condition- temperature has returned to nor-
ing is on, turn it off. WARNING - Under the
hood mal. Then, if coolant has been lost,
3.If engine coolant is running out carefully add coolant to the reser-
under the vehicle or steam is com- While the engine is running, voir to bring the fluid level in the
ing out from underneath the hood, keep hair, hands and clothing reservoir up to the halfway mark.
stop the engine. Do not open the away from moving parts such
as the fan and drive belts to pre- 7.Proceed with caution, keeping
hood until the coolant has stopped alert for further signs of overheat-
running or the steaming has vent injury.
ing. If overheating happens again,
stopped. If there is no visible loss call an authorized Kia dealer for
of engine coolant and no steam, 5.If the water pump drive belt is bro- assistance.
leave the engine running and ken or engine coolant is leaking
check to be sure the engine cool- Serious loss of coolant indicates
out, stop the engine immediately there is a leak in the cooling system
ing fan is operating. If the fan is not and call the nearest authorized Kia
running, turn the engine off. and this should be checked as soon
dealer for assistance. as possible by an authorized Kia
dealer.
6 8
IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE

Jack and tools Jacking instructions • Always move the vehicle complete-
The jack is provided for emergency ly off the road and onto the shoul-
tire changing only. der before trying to change a tire.
The jack should be used on a firm
To prevent the jack from “rattling” level ground. If you cannot find a
while the vehicle is in motion, store it firm, level place off the road, call a
properly. towing service company for assis-
Follow jacking instructions to reduce tance.
the possibility of personal injury. • Be sure to use the correct front and
rear jacking positions on the vehi-
WARNING - Tire Jack cle; never use the bumpers or any
other part of the vehicle for jack
Do not place any portion of your support.
OYP064029N body under a vehicle that is only
supported by a jack since the • Do not allow anyone to remain in
The jack and wheel lug nut wrench vehicle can easily roll off the the vehicle while it is on the jack.
are stored in the luggage compart- jack. Use vehicle support stands. • Make sure any children present
ment. are in a secure place away from
Remove the panel indicated in the the road and from the vehicle to be
illustration. raised with the jack.
WARNING - Changing tires
(1) Jack
Never attempt vehicle repairs in
(2) Wheel lug nut wrench the traffic lanes of a public road
(Jack handle) or highway.
6 9
Removing the spare tire

WARNING
- Running vehicle on jack
Do not start or run the engine of
the vehicle while the vehicle is
on the jack as this may cause
the vehicle to fall off the jack.
OYP054163N
OYP054167N 3. Use the wheel lug nut wrench to

loosen the bolt enough to lower
Your spare tire is stored underneath the spare tire.
your vehicle, directly below the right Turn the wrench counterclockwise
sliding door. until the spare tire reaches the
1. Open the right sliding door and ground.
find the plastic hex bolt cover on
the floor.
2. Remove the cover.
6 10
Storing the spare tire
OYP054164N OYP054166N
4. After the spare tire reaches the OYP054165N 3. Place the wheel under the vehicle
ground, continue to turn the and install the retainer through the
wrench counterclockwise, and 1. Assemble the cover and spare tire wheel center.
draw the spare tire outside. Never with valve center aligning together. 4. Turn the wrench clockwise until it
rotate the wrench excessively, oth- 2. Lay the tire on the ground with the clicks.
erwise the spare tire carrier may valve stem facing down.
be damaged. Ensure the spare tire retainer is
properly aligned with the center of
5. Remove the retainer from the cen- the spare tire to prevent the spare
ter of the spare tire. tire from "rattling".
6. Remove the cover from the spare Otherwise, it may cause the spare
tire. tire to fall off the carrier and lead to
an accident.
6 11
A flat tire indoor storage
OYP068035N OYP068036N
OYP068034N 3. Connect the fixing belt to the strik-

er (a) located at the bottom
In the 3rd row seats unfolded left/right side of the back of the
upright third row seats.
4. Tighten the fixing belt securely.
1. With the flat tires in the center of
the third row seats, place the outer
part of the wheel facing the lift-
gate.
2. Pass the fixing belt through the
inside of the wheel.
6 12
OYP068037N OYP068038N OYP068039N
In the 3rd row seats folded flat 3. Connect the fixing belt to the strik-
er (a) located at the bottom
left/right side of the back of the
1. Place the flat tire with its outer part third row seats.
facing upwards in the middle of the
three-row seats. 4. Tighten the fixing belt securely.
2. Pass the fixing belt through the
inside of the wheel.
6 13
Changing tires
anti-pollution
cover OYP068042N OYP064030N
• If the flat tire is contaminated, 1VQA4022 4.Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,
cover the tire with anti-pollution jack and spare tire from the vehi-
cover before keeping it indoors. 1.Park on a level surface and apply cle.
This is to prevent indoor contami- the parking brake firmly. 5.Block both the front and rear of the
nation. 2.Place the transaxle shift lever in P wheel that is diagonally opposite
(Park) with automatic transaxle. from the jack position.
3.Activate the hazard warning flash-
ers.
6 14
• To prevent vehicle movement while

changing a tire, always set the
parking brake fully, and always
block the wheel diagonally oppo-
site the wheel being changed.
• We recommend that the wheels of
the vehicle be blocked, and that no
person remain in a vehicle that is
being jacked.
OYP064023N/Q
OYP068028N
6.Loosen the wheel lug nuts counter-
clockwise one turn each, but do
not remove any nut until the tire
has been raised off the ground.
OYP064022N
7.Place the jack at the front (1) or
rear (2) jacking position closest to
the tire you are changing. Place the
jack at the designated locations
under the frame. The jacking posi-
tions are plates welded to the
frame with two tabs and a raised
dot to index with the jack.
6 15
9.Loosen the wheel nuts and remove Wheels may have sharp edges.
them with your fingers. Slide the Handle them carefully to avoid possi-
wheel off the studs and lay it flat so ble severe injury. Before putting the
it cannot roll away. To put the wheel wheel into place, be sure that there
on the hub, pick up the spare tire, is nothing on the hub or wheel (such
line up the holes with the studs and as mud, tar, gravel, etc.) that pre-
slide the wheel onto them. If this is vents the wheel from fitting solidly
difficult, tip the wheel slightly and against the hub.
get the top hole in the wheel lined
up with the top stud. Then jiggle the
wheel back and forth until the WARNING - Installing a
wheel can slide over the other wheel
OYP064021N
studs. Make sure the wheel makes
8.Insert the wheel lug nut wrench good contact with the hub when
into the jack and turn it clockwise, installed. If the contact of the
raising the vehicle until the tire just mounting surface between the
clears the ground. This measure- wheel and hub is not good, the
ment is approximately 1 in. (30 wheel nuts could come loose
mm). and cause the loss of a wheel.
Before removing the wheel lug Loss of a wheel may result in
nuts, make sure the vehicle is sta- loss of control of the vehicle.
ble and that there is no chance for
movement or slippage.
6 16
10. To install the wheel, hold it on the If you have a tire gauge, remove the
studs, put the wheel nuts on the valve cap and check the air pressure.
studs and tighten them finger If the pressure is lower than recom-
tight. Jiggle the tire to be sure it is mended, drive slowly to the nearest
completely seated, then tighten service station and inflate to the cor-
the nuts as much as possible rect pressure. If it is too high, adjust
with your fingers again. it until it is correct. Always reinstall
11. Insert the wrench into the jack the valve cap after checking or
and lower the vehicle to the adjusting the tire pressure. If the cap
ground by turning the wheel nut is not replaced, dust and dirt may get
wrench counterclockwise. into the tire valve and air may leak
OYP064031N from the tire. If you lose a valve cap,
buy another and install it as soon as
Then position the wrench as shown possible.
in the drawing and tighten the wheel
nuts. Be sure the socket is seated After you have changed the wheels,
completely over the nut. Do not stand always secure the flat tire in its place
on the wrench handle or use an and return the jack and tools to their
extension pipe over the wrench han- proper storage locations.
dle. Go around the wheel tightening
every nut following the numerical
sequence shown in the image until
they are all tight. Then double-check
each nut for tightness. After changing
wheels, have an authorized Kia deal-
er tighten the wheel nuts to their
proper torque as soon as possible.
Wheel nut tightening torque:

11 ~ 13 kgf·m (79 ~ 94 lb·ft)
6 17
Important - use of compact spare

CAUTION - Reusing lug WARNING - Wheel studs tire (if equipped)
nuts If the studs are damaged, they Your vehicle is equipped with a com-
Make certain during wheel may lose their ability to retain pact spare tire. This compact spare
removal that the same nuts that the wheel. This could lead to the tire takes up less space than a regu-
were removed are reinstalled - loss of the wheel and a collision lar-size tire. This tire is smaller than a
or, if replaced, that nuts with resulting in serious injuries. conventional tire and is designed for
metric threads and the same temporary use only.
chamfer configuration are used. • You should drive carefully when
Your vehicle has metric threads To prevent the jack, wheel lug nut
wrench and spare tire from rattling the compact spare is in use. The
on the wheel studs and nuts. compact spare should be replaced
Installation of a non-metric while the vehicle is in motion, store
them properly. by the proper conventional tire and
thread nut on a metric stud will rim at the first opportunity.
not secure the wheel to the hub Check the inflation pressures as
properly and will damage the soon as possible after installing the • The operation of this vehicle is not
stud so that it must be replaced. spare tire. Adjust it to the specified recommended with more than one
pressure, if necessary. Refer to compact spare tire in use at the
“Tires and wheels” in section 8. same time.
Note that most lug nuts do not have
metric threads. Be sure to use
extreme care in checking for thread
style before installing aftermarket lug
nuts or wheels. If in doubt, consult an
6 18
When using a compact spare tire, • Do not use the compact spare tire
WARNING observe the following precautions: on any other vehicle because this
The compact spare tire is for • Under no circumstances should you tire has been designed especially
emergency use only. Do not exceed 80 km/h (50 mph); a higher for your vehicle.
operate your vehicle on this speed could damage the tire. • The compact spare tire’s tread life is
compact spare at speeds over • Ensure that you drive slowly enough shorter than a regular tire. Inspect
80 km/h (50 mph). The original for the road conditions to avoid all your compact spare tire regularly
tire should be repaired or hazards. Any road hazard, such as a and replace worn compact spare
replaced as soon as possible to pothole or debris, could seriously tires with the same size and design,
avoid failure of the spare possi- damage the compact spare. mounted on the same wheel.
bly leading to personal injury or • The compact spare tire should not
death. • Any continuous road use of this tire
could result in tire failure, loss of be used on any other wheels, nor
vehicle control, and possible per- should standard tires, snow tires,
sonal injury. wheel covers or trim rings be used
The compact spare should be inflat- with the compact spare wheel. If
ed to 420 kPa (60 psi). • Do not exceed the vehicle’s maxi- such use is attempted, damage to
mum load rating or the load-carry- these items or other vehicle com-
ing capacity shown on the sidewall
✽ NOTICE of the compact spare tire.
ponents may occur.
Check the inflation pressure after • Do not use more than one compact
• Avoid driving over obstacles. The spare tire at a time.
installing the spare tire. Adjust it to compact spare tire diameter is
the specified pressure, as necessary. smaller than the diameter of a con- • Do not tow a trailer while the com-
ventional tire and reduces the pact spare tire is installed.
ground clearance approximately
25 mm (1 inch), which could result
in damage to the vehicle.
• Do not take this vehicle through an
automatic vehicle wash while the
compact spare tire is installed.
6 19
Jack label 1. Model Name

■ Example 2. Maximum allowable load
• Type A 3. When using the jack, set your
parking brake.
4. When using the jack, stop the
engine.
5. Do not get under a vehicle that is
supported by a jack.
6. The designated locations under
OHYK064001 the frame
• Type B
7. When supporting the vehicle, the
base plate of jack must be vertical
under the lifting point.
8. Move the shift lever to the P posi-
tion on vehicles with automatic
transmission.
9. The jack should be used on firm
OHYK064005 level ground.
• Type C
10. Jack manufacturer
11. Production date
12. Representative company and
address
OHYK064002
❈ The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For
more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.
6 20
TOWING
Towing service For trailer towing guidelines informa-
tion, refer to “Trailer towing” in sec- WARNING - Side and
tion 5. curtain Air bag
If your vehicle is equipped with
It is acceptable to tow the vehicle side and curtain air bag, set the
with the rear wheels on the ground ignition switch to LOCK or ACC
(without dollies) and the front wheels position when the vehicle is
off the ground. being towed.
If any of the loaded wheels or sus- The side and curtain air bag
pension components are damaged may deploy when the ignitions
or the vehicle is being towed with the is ON, and the rollover sensor
dolly front wheels on the ground, use a detects the situation as a
towing dolly under the front wheels. rollover.
When being towed by a commercial
tow truck and wheel dollies are not
dolly
used, the front of the vehicle should
OYP064024N
always be lifted, not the rear.
If emergency towing is necessary,
we recommend having it done by an
authorized Kia dealer or a commer-
cial tow-truck service. Proper lifting
and towing procedures are neces-
sary to prevent damage to the vehi-
cle. The use of wheel dollies or
flatbed is recommended.
6 21
When towing your vehicle in an Removable towing hook (front)

emergency without wheel dollies : (if equipped)
1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC
position.
2. Place the transaxle shift lever in N
(Neutral).
3. Release the parking brake.
OYP064026N
CAUTION - Towing gear
position
Failure to place the transaxle
shift lever in N (Neutral) may
cause internal damage to the OYP068009N
transaxle.
1.Remove the towing hook from the
tool case.
OYP044260N 2.Remove the hole cover pressing
the lower part of the cover on the
front bumper.
CAUTION - Towing 3.Install the towing hook by turning it
• Do not tow the vehicle back- clockwise into the hole until it is
wards with the front wheels on fully secured.
the ground as this may cause 4.Remove the towing hook and
damage to the vehicle. install the cover after use.
• Do not tow with sling-type
equipment. Use wheel lift or
flatbed equipment.
6 22
Emergency towing If towing service is not available in an • Attach a towing strap to the tow
emergency, your vehicle may be hook.
Front
temporarily towed using a cable or • Using a portion of the vehicle other
chain secured to the emergency tow- than the tow hooks for towing may
ing hook under the front (or rear) of damage the body of your vehicle.
the vehicle. Use extreme caution
when towing the vehicle. A driver • Only use a cable or chain specifi-
must be in the vehicle to steer it and cally intended for use in towing
operate the brakes. vehicles. Securely fasten the cable
or chain to the towing hook provid-
Towing in this manner may be done ed.
only on hard-surfaced roads for a
short distance and at low speeds. • Before emergency towing, check
OYP068010N that the hook is not broken or dam-
Rear Also, the wheels, axles, power train,
steering and brakes must all be in aged.
good condition. • Fasten the towing cable or chain
• Do not use the tow hooks to pull a securely to the hook.
vehicle out of mud, sand or other • Do not jerk the hook. Apply it
conditions from which the vehicle steadily and with even force.
cannot be driven out under its own • To avoid damaging the hook, do
power. not pull from the side or at a verti-
• Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than cal angle. Always pull straight
the vehicle doing the towing. ahead.
OYP064011K
• The drivers of both vehicles should
If towing is necessary, we recom- communicate with each other fre-
mend you to have it done by an quently.
authorized Kia dealer or a com-
mercial tow truck service.
6 23
Emergency towing precautions

• Turn the ignition switch to ACC so CAUTION
the steering wheel isn’t locked. • To avoid serious damage to
• Place the transaxle shift lever in N the automatic transaxle, limit
(Neutral). the vehicle speed to 15 km/h
(10 mph) and drive less than
• Release the parking bake. 1.5 km (1 mile) when towing.
• Press the brake pedal with more • Before towing, check the auto-
force than usual since you will have matic transaxle for fluid leaks
reduced brake performance. under your vehicle. If the auto-
• More steering effort will be matic transaxle fluid is leak-
OYP064025N required because the power steering, a flatbed equipment or
• Use a towing strap less than 5 m ing system will be disabled. towing dolly must be used.
(16 feet) long. Attach a white or red • If you are driving down a long hill,
cloth (about 30 cm (12 inches) the brakes may overheat and brake
wide) in the middle of the strap for performance will be reduced. Stop
easy visibility. often and let the brakes cool off.
• Drive carefully so that the towing • If the car is being towed with all
strap is not loose during towing. four wheels on the ground, it can
be towed only from the front. Be
sure that the transaxle is in neutral.
Be sure the steering is unlocked by
placing the ignition switch in the
ACC position. A driver must be in
the towed vehicle to operate the
steering and brakes.
6 24
Maintenance
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 Air cleaner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28

Maintenance services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 • Filter replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
• Owner’s responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 Climate control air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
• Owner maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 • Filter inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
Owner maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
• Owner maintenance schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 • Blade inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
Scheduled maintenance service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9 • Blade replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . 7-15 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
Checking fluid levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19 • For best battery service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
Engine oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20 • Battery recharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
• Checking the engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20 • Recharging Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
• Changing the engine oil and filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21 • Reset items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22 Tires and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
• Checking the coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22 • Tire care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
• Changing the coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24 • Recommended cold tire inflation pressures . . . . . . . 7-39
• Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
• Checking tire inflation pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
• Checking the brake fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
• Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26 • Wheel alignment and tire balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
• Checking the power steering fluid level . . . . . . . . . . 7-26 • Tire replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43
7
• Checking the power steering hose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26 • Wheel replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
Washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27 • Tire traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
• Checking the washer fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27 • Tire maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27 • Tire sidewall labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
• Checking the parking brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27 • Tire terminology and definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48
• All season tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51 • Front turn signal lamp bulb replacement
• Summer tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51 (Headlamp Type B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-74
• Snow tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51 • Side repeater lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . 7-74
• Radial-ply tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52 • Front fog lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-53 • Stop and tail lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement
• Inner panel fuse replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55 (Rear combination lamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75
• Engine compartment fuse replacement. . . . . . . . . . . 7-57 • Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement
• Fuse/relay panel description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59 (Rear combination lamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-77
Light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-65 • Side marker (rear) (Bulb type) bulb replacement
• Bulb replacement precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-65 (Rear combination lamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-78
• Light bulb position (Front). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-67 • Tail lamp (inside) (Bulb type) bulb replacement
• Light bulb position (Rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-68 (Rear combination lamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-79
• Light bulb position (Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-69 • Back-up lamp bulb replacement
• Headlamp (Low beam) bulb replacement (Rear combination lamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-80
(Headlamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-69 • Stop and tail lamp (LED type) bulb replacement
• Headlamp (High beam) bulb replacement (Rear combination lamp Type B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-81
(Headlamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-70 • Side marker (rear) (LED type) bulb replacement
• Front turn signal lamp bulb replacement (Rear combination lamp Type B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-81
(Headlamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-72 • Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement
7 • Side marker (front) (Bulb type) bulb replacement (Rear combination lamp Type B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-82
(Headlamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-72 • Back-up lamp bulb replacement
• Position lamp (LED type) replacement (Rear combination lamp Type B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-83
(Headlamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-73 • High mounted stop lamp (LED type) bulb
• Headlamp (LED type) replacement replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-84
(Headlamp Type B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-73 • License plate lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-84
• Map lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . 7-85
• Room lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-85
• Glove box lamp replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-86
• Luggage lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement . . . . . . 7-87
• Vanity mirror lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement. . 7-87
Appearance care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-89
• Exterior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-89
• Interior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-95
Emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-98
• Crankcase emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-98
• Evaporative emission control (including ORVR:
Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery) system . . . . . 7-99
• Exhaust emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-99
7
Maintenance
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
■ 3.3L GDI
1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Engine oil filler cap
3. Brake fluid reservoir
4. Air cleaner
5. Fuse box
6. Positive battery terminal
7. Negative battery terminal
8. Engine oil dipstick
9. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
10. Radiator cap
11. Power steering reservoir*
* if equipped
* The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OYP078001N
7 4
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE SERVICES
You should exercise the utmost care Owner’s responsibility We recommend you have your vehi-
to prevent damage to your vehicle cle maintained and repaired by an
and injury to yourself whenever per- authorized Kia dealer. An authorized
forming any maintenance or inspec- ✽ NOTICE Kia dealer meets Kia’s high service
tion procedures. Maintenance Service and Record quality standards and receives tech-
Should you have any doubts con- Retention are the owner's responsi- nical support from Kia in order to pro-
cerning the inspection or servicing of bility. vide you with a high level of service
your vehicle, we strongly recom- satisfaction.
mend that you have an authorized You should retain documents that
Kia dealer perform this work. show proper maintenance has been
An authorized Kia dealer has factory performed on your vehicle in accor-
trained technicians and genuine Kia dance with the scheduled mainte-
parts to service your vehicle proper- nance service charts shown on the
ly. For expert advice and quality serv- following pages. You need this infor-
ice, see an authorized Kia dealer. mation to establish your compliance
with the servicing and maintenance
Inadequate, incomplete or insuffi-
requirements of your vehicle war-
cient servicing may result in opera-
ranties.
tional problems with your vehicle that
Detailed warranty information is pro-
could lead to vehicle damage, an
vided in your Warranty & Consumer
accident, or personal injury.
Information manual.
Repairs and adjustments required as
a result of improper maintenance or
a lack of required maintenance are
not covered.
7 5
Maintenance
Owner maintenance precau-

tions WARNING - Maintenance
work
Improper or incomplete service may
result in problems. This chapter gives Do not wear jewelry or loose
instructions only for the maintenance clothing while working under
items that are easy to perform. the hood of your vehicle with
the engine running. These can
As explained earlier in this chapter,
become entangled in moving
several procedures can be done only
parts, if you must run the engine
by an authorized Kia dealer with spe-
while working under the hood,
cial tools.
make certain that you remove
all jewelry (especially rings,
✽ NOTICE bracelets, watches, and neck-
Improper owner maintenance dur- laces) and all neckties, scarves,
ing the warranty period may affect and similar loose clothing
warranty coverage. For details, read before getting near the engine
the separate Warranty & Consumer or cooling fans.
Information manual provided with
the vehicle. If you're unsure about
any servicing or maintenance proce-
dure, have it done by an authorized
Kia dealer.
7 6
Maintenance
OWNER MAINTENANCE
The following lists are vehicle checks Owner maintenance schedule While operating your vehicle:
and inspections that should be per- • Note any changes in the sound of
formed by the owner or an author-
When you stop for fuel:
the exhaust or any smell of
ized Kia dealer at the frequencies • Check the engine oil level.
exhaust fumes in the vehicle.
indicated to help ensure safe, • Check the coolant level in the
dependable operation of your vehi- • Check for vibrations in the steering
coolant reservoir.
cle. wheel. Notice any increased steer-
• Check the windshield washer fluid ing effort or looseness in the steer-
Any adverse conditions should be level. ing wheel, or change in its straight-
brought to the attention of your deal- • Look for low or under-inflated tires. ahead position.
er as soon as possible.
• Notice if your vehicle constantly
These Owner Maintenance Checks turns slightly or “pulls” to one side
are generally not covered by war- WARNING - Hot coolant
when traveling on smooth, level
ranties and you may be charged for Be careful when checking your road.
labor, parts and lubricants used. engine coolant level when the
engine is hot. Scalding hot • When stopping, listen and check
coolant and steam may blow for unusual sounds, pulling to one
out under pressure. side, increased brake pedal travel
or “hard-to-push” brake pedal.
• If any slipping or changes in the
operation of your transmission
occurs, check the transmission
fluid level.
• Check the automatic transmission
P (Park) function.
• Check the parking brake.
• Check for fluid leaks under your
vehicle (water dripping from the air
conditioning system during or after
use is normal).
7 7
Maintenance
At least monthly: At least twice a year At least once a year:

• Check the coolant level in the (i.e., every Spring and Fall): • Clean the body and door drain
engine coolant reservoir. • Check the radiator, heater and air holes.
• Check the operation of all exterior conditioning hoses for leaks or • Lubricate the door hinges and
lights, including the stoplights, turn damage. checks, and hood hinges.
signals and hazard warning flash- • Check the windshield washer • Lubricate the door and hood locks
ers. spray and wiper operation. Clean and latches.
• Check the inflation pressures of all the wiper blades with clean cloth
• Lubricate the door rubber weather-
tires including the spare. dampened with washer fluid.
strips.
• Check the headlight alignment.
• Check the air conditioning system.
• Check the muffler, exhaust pipes,
• Inspect and lubricate the automatic
shields and clamps.
transmission linkage and controls.
• Check the lap/shoulder belts for
• Clean the battery and terminals.
wear and function.
• Check the brake fluid level.
• Check for worn tires and loose
wheel lug nuts.
7 8
Maintenance
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE

Follow the Normal Maintenance • Towing a trailer or using a camper, If your vehicle is operated in any of
Schedule if the vehicle is usually or roof rack the prior listed conditions, you should
operated where none of the following • Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other inspect, replace or refill more fre-
conditions apply. If any of the follow- commercial use of vehicle towing quently, using the severe usage main-
ing conditions apply, follow the tenance schedule instead of the nor-
Maintenance Under Severe Usage • Driving over 170 km/h (106 mile/h) mal usage maintenance schedule.
Conditions. • Frequently driving in stop-and-go
• Repeated driving short distance of condition
less than 8 km (5 miles) in normal
temperature or less than 16 km (10
miles) in freezing temperature
• Extensive engine idling or low
speed driving for long distances
• Driving on rough, dusty, muddy,
unpaved, graveled or salt-spread
roads
• Driving in areas using salt or other
corrosive materials or in very cold
weather
• Driving in heavy dust condition
• Driving in heavy traffic area
• Driving on uphill, downhill, or
mountain road repeatedly
7 9
Maintenance
Normal Maintenance Schedule - Non Turbo Models

The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance.
Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the
frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.
MAINTENANCE Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
INTERVALS Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
MAINTENANCE Miles×1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5
ITEM Km×1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
At first, inspect at 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 72 months,
Drive belts *1
after that, inspect every 24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 24 months
Engine oil and engine oil
Lambda II 3.3L GDI R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
filter
Fuel additives *2 Add every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or 12 months
Air cleaner filter I I I R I I I R I I I R I I I
Spark plugs Lambda II 3.3L GDI Replace every 156,000 km (97,500 miles)
Valve clearance *3 Lambda II 3.3L GDI Inspect every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 72 months
Rotate tires Rotate every 12,000 km (7,500 miles)
Climate control air filter R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
*1 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced.
*2 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your
authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
* : Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. Have an authorized Kia dealer perform the
3
operation.
7 10
Maintenance
Normal Maintenance Schedule - Non Turbo Models(CONT.)

MAINTENANCE Miles×1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5
ITEM Km×1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
Vacuum hose I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
At first, replace at 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years,
Coolant (Engine)
after that, replace every 48,000 km (30,000 miles) or 24 months
Battery condition I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Brake lines, hoses and connections
Inspect every 24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 12 months
(Including booster)
Brake discs and pads I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Power steering fluid (if equipped) I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Power steering pump, belt and hoses
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
(if equipped)
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Driveshaft and boots I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Suspension ball joints I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Air conditioner compressor/refrigerant I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Exhaust system I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
7 11
Maintenance
Normal Maintenance Schedule - Non Turbo Models (CONT.)

Miles×1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5
MAINTENANCE
ITEM Km×1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
Cooling system - - - I - I - I - I - I - I -
Automatic transmission fluid No check, No service required
Vapor hose, filler cap, canister, fuel line,
- I - I - I - I - I - I - I -
fuel hoses and connections of each part
Fuel tank air filter *4 - I - I - I - I - I - I - I -
Fuel lines, hoses and connections - - - I - - - I - - - I - - -
Parking brake (Foot Type) - I - I - I - I - I - I - I -
Brake fluid - I - I - I - I - I - I - I -
Cooling system hoses and connections Inspect every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or 6 months
Clutch (if equipped) and brake pedal free
Inspect every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or 6 months
play
All latch, hinges and locks Inspect every 24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 12 months
*4 : Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance sched-
ule depends on fuel quality.
7 12
Maintenance
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions - Non Turbo Models

The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer
to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.
R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary
MAINTENANCE DRIVING
MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCE INTERVALS
OPERATION CONDITION
Engine oil and Every 6,000 km (3,750 miles) or A, B, C, D, E,
Lambda II 3.3L GDI R
engine oil filter 6 months F, G, H, I, J, K
Air cleaner filter R More frequently C, E
Spark plugs R More frequently A, B, F, G, H, I, K

A, C, D, E,
Automatic transmission fluid R Every 96,000 km (60,000 miles)
F, G, H, I, J
Brake discs and pads, calipers and rotors I More frequently C, D, E, G, H
Parking brake (Foot Type) I More frequently C, D, G, H
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I More frequently C, D, E, F, G
Suspension ball joints I More frequently C, D, E, F, G
7 13
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE DRIVING
MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCE INTERVALS
OPERATION CONDITION
C, D, E, F,
Drive shafts and boots I More frequently
G, H, I, J
Climate control air filter R More frequently C, E, G
Severe driving conditions

A - Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 8 km (5 miles) E - Driving in heavy dust condition
in normal temperature or less than 16 km (10 miles) in freez- F - Driving in heavy traffic area
ing temperature
G- Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road repeatedly
B - Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long dis-
H- Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack
tances
I - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle
C- Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-
towing
spread roads
J - Driving over 170 km/h (106 mph)
D- Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in
very cold weather K - Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions
7 14
Maintenance
EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS

Engine oil and filter Fuel filter (for gasoline) Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-
The engine oil and filter should be This gasoline powered vehicle is nections
changed at the intervals specified in equipped with a lifetime fuel filter that Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and
the maintenance schedule. If the car is integrated with the fuel tank. connections for leakage and dam-
is being driven in severe conditions, Regular maintenance or replace- age. Have an authorized Kia dealer
more frequent oil and filter changes ment is not needed but depends on replace any damaged or leaking
are required. fuel quality. If there are any fuel relat- parts immediately.
ed problems like fuel flow restriction,
Drive belts surging, loss of power, hard starting Vapor hose and fuel filler cap
problem etc, fuel filter inspection or
Inspect all drive belts for evidence of replacement may be needed. The vapor hose and fuel filler cap
cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil should be inspected at the intervals
saturation and replace if necessary. specified in the maintenance sched-
ule. Make sure that a new vapor hose
or fuel filler cap is installed correctly.
7 15
Maintenance
Vacuum crankcase ventilation Air cleaner filter Cooling system

hoses A Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is Check cooling system components,
Inspect the surface of hoses for evi- recommended when the filter is such as radiator, coolant reservoir,
dence of heat and/or mechanical replaced. hoses and connections for leakage
damage. Hard and brittle rubber, and damage. Replace any damaged
cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and parts.
excessive swelling indicate deterio- Spark plugs
ration. Make sure to install new spark plugs
of the correct heat range. Coolant
Pay particular attention to the hose
surfaces nearest to high heat sources, The coolant should be changed at
such as the exhaust manifold. Valve clearance the intervals specified in the mainte-
nance schedule.
Inspect the hose routing to assure Inspect for excessive valve noise
that the hoses do not come in con- and/or engine vibration and adjust if
tact with any heat source, sharp necessary. An authorized Kia dealer
edges or moving component which should perform this procedure.
might cause heat damage or
mechanical wear. Inspect all hose
connections, such as clamps and
couplings, to make sure they are
secure, and that no leaks are pres-
ent. Hoses should be replaced
immediately if there is any evidence
of deterioration or damage.
7 16
Maintenance
Automatic transmission fluid Brake fluid

CAUTION
Automatic transmission fluid does Check brake fluid level in the brake
not need to be checked under nor- Use only specified automatic fluid reservoir. The level should be
mal usage conditions. transmission fluid. The use of a between “MIN” and “MAX” marks on
non-specified fluid could result the side of the reservoir. Use only
But in severe conditions, the fluid in a transmission malfunction
should be changed at an authorized hydraulic brake fluid conforming to
and failure. (Refer to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification.
Kia dealer in accordance to the "Recommended lubricants and
scheduled maintenance at the begin- capacities" in chapter 8.)
ning of this chapter. Parking brake
Inspect the parking brake system
✽ NOTICE Brake hoses and lines including the parking brake pedal or
Automatic transmission fluid color Visually check for proper installation, lever and cables.
is usually red. chafing, cracks, deterioration and
As the vehicle is driven, the auto- any leakage. Replace any deteriorat-
matic transmission fluid will begin ed or damaged parts immediately.
to look darker.
This is normal, and you should not
judge the need to replace the fluid
based upon the changed color.
The use of a non-specified fluid

could result in transmission malfunc-
tion and failure.
Use only specified automatic transmis-
sion fluid. (Refer to “Recommended
lubricants and capacities” in chapter 8.)
7 17
Maintenance
Brake discs, pads, calipers Exhaust system Power steering pump, belt and
and rotors Visually inspect the exhaust pipes, hoses (if equipped)
Check the pads for excessive wear, muffler and hangers for cracks, dete- Check the power steering pump and
discs for run out and wear, and rioration, or damage. Start the hoses for leakage and damage.
calipers for fluid leakage. engine and listen carefully for any Replace any damaged or leaking
exhaust gas leakage. Tighten con- parts immediately. Inspect the power
nections or replace parts as neces- steering belt (or drive belt) for evi-
Suspension mounting bolts sary. dence of cuts, cracks, excessive
Check the suspension connections wear, oiliness and proper tension.
for looseness or damage. Retighten Replace or adjust it if necessary.
to the specified torque. Drive shafts and boots
Check the drive shafts, boots and
clamps for cracks, deterioration, or
Steering gear box, linkage & damage. Replace any damaged
boots/lower arm ball joint parts and, if necessary, repack the
With the vehicle stopped and engine grease.
off, check for excessive free-play in
the steering wheel.
Air conditioning refrigerant
Check the linkage for bends or dam-
age. Check the dust boots and ball Check the air conditioning lines and
joints for deterioration, cracks, or connections for leakage and dam-
damage. Replace any damaged age.
parts.
7 18
Maintenance
CHECKING FLUID LEVELS

When checking engine oil, engine
coolant, brake fluid, and washer fluid,
always be sure to clean the area
around any filler plug, drain plug, or
dipstick before checking or draining
any lubricant or fluid. This is espe-
cially important in dusty or sandy
areas and when the vehicle is used
on unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug
and dipstick areas will prevent dirt
and grit from entering the engine and
other mechanisms that could be
damaged.
7 19
Maintenance
ENGINE OIL
Checking the engine oil level
WARNING - Radiator
hose
Be very careful not to touch the
radiator hose when checking or
adding the engine oil as it may
be hot enough to burn you.
5. Pull the dipstick out again and

check the level. The level should
be between F and L. OYP078136N
OUMA078256 If it is near or at L, add enough oil to

CAUTION - Replacing bring the level to F. Do not overfill.
1. Be sure the vehicle is on level engine oil
ground. Use a funnel to help prevent oil
Do not overfill the engine oil. It
2. Start the engine and allow it to may damage the engine. from being spilled on engine com-
reach normal operating tempera- ponents.
ture. Use only the specified engine oil.
3. Turn the engine off and wait for a (Refer to “Recommended lubricants
few minutes (about 5 minutes) for and capacities” in chapter 8.)
the oil to return to the oil pan.
4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean,
and re-insert it fully.
7 20
Maintenance
Changing the engine oil and

filter
Have engine oil and filter changed by
an authorized Kia dealer according
to the Maintenance Schedule at the
beginning of this chapter.
WARNING
Used engine oil may cause irrita-
tion or cancer of the skin if left in
contact with the skin for pro-
longed periods of time. Always
protect your skin by washing
your hands thoroughly with
soap and warm water as soon as
possible after handling used oil.
7 21
Maintenance
ENGINE COOLANT
The high-pressure cooling system Checking the coolant level • Turn the engine off and wait until it
has a reservoir filled with year round cools down. Use extreme care
antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is when removing the radiator cap.
filled at the factory. WARNING Wrap a thick towel around it, and
Check the antifreeze protection and Removing radiator turn it counterclockwise slowly to
coolant level at least once a year, at cap the first stop. Step back while the
the beginning of the winter season, pressure is released from the cool-
and before traveling to a colder cli- ing system.
mate. When you are sure all the pressure
Never attempt to remove the has been released, press down on
radiator cap while the engine is the cap, using a thick towel, and
CAUTION - Radiator cap operating or hot. Doing so continue turning counterclockwise
Never attempt to remove the could result in serious personal to remove it.
radiator cap while the engine is injury from escaping hot
operating or hot. Doing so coolant or steam. • Even if the engine is not operating,
might lead to cooling system do not remove the radiator cap or
and engine damage. the drain plug while the engine and
radiator are hot. Hot coolant and
steam may still blow out under
pressure, causing serious injury.
7 22
Maintenance
Recommended engine coolant

WARNING - Cooling fan • When adding coolant, use only
deionized water or soft water for
your vehicle and never mix hard
water in the coolant filled at the fac-
tory. An improper coolant mixture
can result in serious malfunction or
engine damage.
Use caution when working near
the blade of the cooling fan. The • The engine in your vehicle has alu-
minum engine parts and must be
electric motor (cooling fan) is protected by an ethylene-glycol-
controlled by engine coolant based coolant to prevent corrosion
temperature, refrigerant pres- OYP078046N and freezing.
sure and vehicle speed. it may Check the condition and connections • DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol
sometimes operate even when of all cooling system hoses and coolant or mix them with the spec-
the engine is not running. heater hoses. Replace any swollen ified coolant.
or deteriorated hoses. • Do not use a solution that contains
The coolant level should be filled more than 60% antifreeze or less
than 35% antifreeze, which would
between F and L marks on the side reduce the effectiveness of the
of the coolant reservoir when the solution.
engine is cool.
If the coolant level is low, add enough
specified coolant to provide protec-
tion against freezing and corrosion.
Bring the level to F, but do not over-
fill. If frequent additions are required,
see an authorized Kia dealer for a
cooling system inspection.
7 23
Maintenance
For mixture percentage, refer to the Changing the coolant

following table. Have the coolant changed by an
Mixture Percentage
authorized Kia dealer according to
Ambient (volume) the Maintenance Schedule at the
Temperature beginning of this chapter.
Antifreeze Water
-15°C (5°F) 35 65
Put a thick cloth around the radiator
cap before refilling the coolant in
-25°C (-13°F) 40 60
order to prevent the coolant from
-35°C (-31°F) 50 50 overflowing into engine parts such as
-45°C (-49°F) 60 40 the alternator.
OYP074066N
WARNING
Radiator cap
Do not remove the radiator cap

when the engine and radiator
are hot. Scalding hot coolant
and steam may blow out under
pressure which may result in
serious injury.
7 24
Maintenance
BRAKE FLUID
Checking the brake fluid level In the event the brake system
CAUTION - Proper fluid requires frequent additions of fluid,
Only use brake fluid in brake the vehicle should be inspected by
system. Small amounts of an authorized Kia dealer.
improper fluids (such as engine When changing and adding brake
oil) can cause damage to the fluid, handle it carefully. Do not let it
brake system. come in contact with your eyes. If
brake fluid should come in contact
with your eyes, immediately flush
If the level is low, add fluid to the them with a large quantity of fresh
MAX (Maximum) level. The level will tap water. Have your eyes examined
fall with accumulated mileage. This is by a doctor as soon as possible.
a normal condition associated with
OYP078048N the wear of brake linings. If the fluid
level is excessively low, have the CAUTION - Brake fluid
Check the fluid level in the reservoir brake system checked by an author-
periodically. The fluid level should be Do not allow brake fluid to con-
ized Kia dealer. tact the vehicle's body paint, as
between MAX (Maximum) and MIN
(Minimum) marks on the side of the paint damage will result.
reservoir. Use only the specified brake fluid.
Before removing the reservoir cap (Refer to “Recommended lubricants Brake fluid, which has been exposed
and adding brake fluid, clean the or capacities” in chapter 8.) to open air for an extended time
area around the reservoir cap thor- should never be used as its quality
oughly to prevent brake fluid contam- Never mix different types of fluid. cannot be guaranteed. It should be
ination. disposed of properly.
7 25
Maintenance
POWER STEERING FLUID (IF EQUIPPED)

Checking the power steering In the event the power steering sys- Checking the power steering
fluid level tem requires frequent addition of hose
fluid, the vehicle should be inspected
Check the connections for oil leaks,
by an authorized Kia dealer.
damage and twists in the power
• To avoid damage to the power steering hose before driving.
steering pump, do not operate the
vehicle for prolonged periods with
a low power steering fluid level.
• Never start the engine when the
reservoir tank is empty.
• When adding fluid, be careful that
dirt does not get into the tank.
• Too little fluid can result in
OYP078063N increased steering effort and/or
With the vehicle on level ground, noise from the power steering sys-
check the fluid level in the power tem.
steering reservoir periodically. The • The use of the non-specified fluid
fluid should be between MAX and could reduce the effectiveness of
MIN marks on the side of the reser- the power steering system and
voir at the normal temperature. cause damage to it.
Before adding power steering fluid,
thoroughly clean the area around the Use only the specified power steer-
reservoir cap to prevent power steering fluid. (Refer to "Recommended
ing fluid contamination. lubricants or capacities" in chapter
If the level is low, add fluid to the 8.)
MAX level.
7 26
Maintenance
WASHER FLUID PARKING BRAKE

Checking the washer fluid Checking the parking brake
level WARNING - Flammable
Fluid
Do not allow the washer fluid to
come in contact with open
flames or sparks.The windshield
washer fluid reservoir is flamma-
ble under certain circumstances.
This can result in a fire.
WARNING - Coolant
• Do not use radiator coolant or OYP054009K
OYP078049N antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir. Check whether the stroke is within
The reservoir is translucent so that specification when the parking brake
• Radiator coolant can severely
you can check the level with a quick pedal is depressed with 66 lb, 294 N
obscure visibility when
visual inspection. (30 kg) of force. Also, the parking
sprayed on the windshield
Check the fluid level in the washer brake alone should securely hold the
and may cause loss of vehicle
fluid reservoir and add fluid if neces- vehicle on a fairly steep grade. If the
control.
sary. Plain water may be used if stroke is more or less than specified,
washer fluid is not available. have the parking brake adjusted by
However, use washer solvent with an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING - Windshield
antifreeze characteristics in cold cli- fluid Stroke : 8~9 notch
mates to prevent freezing.
Do not drink the windshield
washer fluid. The windshield
washer fluid is poisonous to
humans and animals.
7 27
Maintenance
AIR CLEANER
Filter replacement
OYP074042K
OYP074041K
OYP074040K 1. Lift up and open the air cleaner

cover(1).
It must be replaced when necessary, 2. Rotate the locking lever(2) down-
and should not be washed. ward.
You can clean the filter when inspect-
ing the air cleaner element.
OYP074043K
3. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner
box. Be careful dust or dirt does
not enter the air intake, or damage
may result.
4. Replace the air cleaner filter.
5. Lock the cover with the cover
attaching clips.
7 28
Maintenance
Replace the filter according to the

Maintenance Schedule. CAUTION - Air filter main-
tenance
If the vehicle is operated in extreme- • Do not drive with the air clean-
ly dusty or sandy areas, replace the er removed; this will result in
element more often than the usual excessive engine wear.
recommended intervals. (Refer to • When removing the air cleaner
“Maintenance under severe usage filter, be careful that dust or
conditions” in this chapter.) dirt does not enter the air
intake, or damage may result.
• Use a Kia genuine part. Use of
non-genuine parts could dam-
age the air flow sensor.
7 29
Maintenance
CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER (IF EQUIPPED)

Filter inspection
The climate control air filter should
be replaced according to the mainte-
nance schedule. If the vehicle is
operated in severely air-polluted
cities or on dusty rough roads for a
long period, it should be inspected
more frequently and replaced earlier.
When you replace the climate control
air filter, replace it performing the fol-
lowing procedure, and be careful to
avoid damaging other components. OYP074006K OYP074005K
1. Open the glove box and remove 2. With the glove box open, remove
the support strap (1). the stoppers on both sides.
7 30
Maintenance
OYP074007K OYP074008K
3. Remove the climate control air fil- 4. Replace the climate control air filter.
ter case by pulling out right side of 5. Reassemble in the reverse order
the cover. of disassembly.
When replacing the climate control
air filter install it properly. Otherwise,
the system may produce noise and
the effectiveness of the filter may be
reduced.
7 31
Maintenance
WIPER BLADES
Blade inspection Contamination of either the wind- Blade replacement
shield or the wiper blades with for- When the wipers no longer clean
eign matter can reduce the effective- adequately, the blades may be worn
ness of the windshield wipers. or cracked, and require replacement.
Common sources of contamination
are insects, tree sap, and hot wax To prevent damage to the wiper arms
treatments used by some commer- or other components, do not attempt
cial vehicle washes. If the blades are to move the wipers manually.
not wiping properly, clean both the Using any aftermarket wiper blades
window and the blades with a good could result in wiper malfunction and
cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse failure.
thoroughly with clean water.
1JBA5122
CAUTION - Wiper blades
Commercial hot waxes applied by To prevent damage to the wiper
automatic vehicle washes have been blades, do not use gasoline,
known to make the windshield diffi- kerosene, paint thinner, or other
cult to clean. solvents on or near them.
7 32
Maintenance
Front windshield wiper blade

CAUTION - Wiper arms
Do not allow the wiper arm to
fall against the windshield,
since it may chip or crack the
windshield.
1JBA7037
1LDA5023
Type A
1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the
wiper blade assembly to expose
the plastic locking clip.
1JBA7038
2. Compress the clip and slide the
blade assembly downward.
3. Lift it off the arm.
4. Install the blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.
7 33
Maintenance
OSBL071001
OHM078059 OSBL071002
Type B 4. Push down the wiper arm (3) and
1. Raise the wiper arm. install the new blade assembly in
the reverse order of removal.
5. Return the wiper arm on the wind-
shield.
OSBL071003
2. Turn the wiper blade clip. Then lift
up the blade clip.
3. Push the clip (1) and push up the
wiper arm (2).
7 34
Maintenance
Rear window wiper blade
OHM078063
OHM078062 2. Install the new blade assembly by

inserting the center part into the
1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out slot in the wiper arm until it clicks
the wiper blade assembly. into place.
3. Make sure the blade assembly is
installed firmly by trying to pull it
slightly.
To prevent damage to the wiper arms
or other components, have an
authorized Kia dealer replace the
wiper blade.
7 35
Maintenance
BATTERY
For best battery service Always read the following
WARNING - Risk of instructions carefully when
explosion handling a battery.
Keep lit cigarettes and If any electrolyte gets into
all other flames or your eyes, flush your eyes
sparks away from the with clean water for at least
battery. 15 minutes and get immedi-
The battery contains ate medical attention.
hydrogen -- a highly If electrolyte gets on your
combustible gas which skin, thoroughly wash the
will explode if it comes contacted area. If you feel
in contact with a flame or pain or burning sensation,
OYP074064N
spark. get medical attention imme-
Keep batteries out of the diately.
• Keep the battery securely mount- reach of children An inappropriately disposed
ed. because batteries con- battery can be harmful to the
• Keep the battery top clean and dry. tain highly corrosive environment and human
• Keep the terminals and connec- SULFURIC ACID and health. Dispose the battery
tions clean, tight, and coated with electrolytes. Do not according to your local law(s)
petroleum jelly or terminal grease. allow battery acid to or regulation.
• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from contact your skin, eyes, Never attempt to recharge the bat-
the battery immediately with a clothing or paint finish. tery when the battery cables are con-
solution of water and baking soda. Wear eye protection nected.
• If the vehicle is not going to be when charging or work-
used for an extended time, discon- ing near a battery.
nect the battery cables. Always provide ventila-
tion when working in an
enclosed space.
7 36
Maintenance
Battery recharging Recharging Battery

WARNING - Risk of elec- Your vehicle has a maintenance-free, When recharging the battery,
trocution calcium-based battery. observe the following precautions:
Never touch the electrical igni- • If the battery becomes discharged • The battery must be removed from
tion system while the vehicle is in a short time (because, for exam- the vehicle and placed in an area
running. This system works ple, the headlights or interior lights with good ventilation.
with high voltage which can were left on while the vehicle was
shock you. • Do not allow cigarettes, sparks, or
not in use), recharge it by slow flame near the battery.
charging (trickle) for 10 hours.
• Watch the battery during charging,
✽ NOTICE • If the battery gradually discharges and stop or reduce the charging
because of high electric load while rate if the battery cells begin
If you connect unauthorized elec-
the vehicle is being used, recharge gassing (boiling) violently or if the
tronic devices to the battery, the bat-
it at 20-30A for two hours. temperature of the electrolyte of
tery may be discharged. Never use
unauthorized devices. any cell exceeds 49°C (120°F).
• Wear eye protection when check-
ing the battery during charging.
• Disconnect the battery charger in
the following order.
1. Turn off the battery charger main
switch.
2. Unhook the negative clamp from
the negative battery terminal.
3. Unhook the positive clamp from
the positive battery terminal.
7 37
Maintenance
• Before performing maintenance or Reset items

recharging the battery, turn off all Items should be reset after the bat-
accessories and stop the engine. tery has been discharged or the bat-
• The negative battery cable must be tery has been disconnected.
removed first and installed last • Auto up/down window
when the battery is disconnected. (See chapter 4)
• Sunroof (See chapter 4)
• Trip computer (See chapter 4)
• Climate control system
(See chapter 4)
• Clock (See chapter 4)
• Audio (See chapter 4)
7 38
Maintenance
TIRES AND WHEELS

Tire care
For proper maintenance, safety, and
WARNING - Tire under
maximum fuel economy, you must inflation
always maintain recommended tire Inflate your tire consistent with
inflation pressures and stay within the instructions provided in this
the load limits and weight distribution manual. Severe under inflation
recommended for your vehicle. can lead to severe heat build-
up, causing blowouts, tread
separation and other tire fail-
Recommended cold tire infla- ures that can result in the loss
tion pressures of vehicle control. This risk is
All tire pressures (including the OYP084005N much higher on hot days and
spare) should be checked when the All specifications (sizes and pres- when driving for long periods at
tires are cold. “Cold Tires” means the sures) can be found on a label high speeds.
vehicle has not been driven for at attached to the driver’s side center
least three hours or driven less than pillar.
1.6 km (one mile).
Recommended pressures must be
maintained for the best ride, vehicle
handling, and minimum tire wear.
For recommended inflation pressure,
refer to “Tire and wheels” in chapter
8.
7 39
Maintenance
• Underinflation also results in Tire pressure Checking tire inflation pres-

excessive wear, poor handling and Always observe the following: sure
reduced fuel economy. Wheel
• Check tire pressure when the tires Check your tires once a month or
deformation also is possible. Keep
are cold. (After vehicle has been more.
your tire pressures at the proper
levels. If a tire frequently needs parked for at least three hours or Also, check the tire pressure of the
refilling, have it checked by an hasn't been driven more than 1.6 spare tire.
authorized Kia dealer. km (one mile) since startup.)
• Overinflation produces a harsh • Check the pressure of your spare How to check
ride, excessive wear at the center tire each time you check the pres-
sure of other tires. Use a good quality gauge to check
of the tire tread, and a greater pos- tire pressure. You cannot tell if your
sibility of damage from road haz- • Never overload your vehicle. Be tires are properly inflated simply by
ards. careful not to overload a vehicle looking at them. Radial tires may
• Warm tires normally exceed rec- luggage rack if your vehicle is look properly inflated even when
ommended cold tire pressures by equipped with one. they're underinflated.
28 to 41 kPa (4 to 6 psi). Do not Check the tire's inflation pressure
release air from warm tires to when the tires are cold. - "Cold"
adjust the pressure or the tires will means your vehicle has been sitting
be underinflated. for at least three hours or driven no
• Be sure to reinstall the tire inflation more than 1.6 km (1 mile).
valve caps. Without the valve cap,
dirt or moisture could get into the
valve core and cause air leakage. If
a valve cap is missing, install a
new one as soon as possible.
7 40
Maintenance
Remove the valve cap from the tire • Inspect your tires frequently for Tire rotation
valve stem. Press the tire gauge firm- proper inflation as well as wear and To equalize tread wear, it is recom-
ly onto the valve to get a pressure damage. Always use a tire pres- mended that the tires be rotated
measurement. If the cold tire inflation sure gauge. every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or
pressure matches the recommended • Tires with too much or too little sooner if irregular wear develops.
pressure on the tire and loading pressure wear unevenly causing
information label, no further adjust- During rotation, check the tires for
poor handling, loss of vehicle con- correct balance.
ment is necessary. If the pressure is trol, and sudden tire failure leading
low, add air until you reach the rec- to accidents, injuries, and even When rotating tires, check for uneven
ommended amount. death. The recommended cold tire wear and damage. Abnormal wear is
If you overfill the tire, release air by pressure for your vehicle can be usually caused by incorrect tire pres-
pushing on the metal stem in the found in this manual and on the tire sure, improper wheel alignment, out-
center of the tire valve. Recheck the label located on the driver's side of-balance wheels, severe braking or
tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be center pillar. severe cornering. Look for bumps or
sure to put the valve caps back on bulges in the tread or side of tire.
• Remember to check the pressure Replace the tire if you find either of
the valve stems. They help prevent of your spare tire. Kia recommends
leaks by keeping out dirt and mois- these conditions. Replace the tire if
that you check the spare every fabric or cord is visible. After rotation,
ture. time you check the pressure of the be sure to bring the front and rear tire
other tires on your vehicle. pressures to specification and check
lug nut tightness.
Refer to “Tire and wheels” in chapter
8.
7 41
Maintenance
Without a spare tire Disc brake pads should be inspected Wheel alignment and tire bal-
for wear whenever tires are rotated. ance
Rotate radial tires that have an The wheels on your vehicle were
asymmetric tread pattern only from aligned and balanced carefully at the
front to rear and not from right to left. factory to give you the longest tire life
and best overall performance.
WARNING - Mixing tires In most cases, you will not need to
have your wheels aligned again.
• Do not use the compact spare
However, if you notice unusual tire
tire (if equipped) for tire rota-
S2BLA790A wear or your vehicle pulling one way
tion.
Directional tires (if equipped) or the other, the alignment may need
• Do not mix bias ply and radial to be reset.
ply tires under any circum-
If you notice your vehicle vibrating
stances. This may cause
when driving on a smooth road, your
unusual handling characteris-
wheels may need to be rebalanced.
tics.
CAUTION - Wheel weight
Improper wheel weights can
damage your vehicle's alu-
CBGQ0707A minum wheels. Use only
approved wheel weights.
7 42
Maintenance
Tire replacement The ABS works by comparing the Compact spare tire replacement
speed of the wheels. The tire size A compact spare tire has a shorter
Tread wear indicator affects wheel speed. When replacing tread life than a regular size tire.
tires, all 4 tires must use the same Replace it when you can see the
size originally supplied with the vehi- tread wear indicator bars on the tire.
cle. Using tires of a different size can The replacement compact spare tire
cause the ABS (Anti-lock Brake should be the same size and design
System) and ESC (Electronic tire as the one provided with your
Stability Control) to work irregularly. new vehicle and should be mounted
on the same compact spare tire
✽ NOTICE wheel. The compact spare tire is not
designed to be mounted on a regular
• We recommend that when replac- size wheel, and the compact spare
OEN076053 ing tires, use the same which were tire wheel is not designed for mount-
originally supplied with the vehi- ing a regular size tire.
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear cle. If not, driving performance
indicator will appear as a solid band could be altered.
across the tread. This shows there is • When replacing tires (or wheels), CAUTION - Wheels
less than 1.6 mm (1/16 inch) of tread it is recommended to replace the
left on the tire. Replace the tire when Wheels that do not meet Kia
two front or two rear tires (or specifications may fit poorly
this happens. wheels) as a pair. and result in damage to the
Do not wait for the band to appear Replacing just one tire can serious- vehicle or unusual handling and
across the entire tread before replac- ly affect your vehicle's handling. poor vehicle control.
ing the tire.
7 43
Maintenance
Wheel replacement Tire traction Tire sidewall labeling

When replacing the metal wheels for Tire traction can be reduced if you 1
any reason, make sure the new drive on worn tires, tires that are
wheels are equivalent to the original improperly inflated or on slippery 5,6
factory units in diameter, rim width road surfaces. Tires should be 7
and offset. replaced when tread wear indicators
A wheel that is not the correct size appear. Slow down whenever there 4
may adversely affect wheel and is rain, snow or ice on the road to
bearing life, braking and stopping reduce the possibility of losing con-
abilities, handling characteristics, trol of the vehicle. 2
3
ground clearance, body-to-tire clear-
ance, snow chain clearance,
speedometer and odometer calibra-
Tire maintenance 1 I030B04JM
tion, headlight aim and bumper In addition to proper inflation, correct
height. wheel alignment helps to decrease This information identifies and
tire wear. If you find a tire is worn describes the fundamental charac-
unevenly, have your dealer check the teristics of the tire and also provides
wheel alignment. the tire identification number (TIN)
When you have new tires installed, for safety standard certification. The
make sure they are balanced. This TIN can be used to identify the tire in
will increase vehicle ride comfort and case of a recall.
tire life. Additionally, a tire should
always be rebalanced if it is removed 1. Manufacturer or brand name
from the wheel. Manufacturer or Brand name is
shown.
7 44
Maintenance
2. Tire size designation P - Applicable vehicle type (tires Wheel size designation
A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tire marked with the prefix “P’’ are Wheels are also marked with impor-
size designation. You will need this intended for use on passenger tant information that you need if you
information when selecting replace- vehicles or light trucks; however, ever have to replace one. The follow-
ment tires for your vehicle. The fol- not all tires have this marking). ing explains what the letters and
lowing explains what the letters and 235 - Tire width in millimeters. numbers in the wheel size designa-
numbers in the tire size designation 65 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s chapter tion mean.
mean. height as a percentage of its
width. Example wheel size designation:
Example tire size designation: R - Tire construction code (Radial). 7.0JX17
(These numbers are provided as an 17 - Rim diameter in inches.
example only; your tire size designa- 108 - Load Index, a numerical code 7.0 - Rim width in inches.
tor could vary depending on your associated with the maximum
vehicle.) J - Rim contour designation.
load the tire can carry.
P235/65R17 108T 17 - Rim diameter in inches.
T - Speed Rating Symbol. See the
speed rating chart in this chapter
for additional information.
7 45
Maintenance
Tire speed ratings 3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire

The chart below lists many of the dif- Identification Number) WARNING - Tire age
ferent speed ratings currently being Any tires that are over 6 years old, Replace tires within the recom-
used for passenger vehicle tires. The based on the manufacturing date, mended time frame. Failure to
speed rating is part of the tire size (including the spare tire) should be replace tires as recommended
designation on the sidewall of the replaced by new ones. You can find can result in sudden tire failure,
tire. This symbol corresponds to that the manufacturing date on the tire which could lead to a loss of
tire's designed maximum safe oper- sidewall (possibly on the inside of the control and an accident.
ating speed. wheel), displaying the DOT Code.
The DOT Code is a series of num-
Speed bers on a tire consisting of numbers 4. Tire ply composition and mate-
Rating Maximum Speed and English letters. The manufactur- rial
Symbol ing date is designated by the last four The number of layers or plies of rub-
S 180 km/h (112 mph) digits (characters) of the DOT code. ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire
T 190 km/h (118 mph) manufacturers also must indicate the
DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO materials in the tire, which include
H 210 km/h (130 mph)
steel, nylon, polyester, and others.
V 240 km/h (149 mph) The front part of the DOT means a The letter "R" means radial ply con-
Z Above 240 km/h (149 mph) plant code number, tire size and struction; the letter "D" means diago-
tread pattern and the last four num- nal or bias ply construction; and the
bers indicate week and year manu- letter "B" means belted-bias ply con-
factured. struction.
For example:
DOT XXXX XXXX 1618 represents
that the tire was produced in the 16th
week of 2018.
7 46
Maintenance
5. Maximum permissible inflation 7. Uniform tire quality grading Tread wear

pressure Quality grades can be found where The tread wear grade is a compara-
This number is the greatest amount applicable on the tire sidewall tive rating based on the wear rate of
of air pressure that should be put in between tread shoulder and maxi- the tire when tested under controlled
the tire. Do not exceed the maximum mum section width. conditions on a specified govern-
permissible inflation pressure. Refer ment test course. For example, a tire
to the Tire and Loading Information graded 150 would wear one-and-a-
For example: half times (1½) as well on the gov-
label for recommended inflation
pressure. TREADWEAR 200 ernment course as a tire graded 100.
TRACTION AA The relative performance of tires
6. Maximum load rating TEMPERATURE A depends upon the actual conditions
This number indicates the maximum of their use, however, and may
load in kilograms and pounds that depart significantly from the norm
Tires degrade over time, even when due to variations in driving habits,
can be carried by the tire. When they are not being used. Regardless
replacing the tires on the vehicle, service practices and differences in
of the remaining tread, we recom- road characteristics and climate.
always use a tire that has the same mend that tires be replaced after
load rating as the factory installed approximately six (6) years of normal These grades are molded on the
tire. service. Heat caused by hot climates side-walls of passenger vehicle tires.
or frequent high loading conditions The tires available as standard or
can accelerate the aging process. optional equipment on your vehicle
may vary with respect to grade.
7 47
Maintenance
Traction - AA, A, B & C Temperature -A, B & C Tire terminology and definitions
The traction grades, from highest to The temperature grades are A (the Air Pressure: The amount of air
lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those highest), B and C representing the inside the tire pressing outward on
grades represent the tire’s ability to tire’s resistance to the generation of the tire. Air pressure is expressed in
stop on wet pavement as measured heat and its ability to dissipate heat pounds per square inch (psi) or kilo-
under controlled conditions on spec- when tested under controlled condi- pascal (kPa).
ified government test surfaces of tions on a specified indoor laboratory Accessory Weight: This means the
asphalt and concrete. A tire marked test wheel. combined weight of optional acces-
C may have poor traction perform- Sustained high temperature can sories. Some examples of optional
ance. cause the material of the tire to accessories are, automatic transmis-
The traction grade assigned to this degenerate and reduce tire life, and sion, power seats, and air condition-
tire is based on straight-ahead brak- excessive temperature can lead to ing.
ing traction tests, and does not sudden tire failure. Grades B and A Aspect Ratio: The relationship of a
include acceleration, cornering, represent higher levels of perform- tire's height to its width.
hydroplaning, or peak traction char- ance on the laboratory test wheel
acteristics. than the minimum required by law. Belt: A rubber coated layer of cords
that is located between the plies and
the tread. Cords may be made from
steel or other reinforcing materials.
Bead: The tire bead contains steel
wires wrapped by steel cords that
hold the tire onto the rim.
Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in
which the plies are laid at alternate
angles less than 90 degrees to the
centerline of the tread.
7 48
Maintenance
Cold Tire Pressure: The amount of Intended Outboard Sidewall: The Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight:
air pressure in a tire, measured in side of an asymmetrical tire, that The sum of curb weight; accessory
pounds per square inch (psi) or kilo- must always face outward when weight; vehicle capacity weight; and
pascals (kPa) before a tire has built mounted on a vehicle. production options weight.
up heat from driving. Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit for Normal Occupant Weight: The
Curb Weight: This means the weight air pressure. number of occupants a vehicle is
of a motor vehicle with standard and Light truck (LT) tire: A tire designat- designed to seat multiplied by 150
optional equipment including the ed by its manufacturer as primarily pounds (68 kg).
maximum capacity of fuel, oil and intended for use on lightweight trucks Occupant Distribution: Designated
coolant, but without passengers and or multipurpose passenger vehicles. seating positions.
cargo.
Load Index: An assigned number Outward Facing Sidewall: The side
DOT Markings: The DOT code ranging from 1 to 279 that corre- of a asymmetrical tire that has a par-
includes the Tire Identification sponds to the load carrying capacity ticular side that faces outward when
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric des- of a tire. mounted on a vehicle. The outward
ignator which can also identify the facing sidewall bears white lettering
tire manufacturer, production plant, Load ratings: The maximum load
that a tire is rated to carry for a given or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or
brand and date of production. model name molding that is higher or
inflation pressure.
GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating deeper than the same moldings on
Maximum Inflation Pressure: The the inner facing sidewall.
GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight maximum air pressure to which a
Rating for the Front Axle. cold tire may be inflated. The maxi- Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tire
GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight mum air pressure is molded onto the used on passenger cars and some
Rating for the Rear axle. sidewall. light duty trucks and multipurpose
vehicles.
Maximum Load Rating: The load
rating for a tire at the maximum per- Ply: A layer of rubber-coated parallel
missible inflation pressure for that tire. cords.
7 49
Maintenance
Pneumatic tire: A mechanical Sidewall: The portion of a tire Vehicle Capacity Weight: The num-
device made of rubber, chemicals, between the tread and the bead. ber of designated seating positions
fabric and steel or other materials, Speed Rating: An alphanumeric multiplied by 68 kg (150 lbs.) plus the
that, when mounted on an automo- code assigned to a tire indicating the rated cargo and luggage load.
tive wheel, provides the traction and maximum speed at which a tire can Vehicle Maximum Load on the
contains the gas or fluid that sustains operate. Tire: Load on an individual tire due
the load. to curb and accessory weight plus
Traction: The friction between the
Production options weight: The tire and the road surface. The maximum occupant and cargo
combined weight of installed regular amount of grip provided. weight.
production options weighing over 5 Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire:
lb.(2.3 kg) in excess of the standard Tread: The portion of a tire that
comes into contact with the road. Load on an individual tire that is
items which they replace, not previ- determined by distributing to each
ously considered in curb weight or Treadwear Indicators: Narrow axle its share of the curb weight,
accessory weight, including heavy bands, sometimes called "wear bars," accessory weight, and normal occu-
duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, that show across the tread of a tire pant weight and driving by 2.
heavy duty battery, and special trim. when only 2/32 inch of tread remains.
Vehicle Placard: A label permanent-
Recommended Inflation Pressure: UTQGS: Uniform Tire Quality ly attached to a vehicle showing the
Vehicle manufacturer's recommend- Grading Standards, a tire information original equipment tire size and rec-
ed tire inflation pressure and shown system that provides consumers with ommended inflation pressure.
on the tire placard. ratings for a tire's traction, tempera-
Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in ture and treadwear. Ratings are
which the ply cords that extend to the determined by tire manufacturers
beads are laid at 90 degrees to the using government testing proce-
centerline of the tread. dures. The ratings are molded into
the sidewall of the tire.
Rim: A metal support for a tire and
upon which the tire beads are seated.
7 50
Maintenance
All season tires Snow tires • When driving on roads covered

Kia specifies all season tires on If you equip your vehicle with snow with snow or ice, drive at less than
some models to provide good per- tires, they should be the same size 30 km/h (20 mph).
formance for use all year round, and have the same load capacity as • Use the SAE “S” class or wire
including snowy and icy road condi- the original tires. Snow tires should chains.
tions. All season tires are identified be installed on all four wheels; other- • If you hear noise caused by chains
by ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mud wise, poor handling may result. contacting the body, retighten the
and Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow Snow tires should carry 28 kPa (4 chain to avoid contact with the
tires have better snow traction than psi) more air pressure than the pres- vehicle body.
all season tires and may be more sure recommended for the standard • To prevent body damage, retighten
appropriate in some areas. tires on the tire label on the driver's the chains after driving 0.5~1.0 km
side of the center pillar, or up to the (0.3~0.6 miles).
maximum pressure shown on the tire • Do not use tire chains on vehicles
Summer tires sidewall, whichever is less. equipped with aluminum wheels.
Kia specifies summer tires on some Do not drive faster than 120 km/h (75 In unavoidable circumstance, use
models to provide superior perform- mph) when your vehicle is equipped a wire type chain.
ance on dry roads. Summer tire per- with snow tires.
formance is substantially reduced in • Use wire chains less than 15 mm
snow and ice. Summer tires do not (0.59 inches) to prevent damage to
have the tire traction rating M+S the chain’s connection.
(Mud and Snow) on the tire side wall.
if you plan to operate your vehicle in
snowy or icy conditions, Kia recom-
mends the use of snow tires or all
season tires on all four wheels.
7 51
Maintenance
Radial-ply tires Longer wearing tires can be more

Radial-ply tires provide improved susceptible to irregular tread wear. It
tread life, road hazard resistance and is very important to follow the tire
smoother high speed ride. The radi- rotation interval shown in this chap-
al-ply tires used on this vehicle are of ter to achieve the tread life potential
belted construction, and are selected of these tires. Cuts and punctures in
to complement the ride and handling radial-ply tires are repairable only in
characteristics of your vehicle. the tread area, because of sidewall
Radial-ply tires have the same load flexing. Consult your tire dealer for
carrying capacity, as bias-ply or bias radial-ply tire repairs.
belted tires of the same size, and use
the same recommended inflation
pressure. Mixing of radial-ply tires
with bias-ply or bias belted tires is
not recommended. Any combina-
tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or bias
belted tires when used on the same
vehicle will seriously deteriorate
vehicle handling. The best rule to fol-
low is: Identical radial-ply tires should
always be used as a set of four.
7 52
Maintenance
FUSES
■ Blade type A vehicle’s electrical system is pro-
tected from electrical overload dam- WARNING - Fuse replace-
age by fuses. ment
This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels, • Never replace a fuse with any-
Normal Blown
one located in the driver’s side panel thing but another fuse of the
bolster, the other in the engine com- same rating.
partment near the battery. • A higher capacity fuse could
■ Cartridge type If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces- cause damage and possibly a
sories, or controls do not work, check fire.
the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse • Never install a wire or alu-
has blown, the element inside the minum foil instead of the
fuse will melt. proper fuse - even as a tem-
Normal Blown If the electrical system does not porary repair. It may cause
work, first check the driver’s side extensive wiring damage and
■ Multi fuse fuse panel. a possible fire.
Always replace a blown fuse with • Do not arbitrarily modify or
one of the same rating. add-on electric wiring of the
If the replacement fuse blows, this vehicle.
indicates an electrical problem. Avoid
using the system involved and imme-
Normal Blown
diately consult an authorized Kia
dealer.
OYP074073N Three kinds of fuses are used: blade
type for lower amperage rating, car-
tridge type, and multi fuse for higher
amperage ratings.
7 53
Maintenance
CAUTION WARNING - Electrical Fire CAUTION

Do not use a screwdriver or any Always ensure replacements • Do not input any other objects
other metal object to remove fuses and relays are securely except fuses or relays into
fuses because it may cause a fastened when installed. Failure fuse/relay terminals such as a
short circuit and damage the to do so can result in a vehicle screwdriver or wiring. It may
system. fire. cause contact failure and sys-
tem malfunction.
✽ NOTICE • Do not plug in screwdrivers or
• When replacing a fuse, turn the
CAUTION aftermarket wiring into the ter-
• When replacing a blown fuse minal originally designed for
ignition “OFF” and turn off fuse and relays only. The elec-
switches of all electrical devices or relay, make sure the new
fuse or relay fits tightly into trical system and wiring of the
then remove battery (-) terminal. vehicle interior may be dam-
• The actual fuse/relay panel label the clips. Failure to tightly
install the fuse or relay may aged or burned due to contact
may differ from equipped items. failure.
cause damage to the wiring
and electric systems. • If you directly connect the
• Do not remove fuses, relays wire on the taillight or replace
and terminals fastened with the bulb which is over the reg-
bolts or nuts. The fuses, relays ulated capacity to install trail-
and terminals may not be fas- ers etc., the inner junction
tened correctly which may block can get burned.
cause vehicle damage.
7 54
Maintenance
✽ NOTICE - Remodeling Inner panel fuse replacement

CAUTION Prohibited
Visually inspect the battery cap Do not rewire your vehicle in any
to ensure it is securely closed. way as doing so may affect the per-
If the battery cap is not securely formance of several safety features
closed, moisture may enter the in your vehicle. Rewiring your vehi-
system and damage the electri- cle may also void your warranty and
cal components. cause you to be responsible for any
subsequent vehicle damage which
may result.
WARNING
- Electrical wiring repairs ✽ NOTICE - Window tinting pre-
All electrical repairs should be caution OYP076009
performed by authorized Kia Window tint (especially metallic
dealerships using approved Kia 1. Turn the ignition switch and all
film) might cause communication other switches off.
parts. Using other wiring com- errors or poor radio reception, and
ponents, especially when retro- 2. Open the fuse panel cover.
malfunctioning automatic lighting
fitting AVN or theft alarm sys- system due to reflections from the
tem, remote engine control, car mirror tint inside the vehicle. The
phone or radio may cause vehi- solution used might also leak into
cle damage and increase the the electronic components, causing
risk of a vehicle fire. malfunctions or damage.
7 55
Maintenance
If you do not have a spare, use a Fuse switch

fuse of the same rating from a circuit
you may not need for operating the
vehicle, such as the power outlet
fuse.
If the head lamp, turn signal lamp,
stop signal lamp, fog lamp, DRL, tail
lamp, HMSL do not work and the
fuses are OK, check the fuse panel
in the engine compartment. If a fuse
is blown, it must be replaced.
OYP074010K
3. Pull the suspected fuse straight ✽ NOTICE OYP076011
out. Use the removal tool provided If the headlamp, fog lamp, turn sig-
on the engine compartment fuse Always, put the fuse switch at the ON
nal lamp, or tail lamp malfunction position.
panel cover. even without any problem to the
4. Check the removed fuse; replace it lamps, have the vehicle checked by If you move the switch to the OFF
if it is blown. an authorized Kia dealer for assis- position, some items such as audio
tance. and digital clock must be reset and
Spare fuses are provided in the transmitter (or smart key) may not
engine compartment fuse panel. work properly. When the switch is
5. Push in a new fuse of the same Off, the caution will be displayed on
rating, and make sure it fits tightly the instrument cluster.
in the clips. Always place the fuse switch in the
If it fits loosely, consult an authorized ON position while driving the vehicle.
Kia dealer.
7 56
Maintenance
Engine compartment fuse 3. Check the removed fuse; replace it

CAUTION - Fuse Panel replacement if it is blown. To remove or insert
Covers the fuse, use the fuse puller in the
The contact points of the engine compartment fuse panel.
switches may wear out with 4. Push in a new fuse of the same
excessive use. Please refrain rating, and make sure it fits tightly
from excessive use of the in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult
switches (except for long-term an authorized Kia dealer.
parking for over 1 month).
CAUTION
✽ NOTICE Always securely install the fuse
• Set all switches to ON before driv- panel cover in the engine com-
ing. partment to protect against
• If the vehicle is going to be unused OYP074012N electrical failure which may
for over 1 month, set all switches occur from water contact.
1. Turn the ignition switch and all
to OFF to prevent the batteries Listen for the audible clicking
other switches off.
from draining. sound to ensure fuse panel
2. Remove the fuse panel cover by cover is securely fastened.
pressing the tab and pulling the
cover up. When the blade type
fuse is disconnected, remove it by
using the clip designed for chang-
ing fuses located in the engine
compartment fuse box. Upon
removal, securely insert reserve
fuse of the same rating.
7 57
Maintenance
Main fuse ✽ NOTICE

CAUTION
The electronic system may not func-
tion correctly even when the engine Visually inspect the battery cap
room and internal fuse box’s indi- to ensure it is securely closed.
vidual fuses are not disconnected. In If the battery cap is not securely
such case the cause of the problem closed, moisture may enter the
may be disconnection of the main system and damage the electri-
fuse (BFT type), which is located cal components.
inside the positive battery terminal
(+) cap.
Since the main fuse is designed more
intricately than other parts, have the
vehicle checked by an authorized
OYP074052N
Kia dealer.
If the main fuse is blown, it must be
removed as follows:
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Disconnect the negative battery
cable.
3. Remove the nuts shown in the pic-
ture above.
4. Replace the fuse with a new one
of the same rating.
5. Reinstall in the reverse order of
removal.
7 58
Maintenance
Fuse/relay panel description
OYP076014
Inside the fuse/relay panel covers,

you can find the fuse/relay label
describing fuse/relay name and
capacity.
✽ NOTICE
OYP078137N
Not all fuse panel descriptions in
this manual may be applicable to
your vehicle. It is accurate at the
time of printing. When you inspect
the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer
to the fuse panel label.
7 59
Maintenance
Inner fuse panel

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected
ECU 10A PCM, Smart Key Control Module/Immobilizer Module
Head Lamp Leveling Device Actuator LH/RH, Multipurpose Check Connector, Bezel Switch, Electro
Chromic, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, A/C Control Module, Heater Control Module, Passenger
MODULE4 7.5A
Ventilation Seat Control Module, Driver IMS Control Module, Rear Seat Heater Control Module, Auto
Head Leveling Device Module, ATM Shift Lever ILL.
LDWS Module, Stop Lamp, Front Parking Assist Sensor LH/RH, Front Parking Assist Sensor LH/RH
MODULE3 10A (CENTER), Rear Parking Assist Buzzer, Rear Parking Assist Sensor LH/RH, Rear Parking Assist Sensor
LH/RH (CENTER), Blind Spot Detection Radar LH/RH, FCA(Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist)
Rear Seat Heater Control Module, AC Inverter Unit, Heater Control Module, Passenger Ventilation Seat
MODULE5 7.5A
Control Module, Portable Lamp, Around View Unit
MODULE6 7.5A BCM, Smart Key Control Module
WIPER RR 15A Rear Wiper Motor, Wiper RR Relay
CLUSTER 7.5A Instrument Cluster
MODULE8 10A DBL UNIT
A/CON1 7.5A A/C Control Module, Ionizer, Rear A/C Control Switch, PCB Block (Blower Relay, Blower RR Relay)
Data Link Connector, Instrument Cluster, Digital Clock, A/C Control Module, BCM, Power Sliding Door
MEMORY2 10A
Module, Driver Door Module, Passenger Safety Power Window Switch, Driver IMS Control Module
SMART KEY3 10A Start/Stop Button Switch, Immobilizer Module
POWER OUTLET2 20A Console Power Outlet
A/BAG IND 7.5A Instrument Cluster, Digital Clock, A/C Control Module(Auto)
WASHER 15A Multifunction Switch, BCM
HEATED STEERING 15A Clock Spring (Steering Wheel Switch)
MEMORY1 10A Clock Spring (Steering Wheel Switch)
SMART KEY1 25A Smart Key Control Module
POWER OUTLET3 20A Rear Power Outlet
MODULE2 7.5A BCM, Driver Door Module, Passenger Door Module
7 60
Maintenance

MULTIMEDIA 15A USB Charger #1/#2, A/V & Navigation Head Unit
S/ROOF FRT 20A Front Sunroof Motor
AMP 25A AMP
IG1 20A PCB BLOCK (Fuse - ABS3, TCU, MDPS, CRUISE)
SMART KEY2 7.5A Smart Key Control Module
Portable Lamp, Overhead Console Lamp, Cargo Lamp, Front Vinity Lamp Switch LH/RH, Glove Box
INTERIOR LAMP 10A
Lamp, Key Warning Switch
START 7.5A With IMMO./Smart Key : Transmission Range Switch, W/O IMMO. : PCB Block (B/Alarm Relay)
S/ROOF RR 25A Rear Sunroof Motor
DOOR LOCK 20A Tail Gate Relay, Door Lock/Unlock Relay, Sliding Door Lock/Unlock Relay
FOG LAMP REAR 10A -
Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Around View Unit, BCM, Overhead Console Lamp, MTS Module,
MODULE1 10A
Digital Clock, USB Charger #1/#2
AIR BAG 15A SRS Control Module, Passenger Occupant Detection Sensor
A/CON2 7.5A A/C Control Module, Blower Resistor (Manual)
HEATED MIRROR 10A Passenger Power Outside Mirror, A/C Control Module
BRAKE SWITCH 7.5A Smart Key Control Module, Stop Lamp Switch
S/HEATER RR 25A Rear Seat Heater Control Module
P/WINDOW Driver Safety Window Module, Driver Door Module, Rear Power Window Switch LH, Rear Safety Power
25A
LH Window Switch LH, Rear Safety Power Window Module LH
MODULE7 7.5A Key Inter Lock Solenoid, Fuel Lid Switch, ATM Lever Switch, Rear A/C Control Switch, Electro Chromic Mirror
POWER OUTLET1 20A Front Power Outlet
P/SEAT (DRV) 30A Driver Manual Switch, Driver Lumbar Support Switch, Driver IMS Control Module
P/WINDOW Passenger Safety Window Module, Passenger Power Window Motor, Passenger Door Module, Rear Power
25A
RH Window Switch RH, Rear Safety Power Window Switch RH, Rear Safety Power Window Module RH
S/HEATER FRT 20A Heater Control Module, Passenger Ventilation Seat Control Module
7 61
Maintenance
Engine compartment fuse panel
OYP074053K
OYP078138N
7 62
Maintenance
Engine compartment fuse panel

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected ]
COOLING FAN 80A Cooling Fan Unit
ABS1 40A ESC Module, Multipurpose Check Connector
ABS2 40A ESC Module
INVERTER 30A AC Inverter Unit
H/LAMP HI 10A H/LAMP HI Solenoid
EPB1 15A EPB Unit
EPB2 15A EPB Unit
TCU 15A Transmission Unit
P/SEAT (PASS) 30A Passenger Manual Switch
B+4 50A Smart Junction Block (IPS Control Module, IPS3, IPS4, IPS5, IPS6, Fuse - MODULE7)
POWER TAIL GATE 40A Power Tail Gate Module
Smart Junction Block (Leak Current Autocut Device, Fuse - P/SEAT DRV, P/WDW RH), Seat Heater
B+2 50A
Rear, Interior Lamp, Multimedia, Memory
IG1 40A With Smart Key : PDM1/2 Relay, W/O Smart Key : Ignition Switch
IG2 40A Start Relay, With Smart Key : PDM3 Relay, W/O Smart Key : Ignition Switch,
B+1 50A Smart Junction Block (IPS Control Module, Fuse - P/WDW LH, S/HEATER FRT, DR LOCK)
BLOWER 40A Blower Relay
TRAILER 30A Trailer Power Outlet
Smart Junction Block (Motor Driver, Power Outlet Relay, Fuse - S/ROOF FRT, S/ROOF RR, BRAKE
B+5 50A
SWITCH, SMART KEY1, SMART KEY3, AMP), Power Outlet1, Power Outlet2
PSD1 40A Power Sliding Door Module
PSD2 40A Power Sliding Door Module
B+3 50A Smart Junction Block (IPS Control Module, IPS1, IPS2)
MDPS 125A MDPS Unit (Rack)
BLOWER RR 40A Blower RR Relay
7 63
Maintenance

SENSOR (B+) 10A Battery Sensor
B/ALARM HORN 15A B/Alarm Horn Relay
FUEL LID 10A Fuel Lid Relay
DEICER 15A Deicer Relay
DRL 10A DRL Relay
FUEL PUMP 15A Fuel Pump Relay
HORN 15A Horn Relay
WIPER 25A Front Wiper (Low) Relay
ECU3 30A Engine Control Relay, Fuse - ECU1
FUEL HEATER 30A -
REAR HEATED 40A Rear Heated Relay
SENSOR5 10A -
TCU 10A Transmission Range Switch
MDPS 10A MDPS Unit (Rack)
DCU 10A -
B/UP LAMP 10A Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Rear Combination Lamp (IN) LH/RH, Electro Chromic Mirror
A/CON 7.5A Rear A/C Control Switch, A/C Control Module
ECU1 15A PCM
ABS3 7.5A ESC Module, Steering Angle Sensor
SENSOR4 10A Fuel Pump Relay
ECU2 20A ECU Unit
SENSOR1 15A Oxygen Sensor #1/#2/#3/#4, PCM, E/R Junction Box (Cooling Fan1 Relay)
PCM, Canister Close Valve, Variable Intake Solenoid Valve #1/#2, Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Oil Control
SENSOR2 10A
Valve #1/#2 (Intake), Oil Control Valve #1/#2 (Exhaust)
SENSOR3 10A PCM, Injector
IGN COIL 20A Ignition Coil #1~#6, Condensor #1/#2
ECU3 20A ECU Unit
7 64
Maintenance
LIGHT BULBS
Bulb replacement precaution Use only bulbs of the specified • Lamp part malfunction due to
Please keep extra bulbs on hand wattage. net-work failure
with appropriate wattage ratings in The headlamp, taillight, and fog light
case of emergencies. CAUTION - Light replace- may light up when the head lamp
Refer to “Bulb Wattage” in chapter 8. ment switch is turned ON, and not light up
when the taillight or for light switch is
When changing lamps, first turn off Be sure to replace the burned- turned ON. This may be cause by
the engine at a safe place, firmly out bulb with one of the same network failure or vehicle electrical
apply the parking brake and detach wattage rating. Otherwise, it control system malfunction. If there is
the battery’s negative (-) terminal. may cause damage to the fuse a problem, we recommend the sys-
or electric wiring system. tem be serviced by an authorized Kia
dealer.
WARNING - Working on
the lights
CAUTION - Headlamp • Lamp part malfunction due to elec-
Prior to working on the light, Lens
firmly apply the parking brake, trical control system stabilization
ensure that the ignition switch To prevent damage, do not A normally functioning lamp may
is turned to the LOCK position clean the headlamp lens with flicker momentarily. This momentary
and turn off the lights to avoid chemical solvents or strong occurrence is due to stabilization
sudden movement of the vehi- detergents. function of the vehicle's electrical on
cle and burning your fingers or control system. If the lamp soon
receiving an electric shock. returns to normal, the vehicle does
not require service.
However, if the lamp goes out after
the momentary flickering, or the flick-
ering continues, we recommend the
system be serviced by an authorized
Kia dealer.
7 65
Maintenance
✽ NOTICE ✽ NOTICE If you don’t have the necessary tools,

• If the light bulb or lamp connector After driving in heavy rain or wash- the correct bulbs and the expertise,
is removed while the lamp is still ing, headlamp and taillamp lenses consult an authorized Kia dealer. In
on, the fuse box's electronic sys- could appear frosty. This condition is many cases, it is difficult to replace
tem may log it as a malfunction. caused by the temperature differ- vehicle light bulbs because other
Therefore, a lamp malfunction ence between the lamp inside and parts of the vehicle must be removed
incident may be recorded as a outside. This is similar to the con- before you can get to the bulb. This is
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) in densation on your windows inside especially true if you have to remove
the fuse box. your vehicle during the rain and the headlamp assembly to get to the
• It is normal for an operating lamp doesn’t indicate a problem with your bulb(s).
to flicker momentarily. This is due vehicle. If the water leaks into the Removing/installing the headlamp
to a stabilization function of the lamp bulb circuitry, we recommend assembly can result in damage to
vehicle’s electronic control device. that you have the vehicle checked by the vehicle.
If the lamp lights up normally an authorized Kia dealer. If non-genuine parts or substandard
after momentarily blinking, then bulbs are used, it may lead to blow-
it is functioning as normal. ing a fuse or other wiring damages.
However, if the lamp continues to Do not install extra lamps or LEDs to
flicker several times or turns off the vehicle. If additional lights are
completely, there may be an error installed, it may lead to lamp mal-
in the vehicle’s electronic control functions and flickering. Additionally,
device. Please have the vehicle the fuse box and other writing may
checked by an authorized Kia be damaged.
dealer immediately.
✽ NOTICE
We recommend that the headlight
aiming be adjusted after an accident
or after the headlight assembly is rein-
stalled at an authorized Kia dealer.
7 66
Maintenance
Light bulb position (Front) ■ Fog lamp - Type A (1) Headlamp (Low) (Bulb type)
■ Head lamp – Type A (2) Headlamp (High) (Bulb type)
(3) Front turn signal lamp (Bulb type)
or Front turn signal lamp /
Position lamp (if equipped) (Bulb
type)
(4) Position lamp (if equipped) (LED
type) or Dummy (if equipped)
OYP078106N
■ Fog lamp - Type B (5) Side marker (Bulb type)
(6) Headlamp (Low/High) (LED type)
OYP078104N (7) Headlamp (Low Assist) (LED
■ Head lamp – Type B type)
(8) Front turn signal lamp (Bulb type)
(9) Position lamp (LED type) or
Position lamp / Day time running
lamp (if equipped) (LED type)
OYP078107N
■ Fog lamp - Type C
(10) Side marker (LED type)
(11) Front fog lamp (Bulb type)
(12) Front fog lamp (Bulb type)
OYP078105N (13) Front fog lamp (LED type)
OYP078108N
7 67
Maintenance
Light bulb position (Rear) ■ License plate lamp (1) Stop and tail lamp (Bulb type)
■ Rear combination lamp - Type A (2) Tail lamp (Bulb type)
(3) Back up lamp (Bulb type)
(4) Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb type)
(5) Side marker (Bulb type)
(6,7,8,9) Stop and tail lamp (LED
type)
(10) Side marker (LED type)
OYP078111N (11) License plate lamp (Bulb type)
■ High mounted stop lamp
OYP078109N
(12) High mounted stop lamp (LED
■ Rear combination lamp - Type B type)
OYP078112N
OYP078110N
7 68
Maintenance
Light bulb position (Side) Headlamp (Low beam) bulb 6. Install the bulb-socket in the head-
replacement (Headlamp Type A) lamp assembly by aligning the
tabs on the bulb-socket with the
slots in the headlamp assembly.
Push the bulb-socket into the
headlamp assembly and turn the
bulb-socket clockwise.
7. Install the headlamp bulb cover by
turning it clockwise.
OYP078113N
OYP078114N
(1) Side repeater lamp (LED type)
1. Open the hood.
2. Remove the headlamp bulb cover
by turning it counterclockwise.
3. Remove the bulb-socket from the
headlamp assembly by turning the
bulb-socket counterclockwise until
the tabs on the bulb-socket align
with the slots on the headlamp
assembly.
4. Remove the bulb from bulb-socket
by pulling it out.
5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the bulb-socket.
7 69
Maintenance
Headlamp bulb ✽ NOTICE - Halogen bulbs Headlamp (High beam) bulb

Always handle them carefully, and replacement (Headlamp Type A)
avoid scratches and abrasions. If the
bulbs are lit, avoid contact with liq-
uids.
• Never touch the glass with bare

hands. Residual oil may cause the
bulb to overheat and burst when lit.
A bulb should be operated only
when installed in a headlight.
• If a bulb becomes damaged or
OHD076046 cracked, replace it immediately
and carefully dispose of it. OYP078115N
WARNING - Halogen • Wear eye protection when chang- 1. Open the hood.
bulbs ing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool 2. Remove the headlamp bulb cover
Halogen bulbs contain pressur- down before handling it. by turning it counterclockwise.
ized gas that will produce flying 3. Disconnect the headlamp bulb
pieces of glass if broken. socket-connector.
4. Remove the bulb-socket from the
headlamp assembly by turning the
bulb-socket counterclockwise until
the tabs on the bulb-socket align
with the slots on the headlamp
assembly.
7 70
Maintenance
5. Install a new bulb-socket assem- Headlamp bulb ✽ NOTICE - Halogen bulbs

bly in the headlamp assembly by Always handle them carefully, and
aligning the tabs on the bulb-sock- avoid scratches and abrasions. If the
et with the slots in the headlamp bulbs are lit, avoid contact with liq-
assembly. Push the bulb-socket uids.
into the headlamp assembly and
turn the bulb-socket clockwise.
• Never touch the glass with bare
6. Connect the headlamp bulb sock- hands. Residual oil may cause the
et-connector. bulb to overheat and burst when lit.
7. Install the headlamp bulb cover by A bulb should be operated only
turning it clockwise. when installed in a headlight.
• If a bulb becomes damaged or
OQL075058 cracked, replace it immediately
and carefully dispose of it.
WARNING - Halogen • Wear eye protection when chang-
bulbs ing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool
Halogen bulbs contain pressur- down before handling it.
ized gas that will produce flying
pieces of glass if broken.
7 71
Maintenance
Front turn signal lamp bulb 4. Insert a new bulb by inserting it Side marker (front) (Bulb type)
replacement (Headlamp Type A) into the bulb-socket and rotating it bulb replacement (Headlamp
until it locks into place. Type A)
5. Install the socket in the headlamp
assembly by aligning the tabs on
the bulb-socket with the slots in
the assembly. Push the bulb-sock-
et into the headlamp assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
OYP078116N
OYP078117N
1. Open the hood.
2. Remove the bulb-socket from the 1. Open the hood.
headlamp assembly by turning the 2. Remove the bulb-socket from the
bulb-socket counterclockwise until headlamp assembly by turning the
the tabs on the bulb-socket align bulb-socket counterclockwise until
with the slots on the headlamp the tabs on the bulb-socket align
assembly. with the slots on the headlamp
3. Remove the bulb from the bulb- assembly.
socket by pressing it in and rotat- 3. Remove the bulb from the bulb-
ing it counterclockwise until the socket by pulling it out.
tabs on the bulb align with the
slots in the bulb-socket. Pull the
bulb out of the bulb-socket.
7 72
Maintenance
4. Insert a new bulb by inserting it Position lamp (LED type) Headlamp (LED type) replace-
into the bulb-socket. replacement (Headlamp Type ment (Headlamp Type B)
5. Install the socket in the headlamp A) (if equipped)
OYP078119N
OYP078118N
If the Low/High beam lamp(1), Low
If the position lamp (LED) (1) does assist beam lamp(2), Position
not operate, have the vehicle lamp(3) and Side marker (front)(4)
checked by an authorized Kia dealer. does not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an inte- The LED lamps cannot be replaced
grated unit. The LED lamps has to be as a single unit because it is an inte-
replaced with the unit. grated unit. The LED lamps has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the position lamp (LED), for it A skilled technician should check or
may damage related parts of the repair the head lamp (LED), for it
vehicle. may damage related parts of the
vehicle.
7 73
Maintenance
Front turn signal lamp bulb 4. Insert a new bulb by inserting it Side repeater lamp (LED type)
replacement (Headlamp Type B) into the bulb-socket and rotating it bulb replacement
until it locks into place.
5. Install the socket in the headlamp
OYP078120N OYP078113N
1. Open the hood. If the side repeater lamp (LED), does

2. Remove the bulb-socket from the not operate, have the vehicle
headlamp assembly by turning the checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
bulb-socket counterclockwise until The LED lamps cannot be replaced
the tabs on the bulb-socket align as a single unit because it is an inte-
with the slots on the headlamp grated unit. The LED lamps has to be
assembly. replaced with the unit.
3. Remove the bulb from the bulb- A skilled technician should check or
socket by pressing it in and rotat- repair the side repeater lamp (LED),
ing it counterclockwise until the for it may damage related parts of
tabs on the bulb align with the the vehicle.
slots in the bulb-socket. Pull the
bulb out of the bulb-socket.
7 74
Maintenance
Front fog lamp bulb replace- If the front fog lamp (1) does not Stop and tail lamp (Bulb type)
ment operate, have the vehicle checked by bulb replacement (Rear combi-
an authorized Kia dealer. nation lamp Type A)
■ Fog lamp - Type A
OYP078121N
■ Fog lamp - Type B
OYP074021K
OYP078122N
■ Fog lamp - Type C
OYP074022K
1. Open the liftgate.

2. Remove the service cover.
OYP078123N
7 75
Maintenance
3. Loosen the light assembly retain- 9. Install the socket in the assembly
ing screws with a cross-tip screw- by aligning the tabs on the socket
driver. with the slots in the assembly.
4. Remove the rear combination Push the socket into the assembly
lamp assembly from the body of and turn the socket clockwise.
the vehicle. 10. Connect the rear combination
5. Disconnect the rear combination lamp connector.
lamp connector. 11. Install the rear combination lamp
assembly to the body of the vehi-
cle.
12. Install the service cover.
OYP078124N
6. Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
7. Remove the bulb from the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it
counter clockwise until the tabs on
the bulb align with the slots in the
socket. Pull the bulb out of the
socket.
into the socket and rotating it until
it locks into place.
7 76
Maintenance
Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb 3. Loosen the light assembly retain-
type) bulb replacement (Rear ing screws with a cross-tip screw-
combination lamp Type A) driver.
4. Remove the rear combination
lamp assembly from the body of
the vehicle.
5. Disconnect the rear combination
lamp connector.
OYP078125N
OYP074021K assembly by turning the socket
the assembly.
socket.
OYP074022K
1. Open the liftgate. it locks into place.
7 77
Maintenance
9. Install the socket in the assembly Side marker (rear) (Bulb type) 3. Loosen the light assembly retain-
by aligning the tabs on the socket bulb replacement (Rear combi- ing screws with a cross-tip screw-
with the slots in the assembly. nation lamp Type A) driver.
Push the socket into the assembly 4. Remove the rear combination
and turn the socket clockwise. lamp assembly from the body of
10. Connect the rear combination the vehicle.
lamp connector. 5. Disconnect the rear combination
11. Install the rear combination lamp lamp connector.
cle.
OYP074021K
OYP074022K
1. Open the liftgate.

7 78
Maintenance
10. Connect the rear combination Tail lamp (inside) (Bulb type)
lamp connector. bulb replacement (Rear combi-
11. Install the rear combination lamp nation lamp Type A)
cle.
OYP078126N
OYP074026K
the assembly. 1. Open the liftgate.
7. Remove the bulb from bulb-socket 2. Remove the service cover.
by pulling it out.
9. Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly
7 79
Maintenance
6. Install the socket in the assembly Back-up lamp bulb replace-

by aligning the tabs on the socket ment (Rear combination lamp
with the slots in the assembly. Type A)
7. Install the service cover by putting
it into the service hole.
OYP078127N
OYP074026K
the assembly. 1. Open the liftgate.
4. Remove the bulb from the socket 2. Remove the service cover.
socket.
it locks into place.
7 80
Maintenance
Stop and tail lamp (LED type) Side marker (rear) (LED type)
bulb replacement (Rear combi- bulb replacement (Rear combi-
nation lamp Type B) nation lamp Type B)
OYP078128N
OYP078129N OYP078130N
the assembly. If the stop and tail lamp (LED) If the side marker (LED) (1) does not
4. Remove the bulb from bulb-socket (1,2,3,4) does not operate, have the operate, have the vehicle checked by
by pulling it out. vehicle checked by an authorized Kia an authorized Kia dealer.
dealer. The LED lamps cannot be replaced
into the bulb-socket. The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an inte-
as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be
6. Install the socket in the assembly grated unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit.
by aligning the tabs on the socket replaced with the unit.
with the slots in the assembly. A skilled technician should check or
Push the socket into the assembly A skilled technician should check or repair the side marker (LED), for it
and turn the socket clockwise. repair the stop and tail lamp (LED), may damage related parts of the
for it may damage related parts of vehicle.
7. Install the service cover by putting the vehicle.
7 81
Maintenance
Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb 3. Loosen the light assembly retain-
type) bulb replacement (Rear ing screws with a cross-tip screw-
combination lamp Type B) driver.
4. Remove the rear combination
lamp assembly from the body of
the vehicle.
5. Disconnect the rear combination
lamp connector.
OYP078131N
OYP074021K assembly by turning the socket
the assembly.
socket.
OYP074022K
1. Open the liftgate. it locks into place.
7 82
Maintenance
9. Install the socket in the assembly Back-up lamp bulb replace-

by aligning the tabs on the socket ment (Rear combination lamp
with the slots in the assembly. Type B)
10. Connect the rear combination
lamp connector.
11. Install the rear combination lamp
cle.
OYP078132N
OYP074026K
1. Open the liftgate. the assembly.
2. Remove the service cover. 4. Remove the bulb from bulb-socket
by pulling it out.
6. Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
7. Install the service cover by putting
7 83
Maintenance
High mounted stop lamp (LED License plate lamp bulb 5. Install the socket in the assembly
type) bulb replacement replacement by aligning the tabs on the socket
6. Install the lamp assembly to lamp
housing.
OYP078133N OYP078134N
If the high mounted stop lamp 1. Using a screwdriver, the lamp

(LED)(1) does not operate, have the assembly from lamp housing.
vehicle checked by an authorized Kia 2. Remove the socket from the
dealer. assembly by turning the socket
The LED lamps cannot be replaced counterclockwise until the tabs on
as a single unit because it is an inte- the socket align with the slots on
grated unit. The LED lamps has to be the assembly.
replaced with the unit. 3. Remove the bulb from bulb-socket
A skilled technician should check or by pulling it out.
repair the high mounted stop lamp 4. Insert a new bulb by inserting it
(LED), for it may damage related into the bulb-socket.
parts of the vehicle.
7 84
Maintenance
Map lamp (Bulb type) bulb 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, Room lamp bulb replacement
replacement gently pry the lens cover from
lamp housing.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
4. Align the lens cover tabs with the
lamp housing notches and snap
the lens into place.
CAUTION
Be careful not to dirty or dam- OYP074031K
OYP074029K
age the lens, lens tab, and plas-
tic housings.
WARNING - Interior lights
WARNING - Interior lights Prior to working on the Interior
Prior to working on the Interior lamps, ensure that the “OFF”
lamps, ensure that the “OFF” button is depressed to avoid
button is depressed to avoid burning your fingers or receiv-
burning your fingers or receiving an electric shock.
ing an electric shock.
7 85
Maintenance
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, Glove box lamp replacement

gently pry the lens cover from CAUTION
lamp housing. Be careful not to dirty or dam-
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it age the lens, lens tab, and plas-
straight out. tic housings.
CAUTION
Be careful not to dirty or dam- OYP078054N
tic housings. 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
gently pry the lamp assembly from
interior.
2. Remove the cover from the lamp
assembly.
straight out.
5. Install the cover to the lamp
assembly.
6. Install the lamp assembly to interior.
7 86
Maintenance
Luggage lamp (Bulb type) bulb 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, Vanity mirror lamp (Bulb type)
replacement gently pry the lens cover from bulb replacement
lamp housing.
straight out.
CAUTION
Be careful not to dirty or dam-
OYP074032K
age the lens, lens tab, and plas- OYP074030K
tic housings.
WARNING - Interior lights WARNING - Interior lights

Prior to working on the Interior Prior to working on the Interior
lamps, ensure that the “OFF” lamps, ensure that the “OFF”
button is depressed to avoid button is depressed to avoid
burning your fingers or receiv- burning your fingers or receiv-
ing an electric shock. ing an electric shock.
7 87
Maintenance
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,

gently pry the lamp assembly from
interior.
straight out.
4. Install the lamp assembly to interior.
CAUTION
Be careful not to dirty or dam-
tic housings.
7 88
Maintenance
APPEARANCE CARE
Exterior care Finish maintenance After washing, rinse the vehicle thor-
Washing oughly with lukewarm or cold water.
Exterior general caution Do not allow soap to dry on the fin-
It is very important to follow the label To help protect your vehicle’s finish ish.
directions when using any chemical from rust and deterioration, wash it
thoroughly and frequently at least After washing the vehicle, test the
cleaner or polish. Read all warning
once a month with lukewarm or cold brakes while driving slowly to see if
and caution statements that appear
water. they have been affected by water. If
on the label.
braking performance is impaired, dry
If you use your vehicle for off-road the brakes by applying them lightly
CAUTION - Headlight Lens driving, you should wash it after each while maintaining a slow forward
off-road trip. Pay special attention to speed.
To prevent damage, do not the removal of any accumulation of
clean headlight lens with chem- salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign
ical solvents or strong deter- materials. Make sure the drain holes
gents. in the lower edges of the doors and
rocker panels are kept clear and
clean.
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial pollution and similar
deposits can damage your vehicle’s
finish if not removed immediately.
Even prompt washing with plain
water may not completely remove all
these deposits. A mild soap, safe for
use on painted surfaces, may be
used.
7 89
Maintenance
High-pressure washing Waxing

• When using high-pressure wash- Wax the vehicle when water will no
ers, make sure to maintain suffi- longer bead on the paint.
cient distance from the vehicle. Always wash and dry the vehicle
Insufficient clearance or excessive before waxing. Use a good quality
pressure can lead to component liquid or paste wax, and follow the
damage or water penetration. manufacturer’s instructions. Wax all
• Do not spray the camera, sensors metal trim to protect it and to main-
or its surrounding area directly with tain its luster.
a high pressure washer. Shock Removing oil, tar, and similar materi-
applied from high pressure water als with a spot remover will usually
OYP078135N
may cause the device to not oper- strip the wax from the finish. Be sure to
ate normally. re-wax these areas even if the rest of
• Do not bring the nozzle tip close to CAUTION - Wet engine the vehicle does not yet need waxing.
boots (rubber or plastic covers) or • Water washing in the engine Do not apply wax on embossed
connectors as they may be dam- compartment including high unpainted unit, as it may tarnish the
aged if they come into contact with pressure water washing may unit.
high pressure water. cause the failure of electrical
circuits located in the engine
compartment.
• Never allow water or other liq-
uids to come in contact with
electrical/electronic compo-
nents inside the vehicle as
this may damage them.
7 90
Maintenance
Finish damage repair Bright-metal maintenance

CAUTION - Drying vehicle Deep scratches or stone chips in the • To remove road tar and insects,
• Wiping dust or dirt off the painted surface must be repaired use a tar remover, not a scraper or
body with a dry cloth will promptly. Exposed metal will quickly other sharp object.
scratch the finish. rust and may develop into a major • To protect the surfaces of bright-
• Do not use steel wool, abra- repair expense. metal parts from corrosion, apply a
sive cleaners, acid detergents If your vehicle is damaged and coating of wax or chrome preser-
or strong detergents contain- requires any metal repair or replace- vative and rub to a high luster.
ing high alkaline or caustic ment, be sure the body shop applies • During winter weather or in coastal
agents on chrome-plated or anti-corrosion materials to the parts areas, cover the bright metal parts
anodized aluminum parts. repaired or replaced. with a heavier coating of wax or
This may result in damage to preservative. If necessary, coat the
the protective coating and parts with non-corrosive petroleum
cause discoloration or paint jelly or other protective compound.
deterioration.
7 91
Maintenance
Underbody maintenance • Wash the undercarriage of your Aluminum wheel maintenance

Road salt and other corrosive chem- vehicle regularly during the winter The aluminum wheels are coated
icals are used in cold weather states and whenever your vehicle has with a clear protective finish.
to melt snow and prevent ice accu- been exposed to such salts or
chemicals. • Do not use any abrasive cleaner,
mulation. If these chemicals are not polishing compound, solvent, or
regularly removed, they will corrode • Do a thorough washing of the wire brushes on aluminum wheels.
the vehicle underbody and over time undercarriage at the end of the They may scratch the finish.
damage fuel lines, the fuel tank winter.
retention system, the vehicle sus- • Clean the wheel when it has
• Use professional service techni- cooled.
pension, the exhaust system, and cians or governmental inspection
even the body frame. The National stations to annually inspect for cor- • Use only a mild soap or neutral
Highway Traffic Safety Administration rosion. detergent, and rinse thoroughly
has warned all vehicle owners of all with water. Also, be sure to clean
brands of the need to take the follow- • Immediately seek an inspection of the wheels after driving on salted
ing steps: your vehicle if you become visually roads. This helps prevent corrosion.
aware of corrosion flaking or scal-
ing or if you become aware of a • Avoid washing the wheels with
change in vehicle performance, highspeed vehicle wash brushes.
such as soft or spongy brakes, flu- • Do not use any alkaline or acid
ids leaking, impairment of direc- detergents It may damage and cor-
tional control, suspension noises rode the aluminum wheels coated
or rattling metal straps. with a clear protective finish.
7 92
Maintenance
Corrosion protection High-corrosion areas High temperatures can also acceler-

Protecting your vehicle from corro- If you live in an area where your vehi- ate corrosion of parts that are not
sion cle is regularly exposed to corrosive properly ventilated so the moisture
materials, corrosion protection is can be dispersed. For all these rea-
By using the most advanced design sons, it is particularly important to
and construction practices to combat particularly important. Some of the
common causes of accelerated cor- keep your vehicle clean and free of
corrosion, we produce vehicles of mud or accumulations of other mate-
the highest quality. However, this is rosion are road salts, dust control
chemicals, ocean air and industrial rials. This applies not only to the vis-
only part of the job. To achieve the ible surfaces but particularly to the
long-term corrosion resistance your pollution.
underside of the vehicle.
vehicle can deliver, the owner's
cooperation and assistance is also Moisture breeds corrosion
required. To help prevent corrosion
Moisture creates the conditions in
which corrosion is most likely to You can help prevent corrosion from
Common causes of corrosion occur. For example, corrosion is beginning by observing the following:
The most common causes of corro- accelerated by high humidity, partic-
sion on your vehicle are: ularly when temperatures are just
above freezing. In such conditions,
• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is the corrosive material is kept in con-
allowed to accumulate underneath tact with the vehicle’s surface by
the vehicle. moisture that evaporates slowly.
• Removal of paint or protective Mud is particularly corrosive
coatings by stones, gravel, abra- because it dries slowly and holds
sion or minor scrapes and dents moisture in contact with the vehicle.
which leave unprotected metal Although the mud appears to be dry,
exposed to corrosion. it can still retain the moisture and
promote corrosion.
7 93
Maintenance
Keep your vehicle clean • When cleaning underneath the Keep your garage dry
The best way to prevent corrosion is vehicle, give particular attention to Don't park your vehicle in a damp,
to keep your vehicle clean and free the components under the fenders poorly ventilated garage. This cre-
of corrosive materials. Attention to and other areas that are hidden ates a favorable environment for cor-
the underside of the vehicle is partic- from view. Do a thorough job; just rosion. This is particularly true if you
ularly important. dampening the accumulated mud wash your vehicle in the garage or
rather than washing it away will drive it into the garage when it is still
accelerate corrosion rather than wet or covered with snow, ice or
• If you live in a high-corrosion area prevent it. Water under high pres- mud. Even a heated garage can con-
— where road salts are used, near sure and steam are particularly tribute to corrosion unless it is well
the ocean, areas with industrial effective in removing accumulated ventilated so moisture is dispersed.
pollution, acid rain, etc.—, you mud and corrosive materials.
should take extra care to prevent • When cleaning lower door panels,
corrosion. In winter, hose off the rocker panels and frame members,
underside of your vehicle at least be sure that drain holes are kept
once a month and be sure to clean open so that moisture can escape
the underside thoroughly when and not be trapped inside to accel-
winter is over. erate corrosion.
7 94
Maintenance
Keep paint and trim in good con- Don't neglect the interior Interior care
dition Moisture can collect under the floor Interior general precautions
Scratches or chips in the finish mats and carpeting and cause corro-
Prevent chemicals such as perfume,
should be covered with "touch-up" sion. Check under the mats periodi-
cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand clean-
paint as soon as possible to reduce cally to be sure the carpeting is dry.
er, and air freshener from contacting
the possibility of corrosion. If bare Use particular care if you carry fertil-
the interior parts because they may
metal is showing through, the atten- izers, cleaning materials or chemi-
cause damage or discoloration. If
tion of a qualified body and paint cals in the vehicle.
they do contact the interior parts,
shop is recommended. These should be carried only in wipe them off immediately. If neces-
proper containers and any spills or sary, use a vinyl cleaner, see product
Bird droppings : Bird droppings are leaks should be cleaned up, flushed instructions for correct usage.
highly corrosive and may damage with clean water and thoroughly
painted surfaces in just a few hours. dried.
Always remove bird droppings as
soon as possible.
7 95
Maintenance
Taking care of leather seats Cleaning the leather seats

CAUTION - Electrical • Vacuum the seat periodically to • Remove all contaminations instant-
components remove dust and sand on the seat. ly. Refer to instructions below for
Never allow water or other liq- It will prevent abrasion or damage of removal of each contaminant.
uids to come in contact with the leather and maintain its quality. • Cosmetic products(sunscreen,
electrical/electronic compo- • Wipe the natural leather seat cover foundation, etc.)
nents inside the vehicle as this often with dry or soft cloth.
may damage them. - Apply cleansing cream on a cloth
• Sufficient use of a leather protec- and wipe the contaminated point.
tive may prevent abrasion of the Wipe off the cream with a wet
cover and helps maintain the color. cloth and remove water with a dry
CAUTION - Leather cloth.
Be sure to read the instructions
When cleaning leather products and consult a specialist when • Beverages(coffee, soft drink, etc.)
(steering wheel, seats etc.), use using leather coating or protective
neutral detergents or low alco- - Apply a small amount of neutral
agents. detergent and wipe until contami-
hol content solutions. If you use
high alcohol content solutions • Leather with bright colors(beige, nations do not smear.
or acid/alkaline detergents, the cream beige) is easily contaminat- • Oil
color of the leather may fade or ed and clear in appearance. Clean
the seats frequently. - Remove oil instantly with
the surface may get stripped off. absorbable cloth and wipe with
• Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may stain remover for natural leather
cause the surface to crack. only.
• Chewing gum
- Harden the gum with ice and
remove gradually.
7 96
Maintenance
Fabric seat cover using precau- Cleaning the upholstery and inte- Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt
tions (If equipped) rior trim webbing
Please clean the fabric seats regu- Vinyl Clean the belt webbing with any mild
larly with a vacuum cleaner in con- Remove dust and loose dirt from soap solution recommended for
sideration of fabric material charac- vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow
teristics. If they are heavily soiled cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a the instructions provided with the
with beverage stains, etc., use a suit- vinyl cleaner. soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the
able interior cleaner. To prevent dam- webbing because this may weaken it.
age to seat covers, wipe off the seat
covers down to the seams with a Fabric
large wiping motion and moderate Remove dust and loose dirt from fab- Cleaning the interior window glass
pressure using a soft sponge or ric with a whisk broom or vacuum If the interior glass surfaces of the
microfiber cloth. cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solu- vehicle become fogged (that is, cov-
Velcro closures on clothing or sharp tion recommended for upholstery or ered with an oily, greasy or waxy
objects may cause snagging or carpets. Remove fresh spots imme- film), they should be cleaned with a
scratches on the surface of the diately with a fabric spot cleaner. If glass cleaner. Follow the directions
seats. fresh spots do not receive immediate on the glass cleaner container.
Make sure not to rub such objects attention, the fabric can be stained
against the surface. and its color can be affected. Also, its CAUTION - Rear window
fire-resistant properties can be
reduced if the material is not proper- Do not scrape or scratch the
ly maintained. inside of the rear window. This
may result in damage of the rear
Using anything but recommended window defroster grid.
cleaners and procedures may affect
the fabric’s appearance and fire-
resistant properties.
7 97
Maintenance
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

The emission control system of your Caution for the Inspection and 1. Crankcase emission control
vehicle is covered by a written limited Maintenance Test (With Electronic system
warranty. Please see the warranty Stability Control (ESC) system)
The positive crankcase ventilation
information contained in the • To prevent the vehicle from mis- system is employed to prevent air
Warranty & Consumer lnformation firing during dynamometer test- pollution caused by blow-by gases
manual in your vehicle. ing, turn the Electronic Stability being emitted from the crankcase.
Your vehicle is equipped with an Control (ESC) system off by This system supplies fresh filtered air
emission control system to meet all pressing the ESC switch. to the crankcase through the air
applicable emission regulations. • After dynamometer testing is intake hose. Inside the crankcase,
There are three emission control completed, turn the ESC system the fresh air mixes with blow-by
systems, as follows. back on by pressing the ESC gases, which then pass through the
switch again. PCV valve into the induction system.
(1) Crankcase emission control sys-
tem
(2) Evaporative emission control sys-
tem
(3) Exhaust emission control system
In order to assure the proper function

of the emission control systems, it is
recommended that you have your
vehicle inspected and maintained by
an authorized Kia dealer in accor-
dance with the maintenance sched-
ule in this manual.
7 98
Maintenance
2. Evaporative emission con- Canister 3. Exhaust emission control

trol (including ORVR: Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel system
Onboard Refueling Vapor tank are absorbed and stored in the The Exhaust Emission Control System
Recovery) system onboard canister. When the engine is
running, the fuel vapors absorbed in is a highly effective system which con-
The Evaporative Emission Control the canister are drawn into the surge trols exhaust emissions while main-
System is designed to prevent fuel tank through the purge control sole- taining good vehicle performance.
vapors from escaping into the atmos- noid valve.
phere. Vehicle modifications
(The ORVR system is designed to Purge Control Solenoid Valve This vehicle should not be modified.
allow the vapors from the fuel tank to (PCSV) Modification of your vehicle could
be loaded into a canister while refu- The purge control solenoid valve is affect its performance, safety or dura-
eling at the gas station, preventing controlled by the Engine Control bility and may even violate governmen-
the escape of fuel vapors into the Module (ECM); when the engine tal safety and emissions regulations.
atmosphere.) coolant temperature is low during
idling, the PCSV closes so that evap- In addition, damage or performance
orated fuel is not taken into the problems resulting from any modifi-
engine. After the engine warms up cation may not be covered under
during ordinary driving, the PCSV warranty.
opens to introduce evaporated fuel to • If you use unauthorized electronic
the engine. devices, it may cause the vehicle to
operate abnormally, wire damage,
battery discharge and fire. For your
safety, do not use unauthorized
electronic devices.
7 99
Maintenance
Engine exhaust gas precautions • Do not operate the engine in con- Operating precautions for catalyt-
(carbon monoxide) fined or closed areas (such as ic converters (if equipped)
• Carbon monoxide can be present garages) any more than what is
with other exhaust fumes. necessary to move the vehicle in or
out of the area. WARNING - Catalytic
Therefore, if you smell exhaust converter
fumes of any kind inside your vehi- • When the vehicle is stopped in an
cle, have it inspected and repaired open area for more than a short Keep away from the catalytic
immediately. If you ever suspect time with the engine running, converter and exhaust system
exhaust fumes are coming into your adjust the ventilation system (as while the vehicle is running or
vehicle, drive it only with all the win- needed) to draw outside air into the immediately thereafter. The
dows fully open. Have your vehicle vehicle. exhaust and catalytic systems
checked and repaired immediately. are very hot and may burn you.
• Never sit in a parked or stopped
vehicle for any extended time with
the engine running.
WARNING - Exhaust
• When the engine stalls or fails to
Engine exhaust gases contain start, excessive attempts to restart
carbon monoxide (CO). Though the engine may cause damage to
colorless and odorless, it is the emission control system.
dangerous and could be lethal if
inhaled. Follow the instructions
on this page to avoid CO poi-
soning.
7 100
Maintenance
Your vehicle is equipped with a cat- • Do not modify or tamper with any
WARNING - Fire alytic converter emission control part of the engine or emission con-
• Do not park, idle or drive the device. trol system. All inspections and
vehicle over or near flamma- Therefore, the following precautions adjustments must be made by an
ble objects, such as grass, must be observed: authorized Kia dealer.
vegetation, paper, leaves, etc. • Use only UNLEADED FUEL for • Avoid driving with an extremely low
A hot exhaust system can gasoline engines. fuel level. Running out of fuel could
ignite flammable items under cause the engine to misfire, dam-
your vehicle. • Do not operate the vehicle when aging the catalytic converter.
there are signs of engine malfunc-
• Also, do not remove the heat tion, such as misfire or a noticeable Failure to observe these precautions
sink around the exhaust sys- loss of performance. could result in damage to the catalyt-
tem, do not seal the bottom of ic converter and to your vehicle.
the vehicle or do not coat the • Do not misuse or abuse the Additionally, such actions could void
vehicle for corrosion control. engine. Examples of misuse are your warranties.
It may present a fire risk under coasting with the ignition off and
certain conditions. descending steep grades in gear
with the ignition off.
• Do not operate the engine at high
idle speed for extended periods (5
minutes or more).
7 101
Specifications & Consumer information
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Bulb wattage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Tires and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Gross vehicle weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Luggage volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Air conditioning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Recommended lubricants and capacities. . . . . . . . 8-6
• Recommended SAE viscosity number. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Vehicle certification label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Tire specification and pressure label . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Engine number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
8
DIMENSIONS
Item mm (in)
Overall length 5,115 (201.4)
Overall width 1,985 (78.1)
Without Roof rack 1,740 (68.5)
Overall height
With Roof rack 1,755 (69.1)
235/65 R17 1,745 (68.7)
Front 235/60 R18 1,740 (68.5)
235/55 R19 1,735 (68.3)
Tread
235/65 R17 1,752 (68.9)
Rear 235/60 R18 1,747 (68.8)
235/55 R19 1,742 (68.6)
Wheelbase 3,060 (120.5)
ENGINE
Item LAMBDA 3.3 GDI
Displacement
3,342 (203.94)
cc (cu. in)
Bore x Stroke
92 X 83.8 (3.62 X 3.29)
mm (in.)
Firing order 1-2-3-4-5-6
No. of cylinders 6, V - type
8 2
BULB WATTAGE
Light Bulb Wattage(W) Bulb type
Headlamps (Low) 55 H7
Headlamps (Low) - LED LED LED
Headlamps (High) 60 HB3
Front turn signal lamps 28 PY28/8W
Bulb type 8 PY28/8W
Front position lamps
Front LED type LED LED
LED LED LED
Front fog lamps
PROJ 55 HB4
Side Repeater lamps LED type LED LED
Bulb type 5 W5W
Side Marker lamps
LED type LED LED
Rear Stop/Tail lamps (outside) 28 P28/8W
Bulb type
Rear tail lamps (Inside) 8 P28/8W
Rear Stop/Tail lamps (outside) LED LED
LED type
Rear tail lamps (Inside) LED LED
Rear turn signal lamps 28 P28/8W
Rear
Back-up lamps 16 W16W
Bulb type 5 W5W
Side Marker lamps
LED type LED LED
High mounted stop lamp* LED type LED LED
License plate lamps 5 W5W
Map lamps 10 W10W
Room lamps 10 FESTOON
Interior Vanity mirror lamps 5 FESTOON
Glove box lamp 5 W5W
Luggage lamp 10 FESTOON * If equipped
8 3
TIRES AND WHEELS

Inflation pressure [kPa (psi)]
Wheel lug nut torque
Item Tire size Wheel sizee Normal load *1 Maximum load
kgf•m (lbf•ft, N•m)
Front Rear Front Rear
235/65 R17 6.5J X 17 240 (35) 240 (35) 240 (35) 240 (35)
Full size tire 235/60 R18 7.0J X 18 240 (35) 240 (35) 240 (35) 240 (35) 11 ~ 13
235/55 R19 7.5J X 19 240 (35) 240 (35) 240 (35) 240 (35) (79 ~ 94, 107 ~ 127)
Compact spare tire T135/90 R17 4.0T X 17 420 (60) 420 (60) 420 (60) 420 (60)
*1 : Normal load : Up to 3 persons
CAUTION
When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle.
Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or make it work irregularly.
✽ NOTICE
• It is permissible to add 21 kPa (3 psi) to the standard tire pressure specification if colder temperatures are expect-
ed soon.
Tires typically loose 7 kPa (1 psi) for every -11°C (12°F) temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations are
expected, re-check your tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated.
• We recommend that when replacing tires, use the same originally supplied with the vehicles. If not, that affects
driving performance.
• When driving in high altitude grades, it is natural for the atmospheric pressure to decrease. Therefore, please
check the tire pressure and add more air when necessary.
Additionally required tire air pressure per km above sea level: 10.5 kPa (1.5 psi)
8 4
GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT

Item LAMBDA 3.3 GDI
Gross vehicle weight
2,760 (6,085)
kg (lbs.)
LUGGAGE VOLUME
Item LAMBDA 3.3 GDI
Luggage volume (SAE) 960 (33.9)
l (cu ft) ❈ BEHIND 3RD ROW
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM

Item Weight of volume Classification
Refrigerant 1,050±25g R-1234yf
Compressor lubricant 210±10g PAG (FD46XG)
We recommend that you contact an authorized Kia dealer for more details.
8 5
RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES

To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality.
The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.
These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.
Lubricant Volume Classification
Engine oil *1 *2 (drain and refill)
Recommends (or equivalent)
Lambda 3.3
6.5 L (6.87 US qt.) ACEA A5*3 or above
GDI Engine
Lambda 3.3
Automatic transaxle fluid 7.0 L (7.39 US qt.) ATF SP-IV or equivalent
GDI Engine
Mixture of antifreeze and water
Lambda 3.3
Coolant 11.5 L (12.15 US qt.) (Ethylene glycol base coolant for
GDI Engine
aluminum radiator)
1.0 ~ 1.5 L
Power steering fluid (if equipped) PSF-4
(1.06 ~ 1.59 US qt.)
0.58 ~ 0.62 L
Brake fluid SAE J1703, FMVSS 116 DOT-3 or DOT-4
(0.61 ~ 0.66 US qt. )
Fuel 80 L (84.54 US qt.) Unleaded gasoline
*1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.
*2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel econ-
omy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure
in everyday driving, but in a year’s time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.
*3 If the ACEA A5 engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API service SL, IL SAC GF-3, ACEA A3.
8 6
Recommended SAE viscosity Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has Using oils of any viscosity other than
number an effect on fuel economy and cold those recommended could result in
weather operating (engine start and engine damage.
Always be sure to clean the area
engine oil flowability). Lower viscosi- When choosing an oil, consider the
around any filler plug, drain plug, or
ty engine oils can provide better fuel range of temperature your vehicle
dipstick before checking or draining
economy and cold weather perform- will be operated in before the next oil
any lubricant. This is especially
ance, however, higher viscosity change.
important in dusty or sandy areas
engine oils are required for satisfac-
and when the vehicle is used on Proceed to select the recommended
tory lubrication in hot weather.
unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug oil viscosity from the chart.
and dipstick areas will prevent dirt
and grit from entering the engine and Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
other mechanisms that could be °C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
damaged. Temperature
(°F) -10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
10W-30
Engine Oil *1
5W-30
1. For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of

a viscosity grade SAE 5W-30 (ACEA A5). However, if the engine oil
is not available in your country, select the proper engine oil using the
engine oil viscosity chart.
8 7
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) VEHICLE CERTIFICATION

LABEL
OYP084001N OVQ076002N
The vehicle identification number The VIN is also on a plate attached OYP084002K
(VIN) is the number used in register- to the top of the dashboard. The The vehicle certification label
ing your vehicle and in all legal mat- number on the plate can easily be attached on the driver’s side center
ters pertaining to its ownership, etc. seen through the windshield from pillar gives the vehicle identification
The number is punched on the floor outside. number (VIN).
under the front passenger seat. To
check the number, remove the cover.
8 8
TIRE SPECIFICATION AND ENGINE NUMBER

PRESSURE LABEL
OYP088003N
OYP084005N The engine number is stamped on
The tires supplied on your new vehi- the engine block as shown in the
cle are chosen to provide the best drawing.
performance for normal driving.
The tire label located on the driver's
side center pillar gives the tire pres-
sures recommended for your vehicle.
8 9
Index
I
Index
Air cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
A Filter replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
AC inverter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-199 Air conditioning system lubricants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Accumulated driving information mode. . . . . . . . . . . . 4-98 Air ventilation seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-197
Active ECO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-82 Antenna. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-210
Active ECO operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-82 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
Limitation of Active ECO operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-82 Appearance care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-89
When Active ECO is activated. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-82 Exterior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-89
Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag-equipped Interior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-95
vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-88 Assist mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100
Air bag inflation conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-83 Audio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-210
Air bag non-inflation conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-85 Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-210
Air bag warning label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-88 AUX, USB port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-210
Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64 Auto defogging system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-189
Air bags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-61 Auto hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Adding equipment to or modifying your Auto light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-137
air bag-equipped vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-88 Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-168
Air bag inflation conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-83 Automatic heating and air conditioning. . . . . . . . . 4-169
Air bag non-inflation conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-85 Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and
Air bag warning label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-88 compressor lubricant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-185
Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64 Climate control air filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-184
Curtain air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-80 Manual heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . 4-170
Driver's and passenger's front air bag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-75 Outside thermometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-174
Occupant detection system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68 Rear climate control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-179
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-62 System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-182
Side air bag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-78 Automatic heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . 4-169
SRS care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-87
SRS components and functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65
I 2
Index
Automatic transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 Brake system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Automatic transmission operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
Good driving practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 Auto hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
AUX, USB port. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-210 Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
B Hill-start Assist Control (HAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
Parking brake – Foot type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Back-up lamp bulb replacement (Rear combination lamp Power brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Type A). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-80 Vehicle Stability Management (VSM). . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
Back-up lamp bulb replacement (Rear combination lamp Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-65
Type B). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-83 Bulb replacement precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-65
Battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36 Bulb wattage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Battery recharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37 Button start/stop, see engine start/stop button . . . . . . . 5-10
For best battery service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
Recharging the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38 C
Reset items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Battery replacement(Folding key) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 Capacities (Lubricants). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Battery replacement(Smart key) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20 Care
Battery saver function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-135 Care of seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51
Before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Exterior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-89
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system . . . . . . . 5-85 Interior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-95
BCW (Blind-Spot Collision Warning) . . . . . . . . . . . 5-86 Tire care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
Driver's Attention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-92 Care of seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning) . . . 5-88 Center console storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-193
Bonnet see the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57 Central door lock switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Bottle holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-195 Checking fluid levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25 Checking tire inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
Checking the brake fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
I 3
Index
Child restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53 Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-195
Placing a passenger seat belt into the auto lock Curtain air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-80
mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55
Securing a child restraint seat with child seat lower D
anchor system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59
Securing a child restraint seat with tether anchor Dashboard illumination, see instrument panel
system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58 illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90
Using a child restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54 Dashboard, see instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90
Child-protector rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30 Day/night rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74
Clean air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-191 Defogging (Windshield) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-186
Climate control air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30 Defroster (Rear window) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-151
Filter inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30 Defrosting (Windshield) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-186
Coat hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-205 Digital speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99
Combined instrument, see instrument cluster . . . . . . . 4-89 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Conversation mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-84 Display illumination, see instrument panel
Cool box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-194 illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22 Displays, see instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-89
Cooling fluid, see engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22 Distance to empty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102
Crankcase emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-98 Door lock button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
Cruise control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59 Door locks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
To cancel cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61 Central door lock switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
To decrease the cruising speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60 Child-protector rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
To increase cruise control set speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60 Door lock button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
To resume cruising speed at more than approximately from inside the vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
20mph (30 km/h) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62 from outside the vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
To set cruise control speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59 Drinks holders, see cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-195
To temporarily accelerate with the cruise control on. 5-61
To turn cruise control off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62
I 4
Index
Drive mode integrated control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-83 Emergency while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Drive mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-83 Emission control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-98
Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system . . . . . . . . . . 5-94 Crankcase emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-98
Resetting the system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-96 Evaporative emission control (including ORVR:
System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-96 Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery) system. . . . . 7-99
System setting and activation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94 Exhaust emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-99
System standby. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-96 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Driver position memory system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6, 7-4
Driver's and passenger's front air bag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-75 Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
Driving at night. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-107 Changing the coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
Driving in flooded areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-109 Checking the coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
Driving in the rain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-108 Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-91
Driving off-road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-109 Engine number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Driving with a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-116 Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
Dynamic Bending Light (DBL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-143 Changing the engine oil and filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
Checking the engine oil level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
E Engine overheats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Engine start/stop button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Economical operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-103 Engine start/stop button position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Electric chromic mirror (ECM) with Illuminated engine start/stop button. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
HomeLink® system and compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76 Starting the engine with a smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Electric power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70 Engine start/stop button illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Electrochromic mirror with HomeLink system . . . . . . 4-73 Engine start/stop button position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24 Engine will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35 Evaporative emission control (including ORVR:
Emergency starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery) system. . . . . . 7-99
Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Exhaust emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-99
I 5
Index
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . . . . . 7-15
Air cleaner filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
F
Air conditioning refrigerant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19 Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Automatic transmission fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17 A flat tire indoor storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
Brake discs, pads, calipers and rotors . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18 Changing tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18 Jack and tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Brake hoses and lines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17 Removing and storing the spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16 Storing the spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
Cooling system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16 Floor mat anchor(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-205
Drive belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15 Fluid
Drive shafts and boots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19 Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
Engine oil and filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15 Power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
Exhaust system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19 Washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
Fuel filter (for gasoline) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15 Folding key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections. . . . . . . . . . . 7-15 Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18 Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Power steering pump, belt and hoses. . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19 Key operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Spark plugs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16 Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Steering gear box, linkage & boots/ Transmitter precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
lower arm ball joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18 Folding the outside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86
Suspension mounting bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18 Forward Collision-Avoidance assist (FCA) . . . . . . . . . 5-44
Vacuum crankcase ventilation hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16 Brake operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48
Valve clearance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16 FCA front radar/Camera sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48
Vapor hose and fuel filler cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15 FCA warning message and system control . . . . . . . 5-46
Exterior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-89 Limitation of the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52
Exterior features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-208 Recognizing pedestrians. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56
Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-208 System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50
Exterior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 System setting and activation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44
I 6
Index
Front fog lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75
Front fog light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-143
G
Front seat adjustment - power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-91
Front seat adjustment-manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-193
Front turn signal lamp bulb replacement Glove box lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149
(Headlamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-72 Glove box lamp replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-86
Front turn signal lamp bulb replacement Gross vehicle weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
(Headlamp Type B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-74
Fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-96 H
Fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
Closing the fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60 Hazard warning flasher. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Emergency fuel filler lid release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-63 Hazardous driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-105
Opening the fuel filler lid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60 Headlamp (High beam) bulb replacement
Fuel gauge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92 (Headlamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-70
Fuel requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Headlamp (LED type) replacement
Do not use methanol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 (Headlamp Type B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-73
Fuel additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Headlamp (Low beam) bulb replacement
Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol . . . . . . . . 1-3 (Headlamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-69
Operation in foreign countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Headlight (Headlamp) escort function . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-136
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-53 Headlight leveling device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-143
Engine compartment fuse replacement . . . . . . . . . . 7-57 Headlight position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-137
Fuse switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-56 Headrest (Front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Fuse/relay panel description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59 Heated steering wheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-72
Inner panel fuse replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55 High - beam operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-137
Main fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-58 High beam assist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-138
High mounted stop lamp (LED type) bulb
replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-84
I 7
Index
Highway driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-109 Coat hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-205
Hill-start Assist Control (HAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42 Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-197
Hitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-115 Floor mat anchor(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-205
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57 Luggage net (holder) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-209
Closing the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58 Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-199
Hood open warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58 Seat warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-198
Opening the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55 Side curtain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-208
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-73 Sunvisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-197
How to use this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 USB charger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-201
Wireless smart phone charging system . . . . . . . . . 4-201
I Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-148
Automatic turn off function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-148
If you do decide to pull a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-120 Glove box lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149
Immobilizer system (Folding key) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 Luggage lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149
Immobilizer system(Smart key) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21 Map lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149
Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120 Room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-148
Inside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74 Vanity mirror lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149
Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88 Interior overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90
Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120 J
Instrument cluster control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-89
LCD display control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-89 Jump starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-113
Instrument panel overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 K
Interior care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-95
Interior features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-195 Key operations (Folding key) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
AC inverter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-199 Key positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Air ventilation seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-197 Ignition switch position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
I 8
Index
Illuminated ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 License plate lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-84
Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Liftgate (for manual liftgate) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
Closing the liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
L Emergency liftgate safety release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
Opening the liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
Label Light bulb position (Front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-67
Refrigerant label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 Light bulb position (Rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-68
Tire sidewall labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44 Light bulb position (Side). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-69
Tire specification and pressure label . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 Light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-65
Vehicle certification label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8 Back-up lamp bulb replacement
Lane departure warning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-98 (Rear combination lamp Type A). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-80
Driver's attention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-101 Back-up lamp bulb replacement
LDW operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-99 (Rear combination lamp Type B). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-83
Warning indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-100 Bulb replacement precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-65
LCD display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-95 Front fog lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75
Accumulated driving information mode . . . . . . . . . 4-98 Front turn signal lamp bulb replacement
Assist mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100 (Headlamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-72
Digital speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99 Front turn signal lamp bulb replacement
Distance to empty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102 (Headlamp Type B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-74
Fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-96 Glove box lamp replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-86
LCD modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-95 Headlamp (High beam) bulb replacement
One time driving information mode . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-98 (Headlamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-70
Smart shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99 Headlamp (LED type) replacement
Trip information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-96 (Headlamp Type B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-73
Trip modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-96 Headlamp (Low beam) bulb replacement
Turn by turn mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99 (Headlamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-69
User settings mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103 High mounted stop lamp (LED type) bulb
LCD modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-95 replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-84
I 9
Index
License plate lamp bulb replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . 7-84 Lighting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-135
Light bulb position (Front). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-67 Auto light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-137
Light bulb position (Rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-68 Battery saver function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-135
Light bulb position (Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-69 Daytime running light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-135
Luggage lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement. . . . . . 7-87 Dynamic Bending Light (DBL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-143
Map lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . 7-85 Front fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-143
Position lamp (LED type) replacement Headlight (Headlamp) escort function. . . . . . . . . . 4-135
(Headlamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-73 Headlight leveling device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-143
Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement Headlight position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-136
(Rear combination lamp Type A). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-77 High - beam operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-137
Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement High beam assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-138
(Rear combination lamp Type B). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-82 Parking & Tail light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-136
Room lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-85 Turn signals and lane change signals. . . . . . . . . . . 4-142
Side marker (front) (Bulb type) bulb replacement Limp home (override) procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
(Headlamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-72 Loss of the smart key (Smart key) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Side marker (rear) (Bulb type) bulb replacement Lubricants and capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
(Rear combination lamp Type A). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-78 Luggage lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149
Side marker (rear) (LED type) bulb replacement Luggage lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement . . . . . . . . 7-88
(Rear combination lamp Type B). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-81 Luggage net (Holder) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-207
Side repeater lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . 7-74 Luggage volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Stop and tail lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement
(Rear combination lamp Type A). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75 M
Stop and tail lamp (LED type) bulb replacement
(Rear combination lamp Type B). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-81 Maintenance
Tail lamp (inside) (Bulb type) bulb replacement Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
(Rear combination lamp Type A). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-79 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . . . 7-15
Vanity mirror lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement. . 7-87 Maintenance services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Owner maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
I 10
Index
Scheduled maintenance service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9 Operation (Air bags). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-62
Tire maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44 Outside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-84
Maintenance schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9 Outside temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93
Maintenance under severe usage conditions . . . . . . 7-13 Overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Normal maintenance schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10 Owner maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Maintenance services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 Owner maintenance schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Owner maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Owner’s responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 P
Maintenance when trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-120
Manual climate control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-152 Parking & Tail light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-137
Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
compressor lubricant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-167 Checking the parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
Climate control air filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-166 Parking brake – Foot type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-152 Parking distance warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129
Rear climate control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-160 Non-operational conditions of parking distance
System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-163 warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-131
Map lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149 Operation of the parking distance warning . . . . . . 4-129
Map lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . 7-85 Self-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-132
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74 Parking distance warning-reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-125
Inside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-73 Non-operational conditions of the parking distance
Outside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-79 warning-reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-126
Operation of the parking distance warning-reverse . 4-125
O Parking distance warning-reverse precautions. . . . 4-127
Self-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128
Occupant detection system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68 Placing a passenger seat belt into the auto lock mode . 3-55
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103 Position lamp (LED type) replacement
Oil (Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20 (Headlamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-73
One time driving information mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-98 Power brakes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
I 11
Index
Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-198 Walk-in seat (2nd row seat for SXL package). . . . . 3-19
Power sliding door and power liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34 Walk-in seat (2nd row seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
How to reset the power sliding door and power Rear sunroof lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-68
liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37 Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement
Power door ON/OFF button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38 (Rear combination lamp Type A). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-77
Power liftgate opening heigh user setting . . . . . . . . 4-45 Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement
Power liftgate operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42 (Rear combination lamp Type B). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-82
Power sliding door operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39 Rear view monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-133
Power steering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70 Rear window wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . 4-147
Power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26 Recommended lubricants and capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Checking the power steering fluid level . . . . . . . . . 7-26 Recommended SAE viscosity number. . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Checking the power steering hose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26 Record your key number (Folding key) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49 Record your key number (Smart key) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Pre-tensioner seat belt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46 Reducing the risk of a rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-105
Refrigerant label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
R Remote control (Outside rear view mirror) . . . . . . . . . 4-85
Resetting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-68
Rear seat adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 Reverse parking aid function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86
Folding the rear seat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 Road warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Forward and backward (2nd row seat). . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 Rocking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-106
Headrest (for rear seat). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31 Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-208
Installing the tumble seat (for 8 passenger vehicle) 3-24 Room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-148
Left and right (2nd row seat, SXL package) . . . . . . 3-17 Room lamp bulb replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-85
Leg support (2nd row seat for SXL package) . . . . . 3-20 Rotation (Tire) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Removing the tumble seat (for 8 passenger vehicle). 3-22
Seatback angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18 S
Stowing the rear seat- 3rd row seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Safety chains. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-115
I 12
Index
Scheduled maintenance service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9 Side marker (rear) (Bulb type) bulb replacement
Maintenance under severe usage conditions . . . . . . 7-13 (Rear combination lamp Type A). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-78
Normal maintenance schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10 Side marker (rear) (LED type) bulb replacement
Seat belt restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35 (Rear combination lamp Type B). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-81
Seat belt warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36 Side repeater lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . . . 7-74
Seat belts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35 Sliding the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65
Care of seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51 Smart cruise control with stop & go system . . . . . . . . 5-63
Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49 Limitations of the system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76
Pre-tensioner seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46 Smart cruise control switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65
Seat belt restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35 Speed setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65
Seat belt warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36 To adjust the sensitivity of smart cruise control
Seat warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-196 system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 To convert to cruise control mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75
2nd row seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Vehicle to vehicle distance setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-70
2nd row seat (ForSXL). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
3rd row seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
3rd row seat (ForSXL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Front seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Loss of the smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Front seat (ForSXL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Securing a child restraint seat withchild seat lower anchor Smart key function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59 Smart key precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Securing a child restraint seatwith tether anchor Smart key function (Smart key) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58 Smart key precautions (Smart key) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Side air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-78 Smart liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46
Side curtain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-206 Detecting area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50
Side marker (front) (Bulb type) bulb replacement How to deactivate the smart liftgate function
(Headlamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-72 using the smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
How to use the smart liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
I 13
Index
Smart shift. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99 Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70
Smooth cornering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-107 Tilt and telescopic steering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-71
Snow tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-111 Stop and tail lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement
Spare tire (Rear combination lamp Type A). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75
A flat tire indoor storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19 Stop and tail lamp (LED type) bulb replacement
Changing tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21 (Rear combination lamp Type B). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-81
Jack and tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16 Storage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-192
Removing and storing the spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17 Center console storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-193
Storing the spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18 Cool box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-194
Special driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-105 Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-193
Driving at night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-107 Sunglass holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-194
Driving in flooded areas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-109 Sunglass holder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-194
Driving in the rain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-108 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64
Driving off-road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-109 Rear sunroof lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-68
Hazardous driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-105 Resetting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-68
Highway driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-109 Sliding the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65
Reducing the risk of a rollover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-105 Sunroof open warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-69
Rocking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-106 Sunshade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-67
Smooth cornering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-107 Tilting the sunroof (for front sunroof) . . . . . . . . . . . 4-67
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90 Sunroof open warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-69
SRS care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-87 Sunshade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-67
SRS components and functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65 Sunvisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-195
Starting difficulties, see engine will not start . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Starting the engine - With a smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 T
Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70
Electric power steering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70 Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-91
Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-72 Tail lamp (inside) (Bulb type) bulb replacement
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-73 (Rear combination lamp Type A). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-79
I 14
Index
Theft alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
Armed stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22 Emergency towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
Disarmed stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23 Removable towing hook (Front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
Theft-alarm stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23 Towing service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
Tilt and telescopic steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-71 Trailer brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-116
Tilting the sunroof (for front sunroof) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-67 Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-114
Tire replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43 Driving with a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-116
Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41 Hitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-115
Tire specification and pressure label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 If you do decide to pull a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-120
Tires and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39, 8-4 Maintenance when trailer towing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-120
All season tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51 Safety chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-115
Checking tire inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40 Trailer brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-116
Radial-ply tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52 Transaxle - Automatic transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures. . . . . . . 7-39 Transaxle shift indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94
Snow tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51 Transmitter precautions (Folding key) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Summer tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51 Trip information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-91
Tire care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39 Trip modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-96
Tire maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44 Turn by turn mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99
Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40 Turn signals and lane change signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-142
Tire replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43
Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41 U
Tire sidewall labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
Tire terminology and definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48 USB charger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-201
Tire traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44 User settings mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103
Wheel alignment and tire balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42 Using a child restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
Wheel replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
I 15
Index
Windshield defrosting and defogging. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-186
V Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-189
Vanity mirror lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149 Defogging logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-190
Vanity mirror lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement . . . . 7-87 Manual climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-186
Vehicle break-in process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 Windshield washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-146
Vehicle certification label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8 Windshield wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-145
Vehicle data collection and event data recorders . . . . . . 1-7 Winter driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-113
Vehicle handling instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 Snow tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-113
Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8 Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
Vehicle load limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-123 Blade inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
Certification label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-127 Blade replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
Tire and loading information label. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-123 Wipers and washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-145
Vehicle stability management (VSM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40 Rear window wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . 4-147
Vehicle weight glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-129 Windshield washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-146
Windshield wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-145
W Wireless smart phone charging system . . . . . . . . . . . 4-201
Warning and Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-108 ETC

Warning lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-113
Warning messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-107 360° camera monitoring system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-134
Washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
Checking the washer fluid level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
Wheel alignment and tire balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
Wheel replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
Power window lock button and rear sunroof
lock button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55
I 16

Kia Sedona Grand Carnival Owner's Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Kia Sedona Grand Carnival Owner's Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Kia, THE COMPANY

Thank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle.

All information contained in this Owner’s Manual was accurate at the

Your vehicle at a glance 2

Safety features of your vehicle 3

Features of your vehicle 4

table of contents Driving your vehicle 5

Specifications & Consumer information 8

How to use this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 1

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL FUEL REQUIREMENTS

Pursuant to EPA regulations, ethanol "E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com-

Other fuels Use of MTBE Gasoline containing MMT

Fuel Additives Operation in foreign countries

VEHICLE HANDLING VEHICLE BREAK-IN

VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS

Exterior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

1. Door locks (for front door) .....................4-25

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

1. Inside door handle.................................4-27

INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

1. Engine coolant reservoir ...................7-22

Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint

2nd / 3rd row seat

■ For SXL package Front seat

2nd / 3rd row seat

WARNING - Loose WARNING - Driver respon- WARNING - Seat cushion

WARNING - Driver’s seat WARNING - Rear seatbacks WARNING - Cargo Area

Feature of Seat Leather

Lumbar support (if equipped) Front seat adjustment - power

Forward and backward Seatback angle

When in operation, the power seat-

■ Type B Driver position memory system

Storing positions into memory ✽ NOTICE Recalling positions from memory

You can activate or deactivate this fea-

Adjusting the height up and down

Removal and reinstallation 3. Press the headrest release button ■ Type A

OYP034013N To reinstall the headrest :

3. Adjust the headrest to the appro- Seatback pocket

The seatback pocket is provided on

❈ 7-seater SXL Seat

Seatback angle To recline the seatback:

Walk-in seat (2nd row seat) Walk-in seat

OYP034209N 3.At this time, 2nd row seat position

To get in or out of the 3rd row seat,

■ 2nd row center seat (for 8 passenger vehicle)

OYP034221N OYP034223N OYP034227N

Installing the tumble seat

Stowing the rear seat To stow the rear seat:

The rear seat can be folded and

2. Pull up the seat by using the stow-

Make sure there is no body or object

OYP037243N OYP034287N OYP037305

When you fold the rear (2nd and/or

The 2nd row seats have the armrest

Headrest (for rear seat)

Adjusting the height up and down

OYP034301N OYP034298N OYP034248N

To lower the headrest :

Forward and backward adjustment Wing-out

• No modifications or additions Seat belt warning (for driver’s seat)

Conditions Warning Pattern Seat belt warning Conditions Warning Pattern

Above 10 km/h 6 sec. on / 24 sec. off OYP034257N